good lightweight travel tripod

The best travel tripod for 2024: finest lightweight tripods for your camera

The best travel tripods are super-portable camera supports

A selection of the best travel tripods from Manfrotto, Benro and Nova

Best overall
Best for budget
Best Premium
Best Design
Best Versatility
Best Lightweight

How to choose the best travel tripod for you

How we test travel tripods.

1. The list in brief 2. Best overall 3. Best budget 4. Best premium 5. Best design 6. Best for versatility 7. Best lightweight 8. How to choose 9. How we test

Compact size and lightweight build are the name of the best travel tripod game, persuading you to pack one for outdoor adventures rather than leave it at home or in the studio, unlike the best tripods which can be very heavy and unwieldy.

In 2024, there's the question of whether you need a tripod in the first place. After all, today's best cameras give plenty of reasons to leave the tripod at home , such as excellent high ISO performance and in-body image stablization. But believe us, there's still plenty of reason to fork out for a decent tripod .

All of the models in this guide stand firm for long exposure photography, sharp photos and hands-free video while being small enough to be stowed in your camera bag . Most options included here are available in aluminium and pricier carbon fiber versions. Because travel tripods are quite small already, the minimal weight saved by using carbon fiber might not be worth the extra outlay of their aluminium counterparts.

We've tested more than our share of tripods over the years, utilizing them while we're testing cameras and lenses – so we know if one offers incredibly stable shooting and decent value for money. Within this guide, we have gathered the best travel tripod you can buy right now and included further buying advice at the end of the guide.

Tim is TechRadar's Cameras editor, with over 15 years in the photo video industry and most of those in the world of tech journalism, Tim has developed a deeply technical knowledge and practical experience with all things camera related. He’s also worked in video production with clients including Canon, and volunteers his spare time to consult a non-profit, diverse stories team based in Nairobi.

The quick list

Short on time? Use our quick round-up below to find the best travel tripod for you. Use the links to jump to our full write-ups for more in-depth coverage.

The best travel tripod overall

The 3-Legged Thing Punks Brian 2.0 boasts a full height of 73.2 inches / 1.86m and a stylish design. A truly impressive specification for the price.

The best travel tripod for a budget

If you're looking for your first ever tripod, Manfrotto's budget friendly offering ticks all the boxes when it comes to delivering the basics at a good price.

The best premium travel tripod

Smooth operation and build quality that will last a lifetime make this the best option for those who are happy to pay for the best.

The best travel tripod design

As one of the most compact travel tripods around, the Peak Design makes for a great travel companion, albeit at quite a high cost.

The best travel tripod for versatility

With an articulating center column, this heavy travel tripod is able to capture unique angles while providing great stability.

The best lightweight travel tripod

A basic offering from Manfrotto that is incredibly lightweight and therefore perfect for taking on your travels.

^ Back to the top

The best Travel Tripods in 2024

Why you can trust TechRadar We spend hours testing every product or service we review, so you can be sure you’re buying the best. Find out more about how we test.

Below, you'll find full write-ups for each of the best travel tripods in our list and a link to a full review. We've tested each one extensively, so you can be sure that our recommendations can be trusted.

3 Legged Thing Punks Brian 2.0 tripod with camera attached

1. 3 Legged Thing Punks Brian 2.0

Our expert review:

Specifications

Reasons to buy, reasons to avoid.

When it comes to price and quality, the 3-Legged Thing Punks Brian 2.0 is hard to beat. For the price, you get an incredible level of versatility with the Brian 2.0, which can transform into a standard tripod, a tall monopod, or even a tabletop tripod when combined with the separately sold Vanz footwear.

The carbon fiber frame is lightweight at 3.70lbs / 1.68kg and provides a maximum height of 73.2 inches / 1.86m. This might be too tall for some, but it's always good to have the option – you don't need to use all the leg sections. Folding away to 16.5-inches / 42cm makes it easy to attach to a bag or throw in a suitcase.

As is custom in the Punks Brian 2.0 range, the tripod is available in either orange, blue, or black, depending on how much you want to stand out.

Read our 3 Legged Thing Punks Brian 2.0 review

Manfrotto Elements MII tripod stood on grass supporting a mirrorless camera

2. Manfrotto Element MII

The Manfrotto Element MII is a fantastic budget option that does all the basics really well. At only $155 / £109 / AU$259 you're guaranteed to get everything that Manfrotto is known for, including great build quality and a well engineered head.

The Element MII has replaced the Element Big, a change that sees a reduction in leg sections from five to four. These changes make it easier to set up and pack down. Unfortunately, it's only available in aluminum, which makes for a heavy package considering it's such a compact design.

By offering a fairly basic specification, Manfrotto is delivering simple tripod technology at a great price. Through the Element range of tripods, Manfrotto is trying to appeal to beginners and those on a budget.

Read our Manfrotto Element MII Aluminium review

Gitzo tripod Traveler series 1 tripod on grass with camera supportee

3. Gitzo Traveler Series 1

Professional users looking for one of the best travel tripods should look no further than the Gitzo tripod Traveler series 1. All the boxes are ticked with a lightweight and excellent build, with an impressive extended height.

Oftentimes, with travel tripods, the parts don't function as smoothly as their larger counterparts. This is not the case for the Gitzo Traveler Series 1. Moving from folded to extended is a breeze, and the head is as strong and reliable as you'll ever need it to be. The ball head features separate pan locking, and its 32mm ball diameter is just about large enough to support a full-frame DSLR.

All of this premium quality comes at a price. The Traveler Series 1 costs $680 / £539 / AU$1,154 . 95. If you're in the market for a travel tripod that will last a lifetime and you're prepared to pay for it, then the Traveler Series 1 is a great choice.

Read our Gitzo tripod Traveler series 1 review

Peak Design Travel Tripod at minimum height

4. Peak Design Travel Tripod

The Peak Design oozes a unique design that results in it being one of the most compact and lightweight options on the market. Thanks to the shape, the legs fold neatly into each other, which provides a super slim overall diameter.

The head is integral to the tripod, which takes a little bit of getting used to, and it lacks functionality. However, ultra-low-level and tabletop shooting is possible thanks to the centre column design, so although it isn't in the 'best for versatility' category, it would easily be competing for the top overall spot.

With great design comes a high price, especially if you opt for the lighter carbon fiber frame rather than the aluminium alternative. The 5 sectioned legs are strong, delivering all the stability you could need as you're out and about.

Read our Peak Design Travel Tripod review

Vanguard VEO 3T+ 234CB travel tripod at minimum height

5. Vanguard VEO 3T+ 234CB

The Vanguard VEO 3T+ 234CB is heavier and bigger than most of its competitors, something that will put a lot of people off, especially if they're doing a lot of travelling by foot. But with this weight and size comes a high level of stability that is ideal if you're shooting long exposures or time lapses.

One of the main things we love about this travel tripod is the articulating arm , which makes it possible to shoot at ground level. This is great for capturing unique and creative camera angles that would otherwise be impossible without defaulting to handheld.

Thanks to the ability to unscrew one of the legs, this travel tripod is also a very capable monopod, making it a highly versatile offering.

Read our Vanguard VEO 3T+ 234CB travel tripod review

Manfrotto Befree Advanced Carbon Fibre Travel Tripod at minimum height

6. Manfrotto Befree Advanced Carbon Fiber

At 1.25kg, this carbon fiber travel tripod is as lightweight as it gets, perfect for taking with you on your travels. It can also fit into small spaces, with a foldable length of just 41cm. If you're after a tripod that blends into the background and doesn't bother you on long journeys, then Manfrotto Befree Advanced will be great.

The lack of weight and size usually results in poor stability, something that isn't the case with this tripod. The legs are rigid and robust, which is not always guaranteed on a travel tripod.

There is no getting around it; this is a basic tripod with limited features. With no monopog leg option and a limited maximum height, it might be worth going for the slightly heavier 3 Legged Thing Brian 2.0 Travel Tripod. But if all simply need a basic support, which is true for most photographers moist the time, then this is a great option.

Read our Manfrotto Befree Advanced Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod review

What to look for in a travel tripod

Choosing the best travel tripod isn't just about selecting the smallest and lightest model. Indeed, picking the lightest legs isn't always the best plan. Marginally heavier alternatives won't be a noticeable burden, but they can provide much more rigidity and versatility.

Most of these tripods use a carbon fiber construction to save weight, but this ups the price. Some models also have aluminum counterparts. Each includes a compact ball head, but check carefully: a ball that's too small for a larger DSLR will become a precarious balancing act.

What makes a travel tripod

A neat trick shared by the vast majority of current tripods is that the legs swing fully upwards for stowage. The idea is that you first extend the centre column, then swing the legs up, so that the tripod’s feet end up encircling the head. This reduces the overall carrying length by up to 10cm or 4 inches. Indeed, many of the best travel tripods shrink down to about 30-40cm, making them small enough to fit inside a camera bag or rucksack, rather than needing to be tethered to the outside causing your bag to be unbalanced.

To give them a useful operating height, despite their small carrying size, most travel tripods feature four or even five telescopic sections per leg. Some go further still, with a two-section extending centre column. This naturally enables a greater maximum operating height, so you can be sure no matter how high your camera needs to be it will be able to get the shot you want.

The drawbacks are that each telescoping joint is an area of potential weakness, reducing rigidity, and the bottom leg sections are likely to be quite thin and spindly. A large number of twist or clip locks for all the sections also demands more time for setting up the tripod and folding it down again.

Do I even need a tripod?

Today's very best mirrorless cameras and computational photography modes especially in smartphones and the OM System OM-1 that go a long way to eliminating the need for a tripod. We list 5 reasons why photographers no longer need a tripod that includes super-effective in-body image stablization for handheld shooting even with professional high-resolution cameras, in-camera HDR modes so you no longer need to do multi-shot exposure stacking, plus improved image quality at high ISOs.

However, there are times and photography effects that still require a tripod. Tripods can be crucial for studio photography and for video work in general where you can lock off the camera in position for long periods and free up your hands. The same goes for long exposure photography, staging group photos, plus the times you need free hands to attach or remove accessories from your camera, like lens filters and mics.

Significant advances in camera tech have put the once necessary photography accessory under threat, but there will still be a place for tripods for a long time yet.

Tripods only have a fairly limited number of features. Despite that, we like to make sure we've tested every single part and compared them to others to see where each one stands apart from the rest.

We make sure to test our travel tripods over a period of time using a range of different cameras and lens combinations. Some tripods will be fine with specific cameras, but not others. By testing multiple types, we're able to see how ubiquitous each one is.

The process of folding and unfolding travel tripods is something that travellers have to do all the time. We therefore go through this process numerous times to see how each one feels and functions.

Some tripods have features that are truly unique, such as the articulating center column on the Vanguard VEO 3T+ 234CB. Whatever the feature, we put it through its paces to see if it puts it above its competitors.

We do all of this while travelling around and thinking like photographers on the go. This helps us to make comments that are helpful for making informed buying decisions.

Get daily insight, inspiration and deals in your inbox

Get the hottest deals available in your inbox plus news, reviews, opinion, analysis and more from the TechRadar team.

Tim is the Cameras editor at TechRadar. He has enjoyed more than 15 years in the photo video industry with most of those in the world of tech journalism. During his time as Deputy Technical Editor with Amateur Photographer, as a freelancer and consequently editor at Tech Radar, Tim has developed a deeply technical knowledge and practical experience with cameras, educating others through news, reviews and features. He’s also worked in video production for Studio 44 with clients including Canon, and volunteers his spare time to consult a non-profit, diverse stories team based in Nairobi. Tim is curious, a keen creative, avid footballer and runner, and moderate flat white drinker who has lived in Kenya and believes we have much to enjoy and learn from each other.

Mark Wilson Senior news editor
Paul Hatton Freelance writer

Peak Design’s Slide is now my favorite camera strap – here are four reasons why

DJI’s new RS4 and RS4 Pro are hands-down our favorite camera gimbals, and they're even better with the Focus Pro system

The socket is the motherboard, Part 2 — Intel archrival (and Nvidia's BFF) plans to build giant chips that could use kilowatts of power but they won't be as big as Cerebras trillion transistor behemoth

7 Best Travel Tripods for Your Next Trip – Lightweight & Strong

Traveling with a tripod may not be convenient, but it can open the doors for creative photography or video. Here are 7 great options that won't weigh you down.

Camera Gear Guides | Tripod & Monopod Guides | By Mark Condon | Last Updated: April 2, 2024

Shotkit may earn a commission on affiliate links. Learn more.

To find the best travel tripods of the year, I tested over 50 different models from various brands at different price points

From the latest lightweight carbon fiber tripod to budget aluminium models, this guide will help you choose the best way to stabilise your camera while not sacrificing weight and space.

travel tripod by peak design being held in hand

Great stability, useful features and compact design takes up less space in your travel bag. Available in carbon fiber or aluminium with life-time warranty.

A good camera tripod will let you blur flowing water or star trails for beautiful long-exposure photography, create an engaging time-lapse video, capture panoramic landscapes, or even take a self-portrait.

Tripods allow you to get sharper and clearer photos than shooting handheld, especially in low-light environments.

A great tripod for travel should be strong, compact, and lightweight to carry mirrorless and DSLR cameras with long lenses attached with minimal vibrations.

The top models should also offer unique features to make your shooting experience more efficient and enjoyable.

Based on my testing and independent research, here are the tripods you should consider for your next trip.

(I’ll update this list as new models are released, so keep checking back.)

Table of Contents

I’ve been a professional photographer for over 10 years, having traveled all over the world to shoot weddings.

Whenever I fly, I like to pack the lightest tripod available with a height and sturdiness that suits my needs for the event.

Over the years, I’ve used many different tripods, from budget to high-end.

For this guide, I reviewed a mixture of tripods I own alongside those supplied by various brands.

This is a summary of what I consider to be the best tripods for traveling the world, based on various essential factors outlined below.

Stick to the travel tripods on this list to narrow your choices to the top options for the average traveling photographer/filmmaker, and remember the following factors when choosing:

Size (when folded) – The smaller, the better for packability.
Height – closest to the user’s eye level is best if sturdiness/strength is maintained. Min height allows macro/close-up work.
Weight – the lighter, the better if sturdiness/strength is preserved. Between 1 and 1.5 kg offers good strength to weight.
Build – a carbon fiber travel tripod is lighter and stronger than the aluminium equivalent, but also more expensive.
Sturdiness is measured by rigidity under load vs. maximum weight capacity and the number of leg sections (less is better).
Value for money – the price is justified based on overall quality. It is within the budget of the average travel photographer or backpacker.
Additional Tripod Features – anything unique that adds value.

The best portable tripod will be different for each person reading this article – only you will know which of the factors above are most important to your needs.

What is the Best Travel Tripod in 2024?

1. peak design | best travel tripod for mirrorless or dslr cameras.

A person's hand holding a compact tripod with a camera mounted on it against a gray background.

Ultra-compact storage
Well-built and durable
Quick to deploy
Unique & innovative features
Feels great to use
Good maximum extended height
Often out of stock
Carrying case is tight
Size: 10/10

The standout feature of this highly portable tripod is its unique ability to collapse into a tubular unit, similar in diameter to a can of beans.

When folded, there’s none of the ‘dead space’ which is typical of other tripods – it’s svelte enough to slide into the water bottle holder of the Peak Design travel backpack , with no protruding ball head and ultra-compact quick-release plate. Folded height is impressive, at only 39cm.

Users of travel tripods are sensitive to the packed volume of the tripod – this is where the Peak Design tripod excels.

Max Height: 9/10

At full extension (153cm), it’s among the taller tripods for cameras tested – tall enough for comfortable usage while still retaining good rigidity. It’s best to avoid extending center columns if possible, particularly on windy days, but this is the case with all lightweight tripods.

Weight: 8/10

Both the aluminum and carbon fiber travel tripods are relatively lightweight – there are certainly lighter products, but they often sacrifice strength and rigidity. The 29g weight saving for the carbon fiber tripod for camera use may not be worth the extra price

Build: 10/10

As with all Peak Design products, the Travel Tripod is very well-designed and built. There’s also a lifetime guarantee – perfect peace of mind for backpackers and frequent travelers. Also great as a tripod for spotting scope use.

Sturdiness: 9/10

Despite having 5 leg sections, the stiffness and damping of the Peak Design Travel Tripod is impressive.

With a maximum load capacity of 9kg, you can safely support any camera + zoom lens. In high winds, there’s a hook beneath the center column to hang a weight, like your backpack.

It’s the best tripod for mirrorless camera users based on average mirrorless body sizes and lenses. Some flagship DSLR cameras combined with heavy telephoto lenses may unbalance it, but these are minority cases.

Features: 10/10

Four images showcasing various features and accessories of a collapsible tripod: one image displays the tripod folded, another focuses on a hand holding a mounting plate, a third shows a close-up of the tripod's.

Innovative features that don’t exist on other travel tripods. (Bottom left: smartphone holder concealed in centre column.)

In testing, I found that the Peak Design tripod still has the most unique and useful features of any other lightweight tripod.

It’s undoubtedly the best camera tripod for anyone who values original design quirks, despite the fact that other DSLR tripod brands have frequently mimicked it since its release.

The stem of the ball head nestles between the tops of the tripod legs when collapsed, ensuring no protrusions and compact storage.

Lever locks can be controlled with one hand while you adjust the camera angle with the other, making adjustment of locking angles fast and efficient.

Legs slide in and out smoothly, and leg locks are strong yet easy to open – full deployment of all 5 sections is very fast.

The Center column hook conceals a mobile phone holder neatly tucked away.

Rubber feet are replaceable for spikes, and the column can be inverted for macro photography camera setups. Even the protective case is well-designed, with all-over padding and not an inch of superfluous material.

The unique rounded design with legs that tuck away neatly makes this my pick of the best backpacking tripod.

Sliding it in and out of a side pocket is so much easier than even the most compact travel tripod – since nothing is ‘sticking out’, it’s almost like you’re stowing a smooth waterbottle.

Value: 8/10

An online discussion where users are sharing their opinions and experiences regarding customer service and product quality of a specific company. one user expresses satisfaction despite high prices, while another user concurs, highlighting the company's.

Reddit users agree that the Peak Design Tripod is worth it despite the high price.

This is by no means a budget tripod – you’re paying for a unique design and innovative features that don’t exist on other models.

A lifetime warranty is a huge benefit, making the price tag more justifiable.

The aluminium model is the best bang for your buck, although carbon fiber feels/looks better and has a slight weight advantage (I own the carbon fiber tripod).

Final Score: 64/70

Truly one of a kind, beating all other travel tripods with a unique space-saving body / ball-head design, fast leg deployment, impressive strength-to-weight ratio, and overall good looks, giving it that desirable x-factor. Lifetime warranty is a huge benefit. Highly recommended as the best lightweight tripod for backpacking.

Check the latest price >>

2. HEIPI 3-in-1 | Best Travel Tripod for Stability

A person is holding a collapsed black tripod against a wooden plank background.

Stable and solid construction
Useful and unique sub tripod
Efficient locking ring
Impressive maximum load
Hidden mobile mount
2 tripods for price of one
Currently available on Indiegogo only
Slightly larger/heavier than Peak Design’s

With a similar tubular design to the Peak Design travel tripod, the HEIPI saves space in your backpack by eliminating any gaps between folded legs and retracted ball head.

Everything tucks in perfectly, allowing it to slide into its carrying case easily (much better than Peak’s overly tight one).

150cm is decent as a maximum height, but as with the other options, it still means tall photographers will need to stoop a little.

With a carbon fiber body and aluminium subtripod, the HEIPI is light at 1.35kgs (1.2kgs without the sub tripod).

This is a sweet spot for lightweight travel without sacrificing on stability in higher winds or grassy/unlevel ground.

However, for truly lightweight travel, there are lighter options.

The HEIPI feels very well built, with the legs sliding in and out smoothly and leg locks securing everything in place with confidence.

The ball head is robust and durable and looks like it can stand consistent outdoor use and the rigours of travel.

A promotional image featuring an innovative 3-in-1 design for a camera support system, showcasing its different configurations: the main tripod, sub tripod, and ball head.

All 3 component pieces work with 3rd party accessories (3/8″) – slider, ball heads, tripods, etc.

Sturdiness: 10/10

Here’s where the HEIPI excels and is unique among the tripods I tested.

A separate aluminium ‘subtripod’ is set inside the main tripod, adding to its rigidity when retracted.

When extended, since there are 3 legs in place of a regular singular centre column, it’s 3x as stable as other travel tripods.

Due to the increased stability, I consider it to be the best tripod for astrophotography at this price.

It’s also the best travel tripod for DSLR users who need something strong while remaining portable.

A collage of four images displaying different components of a black tripod, including the ball head, quick release plate, folded legs, and leg adjusters.

The subtripod is extended and deployed by a centre column lock ring, easily rotatable with a couple of hand twists.

Opening it completely releases the subtripod, which can be used for low-angle, macro photography, or even as a mini tripod for use on a table.

When used in conjunction with the main tripod, the subtripod adds rigidity far superior to using a single centre column. This is currently the only travel tripod with this feature.

Rubber feet can be screwed open to reveal spiked feet for use on sand, ice, grass or snow. You also get 3x hex keys, a water-repellent soft case, and a quick-release plate.

The detachable ball head is like an extra accessory that can be used on either tripod—the main one or the sub one.

There’s a handy bubble level and even a counterweight hook which allows you to add some extra stability by hanging your bag under the tripod.

By no means a budget tripod, the HEIPI is a high-quality product and is priced accordingly. It’s great value for a carbon fiber tripod with this many features.

Remember that you’re essentially getting two tripods for the price of one (the mini tripod is useful and unique, fitting snugly into the main one).

It’s currently only available on the HEIPI site, but it’s still a good deal cheaper than the equivalent carbon fiber Peak Design Travel Tripod.

Final Score: 65/70

Innovative one-of-a-kind concealed subtripod design provides stability when extended and retracted and offers two-for-one functionality. Excellent maximum payload means you can attach heavier cameras and telephoto lenses with no issues. Compact, space-saving design is perfect for backpacking.

3. 3 Legged Thing Punks Corey | Best Tripod for Backpacking

A dslr camera mounted on a tripod with a colorful graffiti wall in the background, alongside an image of a handheld massaging device.

Multiple attachment points
Stylish design
Strong legs
14kg maximum load capacity
Bubble level
Colours not for every taste

Designed specifically for travel and lightweight backpacking, the Punks Corey packs down to an impressive 35cm / 13.67″, with the legs folding back 180 degrees over the center column, helping to create a slim overall packed diameter for your camera bag .

Max Height: 8/10

At (147.5cm / 58″) extended height, the 3 Legged Thing is tall enough for comfortable usage while still having good rigidity.

Legs can be positioned at multiple locking angles or splayed close to the ground for low-angle or close-up travel photography .

At 1.5kg / 3.4 lb, the Punks Corey is a lightweight travel tripod for photographers who prefer to travel carry-on only. Its size/weight make it ideal as a backpacking tripod.

Aircraft-grade magnesium alloy construction is unique for travel tripods, offering excellent durability and one of the best strength:weight ratios. Excellent ball head design.

With 5 leg sections and a unique 2 section center column, the 3 Legged Thing Punks Corey maintains great rigidity. A unique detachable d-ring under the column allows you to hang extra weight for increased stability. Impressive maximum load capacity of 14 kg / 30 lb.

A collage of four images displaying various models of tripods and tripod heads used for mounting and stabilizing cameras.

Unique design and useful details make for a fun and functional tripod for backpacking.

Twist locks offer fast leg deployment. Double center column increases rigidity and allows efficient fine-tuning of overall height. Fast-adjusting AirHed Neo ball head with grippy knobs.

Precision-engineered leg lock system offers excellent stability and rigidity. 2 spirit levels (head/leg) for precise leveling. Ergonomic ‘bubble’ grip leg locks for all-weather use. Detachable monopod .

Invertible column for macro camera setups. 1/4″ screw foot with multiple accessory options. Tri-mount plate with hollowed spurs for clipping on accessories. Durable drawstring bag. ‘Toolz’ multi-tool, including hex key, coin key, key ring, carabiner, and bottle opener! Available in multiple attractive colours.

Value: 9/10

Good value to suit most budgets. 5-year limited warranty against manufacturing defects.

Final Score: 63/70

Detachable monopod leg, the ability to splay the legs completely for low-angle work, unique detailing, friction control knob design, excellent strength:weight ratio and overall efficiency in use. Highly recommended lightweight travel tripod for backpacking.

4. Leofoto LS224C | Best Lightweight Travel Tripod for DSLR or Mirrorless Cameras

A camera tripod with extended legs on a textured gray background.

Lightweight & compact
Sturdier than competitors
Great ball head
Unique removable centre-column
Spiked feet included
Lighter max load

At a folded length of only 47.5cm / 18.7″, the Leofoto tripod folds down nice and compact with everything fitting snugly into its included carry bag.

Since the centre column is removable and optional, there’s no negative space between all 3 legs, meaning that the folded tripod occupies much less volume when folded up.

The Lefoto tripod’s height is around 127cm / 50″, which is average among the tripods we tested. As with all travel tripods that focus on weight-saving and compactness, it’s not advisable to use the centre column for optimal stability unless the ground is completely even/stable and there’s zero wind.

Weight: 10/10

The Leofoto LS224C is the lightest travel tripod I tested and much lighter than most others at its price point. Available only in carbon fiber, it weighs in at an impressive 1.42 kg (3.14 lbs) with the ball head installed, making it perfect for all-day backpacking or tight airline carry-on luggage allowances while traveling.

If you need an ultralight tripod for backpacking or solo travel, this is the model to get – it’s the best lightweight tripod for traveling I’ve come across.

Build: 9/10

You may not have heard of Leofoto, but it’s a brand of Laitu Photographic, a manufacturer that has been making tripods and accessories since 2014. The LS224C is very well built and feels great when extending the legs. The leg hinge joints are nice and stiff, inspiring confidence when setting the Leofoto up.

Close-up view of a black tripod showing its three-legged structure and central pivot mechanism with a camera mounting plate, isolated against a white background.

Everything feels very stable on the Leofoto when the legs are fully deployed, and the centre column is unattached.

Obviously, this will reduce the tripod’s overall height, but it’s a small sacrifice for the greatly improved stability.

A comparison chart highlighting various tripod models with specifications and scores, with one model, leofoto ls-284c, distinctly selected with an orange border.

Source: The Center Column

As can be seen in the screenshot above, David from the Center Column rated the LeoFoto’s stiffness alongside much more expensive travel tripods.

Features: 9/10

The LS224C is one of the few travel tripods we’ve seen that haven’t been designed around a centre column.

This is a great space-saver when packing light since the tripod can have its legs folded closer together, reducing the overall volume it occupies.

The twist locks on the leg joints don’t need to be twisted more than 1/4 of a turn before the legs release, making the tripod deployment fast and simple.

Leg locks can be pulled out to unlock the legs for them to be splayed to 55, then 85 degrees for close-up photography.

The rubber feet can be replaced with the included steel spikes for use on grass or soft ground – a nice feature not commonly seen on travel tripods at this price point.

Overall, this lightweight camera tripod ticks a lot of boxes making it a great buy no matter what genre of photography you’re involved in.

Value: 10/10

With this kind of performance and features from such a light tripod for travel, it’s surprising to hear that the LS284C is available for under $200.

For such a compact tripod that weighs less and performs better than others twice its price, it’s incredible value for money.

Great build quality, impressively lightweight and stiffer than its competition. If you can get past the relatively unknown brand name, it’s an absolute bargain.

5. ZOMEI Z699C | Best Budget Travel Tripod for Beginners

A black tripod lies collapsed on a grassy surface.

Great value for money
Great for beginners
Folds up nice and small
Super light weight
Converts to monopod
Low quality protective bag
Not ideal for cold weather/gloved operation

Folded up, the Zomei Z699C is compact enough to suit any small camera backpack . Folded height (35cm / 15″) makes it the smallest travel tripod I tested. Having a small tripod is great for traveling carry-on only, which is my preferred way to fly.

At full extension (152cm / 60″), the Zomei tripod is tall enough for comfortable usage while still retaining good rigidity.

Legs can be locked at multiple angles, or splayed close to the ground for low-angle or close-up travel photography.

Weight: 9/10

At just 1.3kg / 3.3 lb, the plastic tripod head helps keep weight down. Carbon fiber construction offers the best weight savings.

Carbon fiber tripods are stiffer, lighter, more weather/corrosion/scratch-resistant, and in general, stronger than aluminium. They also look and feel nicer.

Build: 7/10

Legs slide smoothly, and locks on each leg can be deployed all at once with one hand.

Grips could be larger/grippier for cold-weather / gloved operation. Leg grips are a nice addition and provides padding when in transit.

The plastic ball head is basic but includes bubble level. The protective bag feels low-quality but does its job.

Good rigidity and center column hook for additional stability.

Surprisingly sturdy considering its lightness – max load of 15kg / 33lb can support any camera/lens combination.

Features: 7/10

Photography equipment including a camera lens, tripod, and tripod head displayed on a wooden surface.

The Zomei features everything most traveling photographers need.

Reverse folding design. Monopod conversion. Multiple leg angles, including inverted macro. Contoured rubber feet for flat and metal ‘spikes’ for outdoor/uneven surfaces.

Twist locks are great for fast deployment.

The Zomei Z699C is a great-value compact carbon fiber tripod . You won’t find carbon fiber at this build quality for less. It’s the best cheap travel tripod when you still need high quality and the best budget tripod for travel I’ve come across so far this year.

Final Score: 61/70

If you’re looking for great bang your buck this is the best affordable travel tripod. Details aren’t as impressive as higher priced rivals, but operation is decent and size/weight/strength are competitive. Easy and enjoyable to use for beginners.

6. Manfrotto Befree Live | Best Travel Tripod for Video

Black tripod with red accents standing on a textured surface, with one leg extended outwards.

M-Lock twist-lock system quick and convenient
Fluid head tripod for smooth video panning
Included carry bag
Levelling ball joint for accurate alignment
Hook for attaching accessories
Fluid arm position can be adjusted
No convertible feet
No friction adjustment for panning

When folded down, the BeFree Live is a relatively compact tripod, especially considering it has that all-important fluid head and lever for smooth video panning movements.

However, the legs and head do not rest snuggly against the central core, making the entire volume of the unit larger than the other travel tripods we tested,

You could remove the tripod head completely to allow the legs to sit closer together if you want to pack it even tighter.

At 150cm / 59.06″, the maximum height is comparable to other travel tripods at this price point.

With its compact folded length of only 40cm / 15.75″, the height should be good enough for most travel photography.

The head itself weighs only 380g (0.84 lbs) which is really light for a fluid head and can hold up to 3.9kg / 8.8lb. As for the total weight of (Alu) 1.76kg / 3.9lb (CF) 1.36kg / 3lb, these are respectable for travel tripods for video.

There’s no need to opt for the carbon fiber model unless owning the most lightweight tripod is a top priority to you.

Build: 8/10

Being a Manfrotto tripod, the BeFree Live is well-made and feels good in the hand when deploying the twist-lock leg sections.

The inverse foldable leg design is easy to operate, and everything sits nicely in the included carry bag.

Sturdiness: 8/10

We tested the Manfrotto BeFree Live with a Sony a7IV and 24-70mm f/2.8 lens in average winds, and it performed well.

Unless you’re using a camera/lens setup that exceeds the max load, you shouldn’t have any issues with how sturdy it is.

Features: 8/10

The arm of the fluid head can be fully adjusted, so it’s in the right position when you’re positioning the tripod.

When using the tilt control, there’s a tightening knob to open it up fully for a nice and smooth tilting movement.

The fluid head fits onto other travel tripods, so if you need to swap it for whatever reason, it’s simple to do so. There’s also a bubble level for precise setups.

It also features a feature called ‘Easy Link’ (standard 3/8” attachment) for optional accessories and a hook to attach a weight for stabilization.

At around $270, the BeFree Video is excellent value for money if you’re looking for travel tripods with fluid heads for shooting video.

Sure, you may be able to find cheaper, but it won’t be from such a reputable brand as Manfrotto. It’s the best video tripod at this price, and highly recommended.

Final Score: 57/70

The BeFree line of travel tripods is enormously popular, and this is the version intended for video shooters. Manfrotto is synonymous with making high-quality tripods, and the BeFree Live is no exception, available for a great price for backpackers who need a decent travel tripod for video.

7. Joby GripTight One GorillaPod | Best Phone Tripod for Hiking

A flexible, black tripod with a smartphone mount attached is hanging on a textured gray wall.

Material: Plastic/Aluminum | Dimension: 1.34 x 1.57 x 6.50 in Weight: 71 g (0.16 lbs) | Max load: 325 g (0.72 lbs)

Flexible legs
Fits all smartphones
Durable build
Works as hand grip for vlogging
Only 1-year warranty

As a mini (aka tabletop) tripod kit, the Gorillapod GripTight One is a lot smaller than other travel tripods and takes up little room in your travel bag – it’s so small, in fact, that it can fit easily into your pocket.

This makes it my top pick as best hiking tripod, when you don’t want to burden your backpack with a full sized light weight tripod.

Height: 5/10

A small camera tripod such as a Gorillapod doesn’t have a fully extended height since it’s intended to be used with the legs partially splayed or bent to wrap around thin objects. It’s also an ‘attached’ ball head tripod, meaning that you can’t change the ball head for another.

Either way, you’ll usually be either crouching down or trying to find something higher to secure it to or balance it on.

It’s the best compact tripod if you’re really limited in space in your backpack or just need something to carry in a jacket pocket.

Weighing in at a tiny 71 g (0.16 lbs), this flexible tripod can be taken on every travel adventure without a second thought. It’s the best hiking tripod, so long as you don’t mind the lack of extension.

Made from ABS Plastic, Stainless Steel and TPE, the Gorillapod is the best tripod for travel when camera bag space is at a minimum. Obviously, it’s not as robustly built as some of the heavy-duty tripods , but it doesn’t need to be.

Sturdiness: 7/10

The GripTight is designed for any smartphone, with or without a case (56mm – 91mm), such as all the modern iPhones and Samsung Galaxy devices. Leg joints are stable and strong, but you’ll need to find thin tubular objects to wrap them around or flat surfaces for optimum stability (since all leg lengths are identical).

The base of the mount features a 1/4″-20 standard tripod mount meaning that you can attach it to other travel tripods if you need some extra height.

Other than that, the key feature is the ability to wrap the legs around thin objects or use them all together as a handy grip while filming.

If you’re after the most portable camera tripod, nothing beats a Gorillapod, which can fit in a jacket pocket.

If you’re looking for the best tripod for hiking that is able to stand up taller like a traditional tripod, you’ll need look elsewhere on this list.

At less than $25, the GripTight One is amazing value for money, and the 1-year warranty is adequate for regular travel. This makes it the best mini tripod for anyone on a tight budget.

Final Score: 59/70

Gorillapods allow you to secure your camera to objects for a variety of shooting angles and added convenience when traveling alone. Rubberized ball joints provide grippy finger placement for one-handed selfies and vlogging.

FAQs about Travel Tripods

Do I need a tripod for travel photography?

Yes, a tripod will help you take better photos in low light when traveling by stabilizing your camera and reducing movement. This will allow you to use a slower shutter speed to capture more light without having to rely on a higher ISO which can introduce noise into your images.

A tripod can also be useful when taking timed shots or self-portraits, allowing you to include yourself in your travel photos.

That said, you can use any nearby object as a camera stand – rocks, walls, even the ground – as long as you don’t need adjustable elevation or optimal stability, you can use pretty much anything as a make-shift tripod.

How heavy should a travel tripod be?

It’s important to have a lightweight tripod for travel, so the usual trade-off between having a stiffer/more stable tripod that is heavier isn’t so relevant. As long as the tripod is strong enough to hold your camera and lens without swaying, try and find the lightest tripod you can – this will make your traveling experience more enjoyable.

How do travel tripods differ from regular tripods?

They are typically lighter, have more compact dimensions when folded, and are designed for easy transportation. Regular tripods might offer more stability and height but are usually heavier and bulkier.

Can travel tripods support DSLR cameras?

Yes, many are sturdy enough to support DSLR cameras and lenses, but it’s important to check the tripod’s weight capacity to ensure it meets your gear’s needs.

How do you stabilize a tripod?

You should set up the tripod on stable ground and only extend the number of leg sections that are absolutely required – try and avoid the centre column at all costs. If your tripod has a hook, hang something relatively heavy from it, such as your camera bag – just don’t exceed the maximum weight capacity.

Also, you obviously already know how many legs a tripod has , but do you know why they have 3 legs? It’s for optimum stability.

Are travel tripods stable in windy conditions?

While they are designed for portability and may not be as stable as heavier studio models, many come with features like hook weights for added stability in windy conditions.

Can travel tripods be taken on airplanes?

Yes, they are designed to fit into luggage or attach to backpacks, making them suitable for air travel. However, always check with your airline for specific carry-on restrictions.

How do I maintain my travel tripod?

Regular maintenance includes cleaning the legs and joints, checking for loose parts, and, if necessary, lubricating the moving parts according to the manufacturer’s instructions. Always ensure it’s dry before folding it away to prevent rust or corrosion.

You'll Also Like These:

Mark Condon is a British wedding photographer and editor of Shotkit. When he’s not taking photos or reviewing the latest camera gear and software, Mark can be found cycling around the northern rivers.

50 Comments

Hi, Thanks for this amazing piece of product. Last morning I was trying to find out which tripod is the best lightweight tripod that I should go for. Your article was very useful in this regard.

I started to learn about photography recently, but mostly by myself with the help of the internet. And I’m looking to buy a tripod for it. But until now I have no idea which type I should take on. Because everything looks good nowadays. I might buy the small and the big one, as I wanted to try vlogging and even take photography more seriously. I really want to think before investing money on them, because I have a problem with budgeting sometimes especially when everything seems like a good item to invest in.

Ah yes, paralysis of decision! I know it well, Lala… Why not just go for my number one recommendation, or the second option on the list (which is slightly cheaper)?

Sirui T025X. Only 752grams and folds to 30.5cm. Max height 1.3m. Great for mirrorless. I’ve been using it for couple years now and its always with me everyday.

Ah yep, some Sirui reviews coming here soon actually Izham. They’re great value for money.

A great comprehensive review thanks for sharing

Glad you liked it, David :-)

What would be your thoughts on this tripod? My friend told me to give it a try but I’m not sure if it would be good from my small camera (the camera is pretty light).

Thanks in advance

Hey Roland! What is your camera/lens? It looks like an ok tripod, but depends on what weight you attach to it.

After reading the travel tripod reviews I purchased a ZOMEI Z699C tripod for my travels. On the first trip the bottom section of one leg dropped off. It rolled off a jetty and was lost in the sea so I couldn’t recover it. Zomei is not responding to my emails concerning either a warranty claim or the supply of a replacement leg for a repair.

Hey Robert – when you say it dropped off, did you loosen the leg to the point where it came off? All tripods listed here will behave in the same way if you keep twisting and twisting a leg. I can reach out to Zomei on your behalf, but it depends on the circumstances surrounding the incident.

Hi mark, you have put great effort but please also guide me that which is best shooting tripod among these with good quality and affordable price.

What are your criteria Rachel?

Thanks for the write up! I just purchased the Manfrotto MTPIXI-B PIXI Mini which was actually surprisingly cheap for a Manfrotto product. I plan on using it for Vlogs and my upcoming trip to NZ

Sure thing Lewis. I have that Pixi too – it’s a great alternative to the Gorillapod when you need something a little simpler.

I suppose there is a mistake in data about Gorilla weight.

Great spot Gienio! Thank you – I’ve fixed it now.

Here is my issue. I want a more compact version of the alta pro, something that is more between 3 and 4 lbs. Just not gonna happen. LOL.

Season’s Greetings! While the Oben CT3535 Carbon Fiber Tripod is good for a mirrorless or small DSLR with a smaller lens than the typical 70-200mm zoom, a much more robust Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod than CAN handle any 70-200 f/2.8 zoom on any DSLR or mirrorless camera, is the FLM CP26. It is absolutely Awesome, and the ball head has numerous features, some of which are unique to the brand, such as a Pan function that can ratchet 360 degrees in 15-degree increments…great for precise panoramas! It is superbly well made, a marvel of engineering and design! Highly recommended. FLM-Canada supplies the US. Happy Holidays!

If i’m not mistaken, the vanguard pro isn’t a travel tripod. This review is a bit misleading.

Actually, I stand corrected – maybe I should of read the start of the review!

Great review btw.

Is the Zomei review of the 669 or the 699? Obviously you mention the 699 a lot but the link and specs seem to be for the 669.

Hey Irvin, it’s the 699. I’ll double check those links – thanks for pointing that out!

Where are the tripods from 3 Legged Thing? I’ve got three different of them for different purposes. :)

Hey Peter, I intend to update this list in 2018 with a couple from 3LT – great tripods, I agree.

I spent ages assessing tripods before buying one a couple of years ago, so I was pleased my decision of a MeFoto Roadtrip was validated by your review which I just read now.

I’m completely happy with it, but I have to say, I bought a third party swiss arca plate. The one that comes with the tripod is virtually useless. Not only do you need a tool to tighten it, as you point out, but the rubber grip doesn’t protrude enough from the base to actually provide any traction. Which is a fancy way of saying it kept falling off. The plate I bought was this one:

https://www.amazon.co.uk/gp/product/B008S6G09S/ref=oh_aui_detailpage_o04_s00?ie=UTF8&psc=1

It has served me very well.

I also want to add that the two fixed positions of the legs hasn’t restricted me one bit, especially as you can take out the central column of the tripod and put it back in upside down, so the camera actually hangs underneath the tripod to get really close to the ground.

Thanks for sharing that Paul – good to know there’s a better plate out there for the Roadtrip.

The Velbon Ultra Voxi L is the best travel tripod that I have used. It’s folded length is only 36cm and I can set up and put away faster than any other tripod on the market.

I’ll add it to my list to review – thanks Dennis!

Very helpful thank you, I’ll be using it while I’m out in the field conducting research so really need to save space, the Pedco looks perfect for what I need.

What about 3 legged thing tripods? These are awesome, very well made, and I think outstrip a few of these recommendations… from a pro and amateur perspective. They also have the best customer support…

I’m due to review their new ‘Leo’ soon for this list actually Robin :-)

Good article Am going to try the OMEI-Z669C-PROFESSIONAL-CARBON-FIBER-TRIPOD Monopod important for me Thx

Mark, a good article, though I realize that selecting a tripod, like cameras or camera bags, is a subjective thing indeed! John, check out the Oben CT3535…it’s a sturdy little carbon fiber travel tripod that converts to a monopod. See specs online, but I can say that it’s great for a mirrorless kit, or even a small DSLR with a wide or mid-range zoom. The quality is quite high. IMHO, I’d avoid the cheaper tripods with a fixed center column or leg spread. They won’t work at all on uneven terrain!!

Hey Steve – thanks for the tip re. the Oben CT3535 – will check it out!

I’m a fan of the Rangers 55″ tripod/monopod; it’s simple, inexpensive, and gets the job done.

Ah yes, I need to add this one to the list Matthew – only came across it last month, but have been hearing lots of great reviews about it. Here it is for anyone interested.

Not sure how you could have possibly missed the most popular in terms of coverage (YouTube, forums, reviews, etc) the Sirui T-005X (or the carbon version Sirui T-025X.

What about the Sirui T-025X Carbon with C-10S Ball Head??? I heard is no less than the MeFOTO Aluminum Roadtrip, maybe even better.

I’ll have to check that one out, Omri – thanks for the tip.

Has anyone tried K & F Concept tripods?

manfrotto 190 290 vanguard veo

I have no access to camera shops locally, so this is very useful. The reviewer with Tiger were amazing. Thanks for sharing. ( Annice)

Bradley, yes, I agree that Gitzo is the best in terms of build quality and reputation, however, for about 1/3 the price, I find that the Oben CT3535 Travel Tripod is great for a mirrorless or small DSLR system. It is carbon fiber, with all metal control knobs, and quite well built.

The Vanguard Alta Pro is seriously the best tripod out there. I freaking love mine. To be able to shoot from directly above is great for product photography and stop motion.

Daniel/Mark, While I have no experience with the Vanguard tripod, and have no doubt it serves your purpose, I recently came across a unique and extremely high-quality travel tripod…the FLM “CP26 Travel Tripod”. It has super-strong 10x Carbon Fiber legs (26 lb load capacity!) with well-made twist locks, and a ball head that has several unique features that I’ve not seen in my 35 years of photography using tripods…For example, the “Pan” function permits butter-smooth normal panning, but in addition, adds a 15-degree ratchet function that is fantastic for us landscape/panorama photographers! There is also a “Tilt” knob that locks the ball head so that only one vertical/up/down plane is available. And finally, there is a “lock” function that locks the ball head from panning/turning, so that it can easily be unscrewed and/or mounted solidly. The kit comes with very well-made screw-on metal spikes, and folds up to a compact 15.5″ for travel. Quite ingenious and precision design overall, and highly recommended for travel!! Bottom line: This FLM tripod simply exudes Quality. Here’s the link to that awesome tripod: https://www.flmcanada.com. Please tell Ari that Steve sent you. Thanks, and I think you’ll find the FLM CP26 Travel Tripod stunningly robust, and a work of art!

Hey Steve, thanks for that – very interesting indeed. I’ll see if I can get my hands on the FLM tripod you mentioned to review later this year.

I’m also a big fan of the CP-26 Travel. I have this and a CB43-FTR ball head and it’s excellent. I’ve taken it hiking in the Scottish Highlands, and regularly use it for my Sinar Norma large format camera. For me it’s perfect because of the load capacity and the exceptional ballhead. The friction control is very smooth, and when you have a heavy camera it’s also very important.

Hi, I think you are making a mistake of one order of magnitude in your weight difference calculation. For example, the weight difference of the two peak design tripod is 290 g, not 29 g. If it was only 29g, the carbon would not be worth it at all. 😊

Unlock the EXACT blueprint to capture breathtaking iPhone photos!

Best travel tripods 2024: Lightweight and compact tripods

The best travel tripods are versatile, easy to transport and lightweight while still sturdy. Here are our favorites to suit all budgets.

The quick list

Best overall

Best for height

Best compact option

Best lightweight option, best for videographers, best for content creators, best stylish option, best budget travel tripod, best value for money.

Travel tripods: FAQ
How we test

1. The list in brief ↴ 2. Best travel tripod overall 3. Best for height 4. Best compact option 5. Best lightweight option 6. Best for videographers 7. Best for content creators 8. Best stylish option 9. Best budget travel tripod 10. Best value for money 11. Best travel tripods FAQ 12. How we test

If you're a photographer who likes to get out and about, having one of the best travel tripods in your kit can make all the difference. Whether you're an astrophotographer who hikes out to remote locations or a landscape photographer who likes to trek the rugged coast, a lightweight tripod is an absolute must.

A tripod is a crucial piece of photography equipment that allows you to frame shots, take your time when setting up, and, most importantly, keep your camera steady in low-light conditions or when shooting long exposures. Combine one of the best travel tripods with the best cameras and best lenses , and you'll have everything you need to capture truly stunning photographs.

Our team of expert reviewers have put these tripods through their paces in real-world conditions, taking note of their weight and dimensions so you can determine if they'll fit into your bag. Typically crafted from carbon fiber for lightweight durability, these tripods often feature telescopic design, collapsing to a compact size that easily fits into your carry-on luggage or one of the best camera backpacks .

We've made sure to highlight any trade-offs you may have to make for the lighter tripod, as some tend to have a more restricted payload than one of the full-sized best tripods . But overall, they can cut your overall kit weight right down and take up far less space than a traditional tripod.

Peak Design travel tripod on a white background

The Peak Design Travel Tripod is a novel travel tripod that is so narrow it can fit into cabin luggage. It is night-friendly and can support full-frame DSLRs and even smartphones.

Best travel tripods we recommend in 2024

Why you can trust Space.com Our expert reviewers spend hours testing and comparing products and services so you can choose the best for you. Find out more about how we test and review products.

Best travel tripod overall

Peak design travel tripod.

Our expert review:

Specifications

Reasons to buy, reasons to avoid.

✅ If only the best will do: This is an exceptional, thoughtfully designed tripod for photographers on the move. We found it hard to fault.

❌ You need more height: You'll only be able to reach a height of 60-inches with this travel tripod.

🔎 Peak Design Travel Tripod: An exceptionally narrow and compact design makes the Peak Design Travel Tripod a key piece of kit for traveling astrophotographers after something highly mobile and with a fast set-up and takedown. ★★★★½

The Peak Design Travel Tripod earns the top spot on our list due to its slim, compact design that doesn't sacrifice stability, even with heavy DSLR cameras. When folded, the three legs and ball head seamlessly meet without any gaps, resulting in a compact package measuring just 3.125 inches in diameter and 15.4 inches in height. This makes it easy to stow away in luggage or camera bags. Additionally, it comes with a soft padded case featuring a waterproof zip and convenient carry handles.

We loved this tripod's speedy setup and takedown during our Peak Design Travel Tripod review , although we were slightly less fond of the camera attachment. The ball head (one of the most compact we've seen) comes with a tripod plate that attaches to your camera using a hex tool. While this was incredibly stable for long hours when shooting star trails, we can't help but feel that a tool-free D-ring plate would have been easier.

The tripod comes with a smartphone clamp, which is hidden under the center column — it's a neat feature that's very cleverly stowed away. While a tripod like this is perhaps overkill for smartphone photography, it's a welcome addition to take some quick snaps while you're setting up your camera.

The Peak Design Travel Tripod isn't the tallest tripod on this list: Its five leg sections allow for it to extend to 60 inches/152.4cm. It keeps the weight down when traveling, but if you're tall, it might not be the most convenient tripod to use.

We should also note that there are two versions of this tripod available: One with an aluminum body and another with a carbon fiber body. The carbon fiber model is, as you'd expect, lighter than the aluminum option, but it's also significantly more expensive. And when the aluminum tripod is already very light at 3.44lbs/1.56kg it's hard to justify the extra expense.

Read our full Peak Design Travel Tripod review

Benro Rhino FRHN24C+VX25 Head

✅ You want one of the tallest travel tripods: This one reaches a maximum height of 66.3-inches. ✅ You want a detachable monopod: Monopods are better in certain situations, like sporting events where you have limited space. This model comes with a detachable one.

❌ You're sticking to a budget: This is another premium tripod, though it's a great long-term investment. ❌ You want something super lightweight: It's not heavy, but there are certainly more lightweight options out there.

🔎 Benro Rhino FRHN24C+VX25 Head: Although it's not cheap, for passionate photographers who need a lightweight, portable tripod capable of providing more height than most, this is a fantastic option. ★★★★★

The Rhino series of travel tripods is Benro's premium range, and this quality shows in practically every element of this tripod. The Benro Rhino FRHN24C has a detachable monopod, a phone mount, and carbon fiber tubes, so it has just about every bell and whistle you'd expect from a high-end tripod.

In our Benro Rhino 24C Two series review , we called it an excellent tripod and praised its sleek design, reliability and portability. It's not the smallest tripod on this list, but since it folds down to 19.3 inches, it's still very compact and is TSA-friendly. When completely extended, it measures 169cm (66.3 inches) so it should be tall enough for most users. As mentioned, it can be configured into a monopod, making it versatile for different types of photography.

Although this tripod is more expensive than others on this list, many professional travel photographers would find it a wise investment. The great thing about Benro is the range of height and size options available for each product. The Rhino comes in four different sizes and a choice between either four or five leg sections, so photographers can choose whichever size best suits their needs.

We found it easy to set up and take down in the dark. The rubber grips were soft on the hands, and the interchangeable feet were a nice touch—we found that swapping to the spiky feet helped with stability when we were shooting in windy conditions. The VX25 head also has some neat safety features to prevent your camera from slipping off or being dropped, something many other tripod manufacturers don't think of.

Overall, we loved this tripod and gave it five stars. Although it's certainly an investment, we think it'll last you a very long time.

Read our full Benro Rhino 24C Two series review

Benro Tortoise 24C x GX30 Head

✅ You want to shoot low to the ground: The legs can splay out to almost 90-degrees, which is great for those shots where you need to be as low to the ground as possible.

❌ You want height: There's no center column, so it can't reach the heights that other tripods can.

🔎 Benro Tortoise 24C Tripod x GX30 head: A sturdy and reliable tripod that will last you for years to come. It doesn't sit at the affordable end of the market, but for photographers who need something lightweight and user-friendly, you can't go wrong. ★★★★

When we first looked at this tripod in our Benro Tortoise 24C Tripod review , we couldn't figure out why it wasn't their primary travel tripod due to its weight and compactness. The Rhino wins out overall, but if these two particular factors are more important to you than height and versatility, we'd recommend the Benro Tortoise.

There's no center column in the Tortoise, which is both a positive and a negative. It keeps the weight down considerably and folds down much smaller than other tripods, making it a fantastic travel choice. The lack of center column also makes the Benro Tortoise 24C tripod more flexible than most: Its legs can splay out at almost 90 degrees, allowing it to get extremely low to the ground. It's great for unique angles and compositions, then.

But no center column also means that the doesn't extend particularly high — our 5'4 reviewer had to stoop to use it at full height. If that's going to be a problem for you, you might be best looking for another tripod.

The GX30 head features two safety elements to prevent the camera from slipping off when you're putting it on or taking it off, but we thought overall the head was bulkier than it needed to be. The main ball adjustment knob protrudes out a fair amount when, in our opinion, it doesn't need to. That said, it's not impractical, we just think it could do with being smaller.

Read our full Benro Tortoise 24C Tripod review

The Vanguard VEO 3 GO 204CB tripod on a white background

Vanguard VEO 3 GO 204CB Carbon Fiber Tripod

✅ Being lightweight is important: This tripod weighs less than 2 lbs but still has a maximum payload of 6.6 lbs. It folds down to 13.6 inches, too. ✅ You want an affordable carbon fiber tripod: This tripod is excellent value for money and a great price for a carbon fiber model.

❌ You're looking for a lot of height: This one can extend to a height of 51.6-inches which may be a bit small for some.

🔎 Vanguard VEO 3 GO 204CB Carbon Fiber Tripod: You won't find a travel tripod much lighter than this compact option from Vanguard. It would be ideal for those dark nights when you have to hike to get to your chosen location. ★★★★½

The Vanguard VEO 3 GO 204CB tripod is one of the lightest full-size tripods we've ever encountered, and it's the lightest on this list by a long shot, weighing just 1.8 lbs. It can extend to a height of 51.6 inches, which is not the tallest of the tripods in this guide, and hold a load capacity of 6.6 lbs (just about 3 kg).

This tripod is perfect for travel or hiking, particularly if you're going to remote locations to shoot astrophotography under glorious dark skies. It can collapse down to just 13.6 inches in length, which is quite impressive.

Although it may not be as tall as other tripods, its lightweight and compact design makes it an attractive choice. Photographers on the go will also appreciate its smooth-operating ball head, and overall, we think the build quality is top-notch.

The Vanguard VEO 3 GO is also a rather versatile tripod, given it can convert to a monopod and a selfie stick. Because of that, we think it's a great choice for videographers or photographers who like to get creative.

It's worth noting that, despite being a carbon fiber tripod, the Vanguard VEO 3 GO 204CB is surprisingly affordable. There is an aluminum model available, but it's not that much cheaper so in this instance, we'd recommend you go for the carbon fiber and keep the weight as low as possible (the aluminum version is a few ounces heavier at 2.1 lbs).

Read more: Best mirrorless cameras

Manfrotto Befree 3 Way Advanced Tripod

✅ You're a videographer: The three-way ball head employs a hydraulic dampening mechanism to ensure the camera moves smoothly.

❌ You will get frustrated having to take the camera off your tripod: We found that we sometimes had to remove the camera from the plate to access the battery and memory card doors.

🔎 Manfrotto Befree 3 Way Advanced Tripod: At 3.28 lbs, the Italian-made Manfrotto Befree Advanced Travel Tripod isn’t ultra-lightweight, yet this aluminum travel tripod is not much heavier than its far pricier carbon fiber rivals. As travel tripods go, it’s not as compact when collapsed as others, yet it’s as advanced as any we’ve come across. ★★★★½

This isn't the lightest tripod on this list, but weighing 3.28lbs, the Manfrotto Befree 3 Way Advanced Tripod is still plenty light enough to take on your travels with you. In our Manfrotto Befree Advanced Tripod review , we praised its fantastic build quality and loved its strong center column, which makes this tripod ultra-reliable.

It's not just its build quality that's earned the Manfrotto Befree tripod a place on this list, though. It's very affordable, and we think it's an excellent cost-effective alternative to more expensive carbon fiber tripods. We also like that it comes with its own carry case — a nifty addition that adds even more value to its price.

This tripod can reach a maximum height of 59 inches and collapses to 15.7 inches when packed up. It has a reverse folding design which works fine for transportation, but it's not as compact as some other tripods on our list, and there are noticeable gaps between the legs which could waste space when packing it in a suitcase.

It comes with a new and improved ball head that features 360-degree flexibility and the 200PL PRO base plate attaches easily to your camera using a D-ring, which can be done anywhere and requires no extra tools, which is great when you're using it in the dark.

The four-section legs are versatile, with three angled positions that click neatly into place and sturdy rubber feet to provide grip. While it's not the smallest or lightest travel tripod out there, it's great value for the quality you get.

Read our full Manfrotto Befree Advanced Tripod review

JOBY GorillaPod 3K Pro Tripod

✅ You'll be shooting from uneven surfaces: The unique flexible legs can bend around almost anything — a branch, handrail, fence post and so on. It can also be manipulated to be steady on rocks and uneven land.

❌ You have a lot of heavy kit: The payload is a pretty small 6.6 lbs (3kg). This is still enough for most casual shooters, but it's more suited to lightweight gear.

🔎 JOBY GorillaPod 3K Pro Tripod: The Joby GorillaPod 3K Pro Kit is a lightweight yet surprisingly sturdy travel tripod that enables you to shoot anything, anywhere. The ideal tripod for traveling and vlogging. ★★★★½

The JOBY GorillaPod 3K Pro is an unusual-looking tripod that is very lightweight and surprisingly sturdy. The design of the legs means that you can attach it to almost anything, allowing you to shoot from any position or vantage point and opening up a world of creative possibilities — we had a lot of fun with this during our JOBY GorillaPod 3K Pro Kit review .

The main selling point of the GorillaPod is that it's extremely portable, weighing only 8.7 oz/463g and measuring 12 inches/30cm. It can carry a payload of 6.6 lbs/3kg, which isn't the most generous, but it's certainly enough for a mirrorless camera and lens setup. This makes it an attractive option for travel photographers, vloggers and content creators, who can buy a separate mount to attach their smartphones to it.

Along with its unique legs, the GorillaPod comes with an Arca-Swiss compatible ball head that can be panned 360 degrees. Coupled with 90 degrees of tilt, you can capture from practically any angle you like, making this an excellent choice for creative photographers and those who like to experiment with composition.

The only downside to the GorillaPod 3K pro is that it doesn't come with a spirit level built to ensure your shots are straight as you set them up. But if you're shooting on a newer camera, many of them have a level feature built into their screen, so it likely won't be an issue.

Make sure to evenly distribute the weight when setting it up to prevent any equipment from tipping over. Once everything was in position, we found it very secure and stable, even with a telephoto lens attached to the camera. Overall, it's an interesting alternative to conventional tripods and is highly portable for outdoor use.

Read our full JOBY GorillaPod 3K Pro Kit review

The Gitzo Legende tripod on a white background.

Gitzo Legende Traveller Tripod Kit

✅ You want a stylish aesthetic: This tripod has been designed with a beautiful aesthetic in mind, and it performs just as nicely as it looks.

❌ You don't have a big budget: Though it is beautiful to look at, most of the tripods on this list do the same job but for a fraction of the cost.

🔎 Gitzo Legende Traveller Tripod Kit If you have the money, we believe this is a pretty nice tripod to use, but we do have one criticism: there are many tripods on the market, including several that are included in this list, that can do the same tasks for a lot less money. ★★★★

While a tripod isn't usually a fashion statement, that changes when you lay your eyes on the Gitzo Legende. This is an absolutely beautiful tripod that features a high-end design — but it has a very high-end price tag to go with it.

Gitzo's entire Legende series focuses on premium and visually appealing camera accessories. But like the rest of the series, the Legende Traveller Tripod kit isn't just designed to look fancy; it's also a tripod that offers stand-out performance. It's expertly crafted with smooth dials, knobs and adjustments to make it a joy to set up.

The Legende Traveller Tripod Kit impresses with its meticulous attention to detail, including features like the custom-designed matte silver aluminum Center Ball Head and the stylish leather strap, enhancing its premium feel.

It extends to a maximum height of 65 inches with the central column extended and collapses to a compact length of 16.9 inches when folded. Four leg sections can support loads of up to 17.6 lbs.

If you're willing to spend the money on it, we think it's a good tripod. However, we do have one criticism: many other tripods available, many of which we've mentioned in this list, can perform the same functions at a much lower cost.

Read more: Best camera accessories for astrophotography

The Benro MeFOTO Pro tripod on a white background

Benro MeFoto Road Trip Pro

✅ You want versatility: This is really a six-in-one model — it works as a tripod, monopod, selfie stick, high hat (that allows for unique camera placement) and a table tripod.

❌ You want a super speedy setup: The twist and lock function works well, but setup time might take longer (as you have to twist and lock each section).

🔎 Benro MeFoto Road Trip Pro: This 6-in-1 tripod from Benro really can do it all — it can be a tripod, monopod, boom pole, selfie stick, high hat and tabletop tripod. ★★★½

The MeFoto Road Trip Pro tripod is the third option on this list, coming from Benro, one of the best tripod manufacturers in the market. This model is a little cheaper than the others, but it still offers impressive performance in a compact design.

Of course, there are some trade-offs. Its smaller frame means it holds less weight than some. It's also not the tallest tripod on the market, extending up to 60 inches/155cm. But we think they're trade-offs worth taking. At just 3.6 lbs, it's very lightweight and easy to carry in a backpack or in luggage.

It's also seriously versatile: In addition to being a tripod, the MeFoto Road Trip Pro can be configured into a monopod, boom pole, selfie stick, high hat, and tabletop tripod. It's suited to practically every type of photographer and videographer, and with so many options to choose from, it promotes creativity and experimentation.

We find the tripod's graduated panning scale quite handy because it helps you maintain a level position for smooth panning in video or capturing panoramic shots of the scenery. The twist locks work effectively, but it might take longer to set up if you have to twist or unscrew each one individually. Nevertheless, it's a hassle-free choice that won't strain your budget, making it an excellent option for amateur travelers looking to take photos.

Read more: Best cameras for beginners

The 3 Legged Thing Punks corey tripod on a white background

3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0

✅ You have heavy kit: The 3 Legged Punks Corey 2.0 can hold a whopping 30 lb (14kg) payload, that's 8x it's own weight.

❌ You don't like the look of it: We mean aesthetically — it certainly stands out, but it isn't for everyone. ❌ You need more height: The maximum height is 54.3 inches, which is on the shorter side of the scale of tripods in this guide.

🔎 3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0: The Punks range is ultralight and ultra-compact and, amazingly, they can still support 30 lbs of weight, which is over 8 times their own weight of 3.95 lbs ★★★½

3-Legged Thing started as a grassroots business in the UK. Danny Lenihan, the company's creator, used his knowledge in lighting and photography to create highly versatile, lightweight tripods and other equipment.

The Punks series of tripods from 3 Legged Thing is designed with travel in mind. They feature a lightweight and compact build crafted from magnesium alloy. Despite their portable size, they boast an impressive weight capacity of up to 30 lbs, surpassing their weight of 3.95 lbs by more than eight times.

The Corey 2.0 Tripod is 54.3 inches when fully extended, and when it's collapsed, it's just 14.2 inches long. That's super compact, making carrying it or packing it away an absolute cinch. We also appreciate that its feet can be swapped out in favor of a low-level/tabletop setup — and if you prefer, you can remove the legs entirely to opt for a monopod setup.

Even though we liked the tripod's vivid colors, solid designs and general performance, some seasoned amateurs or professionals might be looking for more bells and whistles, such as more complex head systems.

Read more: 3 Legged PUNKS Brian tripod review

Travel tripods: Frequently Asked Questions

What is the lightest travel tripod.

The lightest travel tripod we have tested is the Joby GorillaPod 3K Pro Tripod ; it weighs just 1.02 lbs (463g). However, it's worth noting that it is a unique model that is designed to wrap around objects such as branches and fences.

The lightest 'standard' tripod in our guide (which has extendable legs and can be used on the ground) is the Vanguard VEO 3 GO 204CB Carbon Fiber Tripod, which weighs 1.6 lbs (725g).

Can I use a travel tripod with my smartphone?

The answer is yes, you can. Some travel tripods come with a phone adapter, such as the Peak Design Travel Tripod , Benro Rhino FRHN24C+VX25 Head and Benro MeFoto Road Trip Pro, but if they don't, you can also purchase a tripod smartphone mount separately. This is especially useful for content creators who mostly shoot using smartphone cameras.

Should I buy a Carbon fiber or aluminum tripod?

Carbon fiber tripods generally weigh less than their aluminum counterparts but cost more. Some models will cost significantly more, so if you want to save money on a tripod look to purchase an aluminum model. However, if traveling light is your priority then opt for a carbon fiber model.

For example, the Peak Design aluminum travel tripod costs around $380 at time of writing, whereas the carbon fiber version costs $650 which is $270 or 1.7x more expensive. However, the Vanguard VEO 3 GO 204 aluminum tripod costs $130, and its carbon fiber version costs $150, just $20 or 1.25x more.

What is the best travel tripod for astrophotography?

This depends on the overall payload (weight) of your camera, lens and camera accessories. We'd recommend the Peak Design Travel Tripod as the best travel tripod overall if your budget stretches. But a more budget-friendly option which we still rate highly would be the Vanguard VEO 3 GO 204CB.

It's important to add up the weight of all the gear you will be place on any given tripod because all tripods have a maximum payload; see below.

What is a tripod maximum payload?

A tripod's maximum payload is the maximum weight a tripod is designed to hold rock steady when taking photographs or video footage. To calculate this, add up the weight of everything you will place on the tripod, which may include: The camera , a lens and camera accessories like an intervalometer /remote shutter release, flash, filter, or a star tracker mount .

If it is just slightly over the manufacturer's stated maximum payload for the tripod there's a chance things will be fine. But bear in mind that there are no guarantees for its stability, especially in high winds. If in doubt, go for a tripod that is designed to hold the maximum payload of your camera gear, even if it means investing a little more money.

Travel tripods are designed to be lightweight and compact, so it may be that none on this list will support your maximum payload. If this is the case, we'd recommend a bigger, more generalist tripod from our best tripods guide.

How many leg sections should my tripod have?

Between three and five leg sections is typically the most common. The leg sections are designed to extend to increase or decrease the tripod's height to aid composition. The Benro Rhino FRHN24C+VX25 Head has four leg sections and reaches a maximum height of 66.3-inches. However, the Joby GorillaPod 3K Pro Tripod which has a maximum height of 11.8-inches with just one leg section, but this is intentional because it's designed to wrap around and onto tall objects so

If you're trekking or want to set up your camera on uneven ground, it's worth testing out tripods with multiple leg angles and the ability to adjust quickly. Usually, a small pin or lever at the top of the legs can be pulled out to increase the leg angle and therefore change the height and stability of the travel tripod.

How we test the best travel tripods

To guarantee you're getting honest, up-to-date recommendations on the best travel tripods to buy here at Space.com we make sure to put every travel tripod through a rigorous review to fully test each product. Each travel tripod is reviewed based on a multitude of aspects, from its construction and design, to how well it functions and its performance in the field.

Each travel tripod is carefully tested by our expert staff or knowledgeable freelance contributors who know their subject areas in depth. This ensures fair reviewing is backed by personal, hands-on experience with each travel tripod and is judged based on its price point, class and destined use.

We look at how easy each travel tripod is to operate, whether it contains the latest up-to-date material, and also make suggestions if a particular travel tripod would benefit from any additional equipment to give you the best user experience possible.

With complete editorial independence, Space.com are here to ensure you get the best buying advice on travel tripods, whether you should purchase a travel tripod or not, making our buying guides and reviews reliable and transparent.

Join our Space Forums to keep talking space on the latest missions, night sky and more! And if you have a news tip, correction or comment, let us know at: [email protected].

Get the Space.com Newsletter

Breaking space news, the latest updates on rocket launches, skywatching events and more!

Jacob Little is a photographer, writer and communications professional based in Bristol and Cornwall. His main inspirations come from outdoor adventure, travel, rural living and wild ways and crafts. Passionate about weaving the core principles of storytelling into his images, he approaches brand and copywriting work in much the same way. Conveying a compelling narrative is one of the main drivers behind much of his work.

Kimberley Lane Contributing writer
Tantse Walter Contributing Writer

Ruko Veeniix V11 drone review

Solar eclipse 2024: Live updates

Watch monster flare-spewing sunspot grow to be 15 times wider than Earth (video)

The 12 Best Travel Tripods for Your Next Adventure

No matter where your wanderlust takes you, you’ll capture the moment better with this essential piece of gear.

Gear-obsessed editors choose every product we review. We may earn commission if you buy from a link. Why Trust Us?

However, that premise goes out the window as soon as the shooting conditions change. If you want to shoot with a long exposure time, shoot in low-light or nighttime conditions, shoot video , or just want to take nice solo photos when you're traveling alone, you'll want a travel tripod.

While tripods are useful, they also tend to be bulky and heavy, so having a specific tripod for travel makes a big difference. Compared to standard tripods, travel tripods are usually smaller when collapsed, weigh less, and have smaller secondary parts like hinges, feet, and handles.

Not all travel tripods are created equal, though. Some are better suited to large DSLR cameras , while others may only work with smartphones. Here are the best travel tripods to consider for your upcoming vacation to suit all budgets, camera types, and experience levels.

Best Travel Tripods

Best Overall

Peak design carbon fiber travel tripod.

Geekoto Tripod, Camera Tripod for DSLR AT24EVO

Best Travel Tripod for Professionals

Dji osmo mobile se intelligent gimbal.

Best for Smartphones

Atumtek selfie stick tripod.

Best Travel Tripod for Heavy Cameras

Sirui am124 carbon fiber tripod.

Best Ball Head

Manfrotto element traveller 5-section tripod kit.

Best for Action Cameras

Gopro max grip + tripod.

Best Flexible

Fotopro flexible camera tripod.

Most Compact

Bze selfie stick.

Best for Video

Manfrotto travel video tripod.

The Expert: I'm a freelance travel writer and editor who focuses primarily on adventure travel, which means I often take photos for stories in challenging conditions. While landscape photos may seem easy, I often shoot scenes with moving water, night sky, and time-lapse shots, which all require a tripod. I've used many tripods while traveling and am very conscious of weight and size as I often come close to airline weight limits with my bags, especially if I'm already carrying a heavy camera and lenses.

What to Look for in a Travel Tripod

Not every travel tripod will be marketed as a travel tripod, so when selecting one to use during travel, there are a few specific factors to consider.

One of the two most important considerations is weight. Every pound counts when you're working against airline baggage weight limitations, especially on smaller planes or airlines with lower-than-normal weight limits. Sturdy studio tripods can easily weigh into the 15-plus-pound range, but for a travel tripod, you'll likely want to keep it somewhere around 4 pounds or less—roughly the weight of a pair of boots. Plastic travel tripods will probably be the lightest but potentially the least durable. Carbon fiber is extremely strong and lightweight, but much pricier.

Our Pack-and-Go Picks: Best Travel Accessories | Best Travel Bags | Best Travel Gifts

The second most important factor is size. Traditionally, tripods have (as the name belies) three telescoping legs. Travel tripods still have that feature, though many have uniquely shaped legs or modified center columns and handles to make them thinner and shorter when compressed, at least compared to a tripod not designed for travel.

Next, consider the weight capacity/limit: If you find an inexpensive tripod with small measurements, look at the weight rating before you buy it, especially if you have an SLR camera with heavy lenses. Every travel tripod should say the maximum weight it can hold. Keep in mind there are risks to exceeding the weight rating. Either the tripod will break or, more likely, the weight of your camera and lenses will cause it to tip forward, potentially damaging your camera.

Finally, look at the device that attaches your camera to the tripod (called a mount, or mounting plate) and make sure the mount will work with your camera. If you're buying a smartphone travel tripod, get one with a smartphone mount (usually a spring-loaded hook that grips across the back of your phone). If you're looking for a travel tripod for a DSLR, make sure your camera has a threaded hole on the bottom.

Look for a tripod with a quick-release plate to make mounting and removing your camera much. Quick release plates stay screwed into the bottom of your camera and snap onto your tripod, so you don't have to thread your camera in each time.

Note: You can buy tripod mount adapters, but you'll still have to deal with weight limitations—so you can usually mount lighter cameras to smaller tripods, not the other way around.

How We Selected These Travel Tripods

To choose the best travel tripods, I relied on my personal experience using travel tripods and talking with other photographers on their preferred brands and tripod features. From there, I narrowed down my potential picks, then researched user reviews, materials, and features for each.

Once I had a roundup of the top travel tripod options, I finalized my selections based on the best for each superlative below, intentionally choosing from a variety of brands, price points, and photography experience levels.

Peak Design doesn't make dozens of products within each category, but the ones it does make are incredibly well designed and engineered, and very intentional—there’s a reason behind every material and feature selection.

That seems true of the brand’s highly awarded travel tripod, which packs features like a hidden phone mount, a ball head with a twistable lock, extra clips for straps and attachments, and legs that can lower into an almost-flat position into a very lightweight package.

It may look like a standard tripod from the outside, but what makes Peak Design Travel Tripod so great for travel is its compact circumference. When packed, the tripod’s legs, ballhead, and adjustable central column fit together like puzzle pieces, allowing it to be much thinner than most travel tripods. Peak Design is also a B-Corp, is a member of 1% for the Planet, is climate neutral, and has a gear resale program to keep used gear out of landfills.

If you’re not hung up on name brands or particularly care about having a tripod that’ll be able to handle extremely tough conditions, consider the Geekoto AT24Evo. It may not be made with ultralight, ultra-durable materials like higher-end travel tripods, but you get features of much more expensive options in a relatively inexpensive package. That includes a ballhead for a full range of angles, a tall maximum height, a detachable monopod (akin to a selfie stick), and a quick-release plate.

This is an ideal budget tripod for tall shooters as it has an impressive maximum height of 77 inches, though that does come with a relatively long (19 inch) packed length.

Tripods with gimbals—weight-balanced devices that allow cameras to smoothly pan and rotate even while moving—were once solely the provenance of big-time Hollywood videographers. But now, with so many travelers making their living as professional content creators, travel tripods with gimbals have become much more common—and much more affordable.

This unit moves on three axes and the DJI app has built-in templates for easy shooting and editing. Features include motion stabilizing, single-finger controls, snap-on phone connectivity, and gesture control so you can stay in charge even when you’re in front of the camera.

The only downside is that the actual tripod part is fairly short, but that’s a fair trade-off considering it’s a travel tripod, camera gimbal, and selfie stick in one package small enough to fit in a jacket pocket.

For those who mostly take pictures on their smartphone, this unit has a convenient 2-in-1 design that’s ideal for traveling. It weighs less than 1 pound and folds down into a compact 12 inches, yet as a tripod, it reaches 51 inches tall. It can also be held as a selfie stick for those times you want a group photo.

This tripod is compatible with most popular smartphones, including iPhones, Samsung Galaxy, Google Pixel, and more. It comes with a rechargeable Bluetooth remote—a big bonus—that you can use for self-portraits while traveling solo.

It’s possible to find travel tripods that hold more than 26 pounds—but unless you’re a Hollywood cinematographer shooting on a massive video camera, they’re likely going to be overkill. The weight rating on the SIRUI AM124 Carbon Fiber Tripod is more than enough for heavy cameras with massive lenses, and I love that it has extra stability-focused features like retractable spikes on the feet and a central hook to add extra weight for counterbalancing the camera.

Aside from the price, the biggest downside is that photographers will have to make due with just a til-and-pan mount, or pay nearly $100 extra for the ball-head version .

The aluminum ball head on this travel tripod allows you to easily adjust your camera’s angle to capture any shot, with an independent 360-degree pan. It weighs less than 1 pound and extends to more than 56 inches, thanks to its five-section telescopic legs, which can also be positioned independently to accommodate any terrain.

The travel tripod has a maximum weight capacity of 8.8 pounds, making it best suited for small DSLR cameras, and a spring-loaded hook at the bottom of the center column to add weight for extra stability. It also comes with a carrying case for easy transport.

One of the reasons action cameras are great for travel is they can be mounted on almost anything—helmets, chest straps, underwater handles, and even the tips of skis and snowboards. But having multiple mounting options is useless if what you really need is a way to hold it still for time lapses or on-camera video recording.

Fortunately, the GoPro Max Grip + Tripod is both an extendable selfie stick and a tripod in one, and its compact size is one of the smallest I’ve seen. I keep my action cam mounted to it throughout my travels as the twist-locks are easy to deploy and the magnetic legs keep the tripod secure when I’m using it as a selfie stick.

The slim design is ideal for keeping the tripod mostly out of the frame on 360-degree action cameras, but it’ll work with any type of action camera that uses a similar mount.

This tripod doesn’t offer the height of a standard model, but its unique flexible (and waterproof!) legs can be wrapped around any surface—including trees, fences, poles, and more—allowing you to capture unique angles. The tripod comes with attachments for a standard camera, smartphone, and GoPro, and it has a ball head that easily rotates 360 degrees.

This travel tripod weighs just a few ounces, plus there's a Bluetooth remote control included for selfies. With a reasonable price point, the package is great value for all you get.

This selfie stick is as lightweight and compact as they come, allowing you to easily take photographs of yourself and your travel companions. It’s designed to hold smartphones, including popular iPhone, Android, and Samsung models, and it extends to 40 inches for good wide-angle shots. It also comes with a small tripod base and Bluetooth remote.

Keep in mind that this selfie stick is designed for smartphones only, not a heavy DSLR camera.

Capture stunning video footage while traveling with this tripod, which extends to nearly 5 feet and offers 360-degree panning for incredibly smooth images, thanks to its fluid video head. It also supports cameras up to 8.8 pounds.

Other top features include lever-style leg locks for fast setup, as well as a leveling ball joint to ensure perfect horizontal alignment on uneven ground. It has a removable pan bar and two camera adapters, and there's a carrying case included.

K&F Concept Concept Camera Tripod

Most tripods have a maximum height around 60 inches (5 feet), but this one extends to 69 inches, allowing you to capture those high-angle shots. The tripod weighs just over 3 pounds, and it has a high, 22-pound maximum weight capacity.

The aluminum-alloy tripod features a 360-degree ball head for panoramic shooting, and one of its legs can be removed to convert it to a monopod. Its inverted central axis allows for low-angle shooting, as well.

National Geographic Travel Tripod Kit

This travel tripod is your best bet for backroad adventures. Constructed of lightweight carbon fiber, it weights less than 3 pounds and easily converts to a monopod for nature photography. Plus, it comes with a durable carrying case.

Other highlights include five-section legs with twist locks, a 360-degree ball head, and three leg-angle stops for better stability on uneven terrain. Its 90-degree column mechanism allows you to shoot from ground level or directly overhead, and there's a spring-loaded hook on the tripod's bottom to hang it.

Travel Tripods that Go the Distance. Expert Suzie Dundas Offers These Buying Tips!

PM : What is the biggest difference between a budget travel tripod and an expensive one?

SD: The difference can vary quite a bit. Think of travel tripods as having three main points to evaluate: weight, size, and strength. You can generally have two of those without paying a lot. If you want it to be lightweight and small, it may not be very sturdy. If you want it to be sturdy and lightweight, it may not be that small.

If you want it to be small, sturdy, and lightweight, you’ll probably have to buy a more expensive one. So the biggest difference between an inexpensive travel tripod and a pricey one generally comes down to which of those qualities you’re going to sacrifice (or not).

PM : How important is thickness of a tripod?

SD : Thickness doesn't matter at all—what matters is the sturdiness. In general, it’s fair to say that thicker tripods will be more stable, but that’s not to say that there can’t be thin, stable tripods, especially if they’re made with strong materials like carbon alloys. The actual thickness of the materials is secondary.

The only exception to this may be if you choose a travel tripod with plastic legs (which will likely be an inexpensive option). You may want to go with something a bit thicker to reduce the chances of it breaking or getting bent if it accidentally gets sat on or smashed in your suitcase.

PM: Twist or flip?

SD : With telescoping legs, you’ll find two methods of locking the legs when extended: twist locks or flip locks. Twist locks are easy to use: twist the locks in one direction to lock them, twist them in the other direction to unlock (and collapse) them; It’s essentially a wringing motion.

Tripods with twist locks are generally less bulky, setup is quick, and the lack of extra levers means they’re less likely to get snagged or caught on straps and bags. However, it can be easier to think they’re locked when they’re not, and they can trap abrasive materials like dirt and sand in the mechanisms if not cleaned occasionally.

Flip-style locks have some kind of lever or tab you’ll flip to switch between locked and unlocked. These levers may add a bit of extra width or bulk to your tripod, and they’re a bit slower to set up as most tripods will have at least six of these levels on the legs.

However, buyers who are new to using travel tripods will likely benefit more from flip-style locks, as it’s much easier to tell with a glance if they’re locked or not, eliminating accidental falls. Twist locks also tend to be a feature of higher-end (i.e. more expensive) travel tripods.

PM : How much is too much to pay for one of these?

SD : How much is too much to pay for a travel tripod is an impossible question to answer, except in very broad strokes: plan to pay somewhere between $30 and $1,000.

Travel tripods designed for phones and action cameras will generally be cheaper than travel tripods for professional-level cameras. You can get a high-end, durable travel tripod for a phone for less than $100, and likely less than that.

However, if you’re shooting on a more expensive camera, you don’t want the device holding that camera to be too inexpensive or poorly made. You also want to ensure your travel tripod for a DSLR can maintain its integrity and strength even when knocked over on rough ground or airplane storage bins, banged around in your luggage, or handled roughly in transit. Cameras are expensive and you want to be able to trust your tripod to protect them.

That’s not to say you need to go much beyond the $300 range, but it does mean DSLR shooters won’t want to consider price as the most important factor. And if you’re shooting professional-level content with extremely long or heavy lenses, you’re probably looking more at the $500 range, especially if you add a DSLR gimbal attachment.

PM : What are some extra features to be on the lookout for?

SD : Travel tripods are certainly not as complicated as the cameras themselves, but there are a few features you need to consider. If you plan on shooting video, you’ll likely want a pan handle. It’s just what it sounds like—a grippy handle you can use to smoothly pan the camera.

Another feature on many, but not all, travel tripods is an adjustable center column. They allow you to adjust the camera height without adjusting the legs. They’re especially useful on travel tripods with flip-style locks that take longer to adjust or for taller photographers.

You’ll also want to look at the tripod head: the apparatus that allows you to move and swing the camera while still attached to the tripod. Many higher-end and professional travel tripods will have ballheads, which can rotate your camera at virtually any angle between 0 and 180 degrees.

The other most frequent travel tripod head is referred to as a “tilt-and-pan.” These generally allow you to move the camera to the left and right, plus forward and backward, but only at 90-degree angles. Travel tripods with ball heads offer a much wider range of flexibility for shooting and are quicker to adjust.

Originally from the East Coast, Suzie Dundas is a Lake Tahoe-based freelance writer and editor who now splits her time between enjoying the outdoors and writing about them—she's the senior outdoor editor at Matador Network and a regular adventure and travel contributor at TripSavvy.com . She has written feature stories for publications like Outside Magazine , SkyLife Magazine , Playboy , Frommers, INSIDER, and more, and contributes couples travel and honeymoon content for TheKnot.com . Suzie co-authored Lonely Planet Sustainable Travel Guide and is the author of 2021's "Hiking Lake Tahoe." She has undergraduate degrees from the University of Maryland and an M.A. in media and political communication from George Washington University. Follow her on Instagram at @HikeUpYourSkirt or find more of her work at suziedundas.com .

preview for Popular Mechanics All Sections

.css-cuqpxl:before{padding-right:0.3125rem;content:'//';display:inline;} Adventure .css-xtujxj:before{padding-left:0.3125rem;content:'//';display:inline;}

The Best Camping Coolers for Summer Adventures

The Best Inflatable Kayaks

The 13 Best Pocket Knives to Buy Now

The Best Camp Chairs of 2024

senior man checking home fuse box by candlelight during power outage

Surviving the Inevitable Summer Power Outage

The Best Hiking Boots for Outdoor Adventures

The Best Filtered Water Bottles Clean Up Your H2O

The 9 Best Lightweight Hiking Boots

The 10 Best Swiss Army Knives for Home or Away

several solar powered generators on stones

The 9 Best Solar-Powered Generators

The 7 Best Camping Lanterns to Light Up the Night

Best Travel Tripods (2023): 9 Lightweight Tripods for Travel Photographers

Facebook 31

Best Lightweight Tripods for Travel Photographers

We have been traveling the world for the last three years and sharing our travel photos on Instagram and here on our blog. Over the course of our travels, we have found that a lightweight and compact travel tripod is one of the most important pieces of gear in our travel photography packing list .

You can take great travel photos without a tripod but there are certain scenarios where one is absolutely necessary. For example, if you want to shoot star photos, silky smooth waterfall photos, or cityscapes at night, you’ll need to have a good tripod. And rather than giving creative control to a stranger for your next selfie, traveling with a tripod will ensure that you get the exact framing you want.

Best Lightweight Trave Tripods (Kirkjufellsfoss Waterfall, Iceland)

A great travel tripod has to check a lot of boxes; it needs to be lightweight, compact, sturdy, and easy to set up. And a well-built tripod should last for years so it’s worth investing in a good one.

But purchasing a travel tripod can be overwhelming. And considering you’ll need to invest at least $100 USD (and probably closer to $300 USD) to get a high-quality tripod, you’ll want to make sure you pick the right one for your camera setup and photography style.

We have compiled a list of our 9 favorite lightweight and portable tripods for you to take on your next world trip. If you’re wondering what’s the best travel tripod for you, read on!

Don’t forget to check out our web story: 9 Lightweight Tripods for Travel Photographers

Disclaimer: This post may contain affiliate links. If you make a purchase or booking through one of our links we may earn a small commission (don’t worry, it’s at no extra cost to you).

What to Consider When Purchasing a Travel Tripod

Tripod material: aluminum vs. carbon fiber.

If you’re serious about travel photography then you’ll want to invest in a carbon fiber tripod.

Travel tripods are generally made from either aluminum or carbon fiber. Carbon fiber is both lighter and stronger than aluminum, making it the preferred material for all high-end travel tripods. If you’re serious about travel photography then you’ll eventually want to invest in a carbon fiber tripod.

Unfortunately, carbon fiber is also significantly more expensive than aluminum which means you’ll be paying a premium to shave a few ounces off of your tripod. If you’re on a tight budget and don’t mind carrying a little extra weight, an aluminum tripod is perfectly acceptable until you can save up and purchase a carbon fiber version.

Tripod Weight

Best Compact Travel Tripods (Horseshoe Bend, Arizona)

We recommend buying a travel tripod that is less than 4 lbs.

Weight is probably the most important factor to consider when searching for a travel tripod. And we recommend buying a travel tripod that is less than 4 lbs. But unless you’re embarking on a multi-day backpacking trip, you probably don’t need to worry about a few extra ounces.

And keep in mind that you’ll likely have to make some sacrifices if you want to shave weight off of your tripod. A lighter tripod will likely have a shorter maximum height and be a bit less sturdy than a heavier tripod.

Tripod Size When Collapsed

Look for a travel tripod that collapses down to 13-20 inches.

The second deciding factor when choosing a travel tripod is how small it will be when folded up. Whether you’re embarking on an international trip or taking your tripod on a weekend camping trip, you’ll want something that can easily fit in your day pack.

Look for a travel tripod that collapses down to 13-20 inches. Anything larger than that and you’re looking at a more traditional tripod. Any smaller and you’re probably going to be making some big sacrifices in terms of stability and versatility.

Tripod Height When In Use

Cheap & Inexpensive Travel Tripods (Iceland)

Shorter tripods weigh less, but will sometimes limit your ability to get the exact photo you want.

Maximum height is often overlooked when buying a travel tripod. Many heavier tripods extend to 6 feet or even taller, but as you start looking at lightweight travel tripods you’ll notice that the maximum height starts to shrink.

Shorter tripods weigh less, but will sometimes limit your ability to get the exact photo framing that you want. And a shorter tripod also means you’ll have to stoop to look through the viewfinder.

You should also pay attention to how low the tripod can get to the ground as some photography situations will lend themselves to very low-angle shots.

Tripod Sturdiness

Heavier tripods are typically more sturdy than lighter tripods. And fewer leg sections and center column sections also means greater tripod stability.

The sturdiness of your tripod is quite important for two reasons.

When shooting long exposures you don’t want to have even the slightest movement of your camera. A sturdy tripod is the first line of defense against camera shake. The same goes for shooting timelapse videos.
If a strong gust of wind blows your tripod over, it can potentially destroy thousands of dollars of photography equipment in a matter of seconds.

Unfortunately, there is no quantitative measurement for a tripod’s sturdiness. Heavier tripods are typically more sturdy than lighter tripods. And fewer leg sections and center column sections also mean greater tripod stability.

Number of Leg Sections

More leg sections means your tripod will be more compact, but it also means your tripod will be less sturdy.

Almost all travel tripods have either 4 or 5 leg sections. More leg sections typically mean your tripod will be more compact and have a higher maximum height, but it also means your tripod will be less sturdy.

These days many travel tripods are designed with a 2-section center column. Similar to the tripod’s legs, more sections in the center column mean a more versatile but less sturdy tripod.

Style of Leg Locks

There are advantages and disadvantages to each style of leg lock, but twist locks are dominating the travel tripod market these days.

A tripod’s “leg locks” are the connection mechanisms that hold the sections of each leg together. They allow you to lock the legs in place when the tripod is in use and then unlock it so the tripod can be easily collapsed.

Leg locks come in 2 styles: twist locks and lever locks. Twist locks are more compact and low profile, but it’s not easy to see if they are fully tightened at a glance. Lever locks are bulkier, but when you snap the lever shut you know the leg section is firmly locked in place.

There are advantages and disadvantages to each style of a leg lock, but twist locks are dominating the travel tripod market these days.

Tripod Ball Head

Many tripods include a ball head but there are a few that do not. Keep this in mind when calculating the weight and cost of your new tripod.

Remember that you’ll need to have a ball head in addition to your tripod. This is the piece that screws onto the top of your tripod and allows your camera to easily swivel around and up and down while it’s mounted on the tripod.

Many tripods include a ball head but there are a few (such as the Gitzo Traveler ) that do not. In this case, you’ll need to purchase a ball head separately. Keep this in mind when calculating the weight and cost of your new tripod.

9 Lightweight Tripods for Travel, Hiking, Trekking, and Backpacking

1. sirui a1205 carbon fiber tripod with y-11 ball head.

Best Travel Tripods (Lightweight & Portable): Sirui A1205 Carbon Fiber Tripod

In our opinion, the Sirui A1205 is the best value travel tripod on the market.

Material: Carbon Fiber
Tripod-only Weight: 2 lbs
Weight with Ball Head: 2.66 lbs
Collapsed Size: 14 inches
Leg Sections: 5
Maximum Height: 55.1 inches
Minimum Height: 10.2 inches
Max Load: 22 lbs
Leg Locks: Twist
Ball head Included: Yes

In our opinion, the Sirui A1205 is the best value travel tripod on the market. We have been using an earlier model of this tripod for the last three years and it has never failed us.

It is lightweight, sturdy, and compact – everything you could want in a travel tripod! Plus, it is surprisingly affordable for a carbon fiber tripod.

The Sirui A1205 weighs in at only 2.66 lbs with the ball head attached but can support 22 lbs of photography gear. This makes it the perfect companion for our D7500 and 18-200mm lens .

The only downside to this tripod setup is the included Y-11 ball head doesn’t have a tension knob. You can upgrade to a G-10X or K-10X ball head if you want a tension knob (we use the K-10X).

Check Price on Amazon

2. MeFoto Roadtrip Carbon Fiber Tripod

Best Travel Tripods (Lightweight & Portable): MeFoto RoadTrip Carbon Fiber Tripod

The MeFoto Roadtrip is the most popular entry-level travel tripod on the market.

Weight with Ball Head: 3.1 lbs
Collapsed Size: 15.4 inches
Maximum Height: 61.6 inches
Minimum Height: 15.35 inches
Max Load: 17.6 lbs

The MeFoto RoadTrip is the most popular travel tripod on the market and for good reason. It’s designed to have everything you need in a tripod, including a well-built triple-action ball head, while still packing down to just 15.4 inches.

It’s loaded with handy features, including a bubble level on the ball head and a recessed hook on the center column so you can add weight for stability in windy conditions.

It extends to a maximum height of 61.6 inches making it the tallest travel tripod we review here. So if you’re tall and don’t like stooping over every time you use your tripod, then the MeFoto RoadTrip is the best option for you!

All of MeFoto’s tripods come in a variety of bright colors and their RoadTrip tripod even comes in a posh leather edition .

Check Prices on Amazon

3. Manfrotto Befree Carbon Fiber Tripod Kit

Best Travel Tripods (Lightweight & Portable): Manfrotto Befree Carbon Fiber Tripod

The Manfrotto Befree is an excellent all around travel tripod at an affordable price. It’s a solid combination of tripod weight, sturdiness, and value.

Weight with Ball Head: 2.75 lbs
Collapsed Size: 16.14 inches
Leg Sections: 4
Maximum Height: 59.06 inches
Minimum Height: 16.14 inches
Max Load: 17.64 lbs

The Manfrotto Befree is an excellent all-around travel tripod at an affordable price. It’s a solid combination of tripod weight, sturdiness, and value. The carbon fiber version of this tripod weighs in at just 2.75 lbs and collapses down to 16.14 inches.

A bit taller and bulkier than the Sirui A1205, while shorter and lighter than the MeFoto Roadtrip, it represents a happy medium between the two.

The Manfrotto Befree typically ships with a 494 Center Ball Head which, along with the tripod, can support a maximum camera weight of 17.64 lbs. It’s a triple-action ball head meaning it has an independent pan and tilts control knobs plus tension control built into the tilt knob.

Surprisingly, there is no spirit level on the ball head so you may want to invest in one for your camera’s hot shoe .

Manfrotto is one of the best tripod manufacturers so you can expect a quality product as well as a 10-year extended warranty and great customer service.

Manfrotto Befree Aluminum Tripod Kit

You can also save yourself about $100 if you opt for the Manfrotto Befree aluminum version instead of carbon fiber. It will only add 8.5 ounces (0.53 lbs) to the tripod.

Tripod-only Weight: 2.53 lbs
Weight with Ball Head: 3.28 lbs

4. Gitzo Traveler Series 0 Carbon Fiber Tripod

Best Travel Tripods (Lightweight & Portable): Gitzo Traveler Series 0 Carbon Fiber Tripod

If you want the best travel tripod on the market and don’t mind paying a premium for it, then the Gitzo Traveler Series 0 is for you!

Weight with Ball Head: 2.8 lbs
Collapsed Size: 14.4 inches
Maximum Height: 48.2 inches
Minimum Height: 7.9 inches
Ball Head Included: No

Gitzo is an industry leader when it comes to tripods and their travel lineup is no exception. The Gitzo Traveler Series 0 Carbon Fiber Tripod is extremely compact, lightweight, and beautifully designed. No doubt you’ll love this tripod if you purchase it. But be warned, Gitzo tripods are a premium product that comes with a premium price tag.

Also, you should take note that this tripod doesn’t ship with a ball head. We recommend pairing it with the Gitzo Series 1 Traveler Center Ball Head which adds 0.8 lbs to the overall weight of the setup.

We actually think that Gitzo tripods are a bit overpriced. The Sirui A1205 has almost the technical specifications but costs about one-third of the price. But if you want the best travel tripod on the market and don’t mind paying a premium for it, then the Gitzo Traveler Series 0 is for you!

5. Three Legged Thing Leo Carbon Fiber Tripod Kit

Best Travel Tripods (Lightweight & Portable): Three Legged Thing Leo Carbon Fiber Tripod

The Three Legged Thing Leo is perfect for travel photographers who want an exteremly sturdy tripod and don’t mind carrying a little extra weight.

Tripod-only Weight: 3.18 lbs
Weight with Ball Head: 3.86 lbs
Collapsed Size: 13.67 inches
Maximum Height: 55 inches
Minimum Height: 4.75 inches
Max Load: 66 lbs
Ball Head Included: Yes

The Leo Carbon Fiber Tripod by Three Legged Thing is another impressive travel tripod. Perhaps the most sturdy travel tripod on the market, it can handle a maximum load of 66 lbs!

This little tripod folds down to just 13.67 inches when not in use. But even in such a small package, the Leo is rather heavy at 3.86 lbs. Keep in mind that it still weighs less than 4 pounds and is sufficiently light for all but the most extreme situations.

The included Airhed SWITCH ball head is incredibly strong, supporting a max weight of 80 lbs, but it’s a bit of a one-trick pony. It’s a single-action ball head meaning it doesn’t have a pan control knob and there is no tension screw. You may want to upgrade the ball head at some point for more fine-tuned control.

The Three Legged Thing Leo is perfect for travel photographers who want an extremely sturdy tripod and don’t mind carrying a little extra weight . It’s a great choice if you have a heavy DSLR camera or plan on using large zoom lenses.

6. MeFoto BackPacker S Aluminum Tripod Kit

Best Travel Tripods (Lightweight & Portable): MeFoto Backpacker S Aluminum Tripod

The MeFOTO BackPacker S Aluminum Tripod is a terrific value for travelers who use a smaller fixed-lens camera or smartphone for photography.

Material: Aluminum
Weight with Ball Head: 2.54 lbs
Collapsed Size: 13.19 inches
Maximum Height: 54.7 inches
Minimum Height: 13.2 inches
Max Load: 13.2 lbs

The tripods we have reviewed so far are all great choices if you’re traveling with a full-frame DSLR or mirrorless camera. But if you’re carrying a smaller fixed-lens travel camera like the Sony RX100 or Canon G1 X then you can use a lighter-duty tripod and save yourself some cash.

The MeFOTO BackPacker S Aluminum Tripod is a perfect match for smaller cameras or cell phone selfies. It’s incredibly affordable but still lightweight (2.54 lbs) and sturdy. It can handle a maximum load of 13.2 lbs so you can still use it with all but the heaviest cameras and lenses.

The leg locks have deep grooves to provide a good grip while you are setting up or taking down your tripod. It has a dual-action ball head so you’ll have independent control over panning and tilt plus a built-in spirit level.

The MeFOTO BackPacker S Aluminum Tripod is a terrific value for travelers who use a smaller fixed-lens camera or smartphone for photography. As with all MeFoto tripods, the BackPacker S comes in lots of fun colors making it both stylish and functional.

7. Benro SLIM Carbon Fiber Tripod Kit

Best Travel Tripods (Lightweight & Portable): Benro SLIM Carbon Fiber Tripod

The Benro SLIM is one of the lightest full-size travel tripods on the market.

Weight with Ball Head: 2.2 lbs
Collapsed Size: 20.1 inches
Maximum Height: 57.6 inches
Minimum Height: 15.7 inches
Max Load: 8.8 lbs

Weighing just 2.2 lbs with the included ball head, the Benro SLIM is one of the lightest full-sized travel tripods on the market. It’s a bit longer than the other tripods we’ve reviewed due to the legs not reversing when the tripod is collapsed, but that also means it’s a bit skinnier when collapsed. It is still small enough to make it plenty portable for a day hike or a weekend trip.

The Benro SLIM has spirit levels on both the tripod shoulder and on the quick release clamp which makes leveling the tripod a breeze. And there’s a weight hook under the center column if you need a little more stability in windy conditions.

The ball head is a bit spartan with just a single knob for controlling pan and tilt, but that’s just the price you pay to have a tripod this light and inexpensive.

8. Joby GorillaPod 5K Flexible Tripod

Best Travel Tripods (Lightweight & Portable): Joby GorillaPod 5K Flexible Tripod

The GorillaPod 5K is perfect for unique angles or snapping photos while keeping a low profile.

Tripod-only Weight: 1.06 lbs
Weight with Ball Head: 1.63 lbs
Tripod Size: 15.16 inches

The GorillaPod 5K is a bit of a different beast in terms of tripods. Each leg is made up of 10 sections so it can be twisted into an endless variety of different shapes.

This flexible tripod can be wrapped around fence posts, tree branches, car mirrors, or any other sturdy object you can find in your vicinity. Making the GorillaPod 5K perfect for unique angles or snapping photos while keeping a low profile.

It’s also sometimes handy to have a second tripod. For example, say you want to shoot a timelapse of a sunset on your iPhone while you’re capturing still images with your DSLR or mirrorless camera.

While we don’t recommend the GorillaPod 5K as your only tripod, it is certainly convenient to have in specific situations.

9. Peak Design Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod

Best Travel Tripods (Lightweight & Portable): Peak Design Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod

A brand new travel tripod from Peak Design. Exceptionally compact and lighteight, but not as sturdy as we would like.

Weight with Ball Head: 2.81 lbs
Collapsed Size: 15.2 inches
Maximum Height: 51.6 inches
Minimum Height: 5.5 inches
Max Load: 20 lbs
Leg Locks: Lever

Peak Design is renowned for its innovative approach to photography gear. Thousands of photographers swear by their camera straps and clips . You’ll also spot travel photographers all over the world sporting their Everyday Backpack (we have the 30-liter version of this backpack in ash grey).

In March 2020, Peak Design released its much-anticipated travel tripod. The triangular-shaped legs fit together in the center making it extra compact when collapsed, and the redesigned ball head gives you a single adjustment ring that controls all movement.

It comes in either a carbon fiber version or an aluminum version with the aluminum adding 0.63 lbs. to the tripod but saving you ~$250.

While the new Peak Design travel tripod is exceptionally light and compact, it is not as sturdy as some of the other best travel tripods on our list. This tripod is best for lightweight cameras (potentially a mirrorless with a small to mid-size lens). Even if you’re under the load limit of 20 lbs, you’ll want to make sure you add some extra weight to the load hanging hook to minimize camera shake.

What’s your pick for the best travel tripod? Let us know below!

Share this on pinterest.

About the Author:

Nick took his first solo trip abroad to Ireland and Scotland when he was just 19. Since then he has visited over 70 countries around the world (plus 45 states in the USA). He coupled his passion for travel photography with Val’s passion for writing and thus Wandering Wheatleys was born. He now lives in Asheville with his two rambunctious kids, Humphrey and Wilhelminha. Besides photography, Nick loves eating the weirdest food he can find in a country (sheep’s brain currently sits in first place) and making Val get up an hour before sunrise to make sure he gets “the good light”.

View all posts

TEP Wireless Review: Wifi Hotspot for International Travel

TravelWifi Review (TEP Wireless): The Best Wi-Fi Hotspot for International Travel

Morocco Packing List: What to Pack for Morocco

Hawaii Packing List: What to Pack for Hawaii

Hawaii Packing List: What to Pack for a Vacation in Hawaii

The Best Tripod

By Erin Roberts , Arriana Vasquez and Phil Ryan

Many of today’s cameras and lenses come with truly impressive image stabilization built right in, but there are always occasions—such as time-lapse or macro photography—when it makes sense to put your camera on a tripod. After spending 60 hours researching tripods and 30 hours testing 16 of the most promising models, we found the Vanguard Alta Pro 2+ 263AB100 kit to be the sturdiest platform for challenging shooting situations. It has the tallest maximum height among the tripods we tested, and it’s very stable. It’s also easy to set up and break down, and built to withstand years of use.

Everything we recommend

Vanguard Alta Pro 2+ 263AB100

The best tripod.

This stable, easy-to-use, and versatile tripod has an angling center column. It gets taller and has more leg-angle positions than the other models we tested.

Buying Options

May be out of stock

Vanguard VEO 3T+ 234AB

A tripod that can handle two cameras.

Smaller and lighter than our top pick, this tripod can also support two devices at once. But it’s a little less stable and slightly more expensive.

Sirui W-1004K10 Tripod Kit River Runner

A solid waterproof tripod.

This tripod doesn’t have an angled center column, but it’s quite sturdy, designed with a greater load capacity than any of our other picks, and (most important) waterproof.

Manfrotto Element MII

Best travel tripod.

The Element MII goes from backpack-sized to tall smoothly and quickly, and it provides sturdy support at a price lower than that of our other picks.

Sirui P-204SR

The best monopod.

This monopod is strong and stable, perfect if you like shooting subjects that require you to stay on the move.

If you need a more specific kind of support for certain shooting situations, we also have picks for people who dual-wield cameras , those who frequently shoot sports or wildlife , photographers who work in wet conditions , and frequent travelers . But all of the picks in this guide are geared toward full-size cameras. If you’re looking for a tripod for a smartphone, try our guide to the best tripod for iPhones and other smartphones .

The Vanguard Alta Pro 2+ 263AB100 offers the best balance of size and stability of all the tripods we tested. It gets taller than any of our other picks (68.2 inches at maximum height), its legs can splay outward at four angles, and its angling center column lets you position your camera as low to the ground as you want. This combination means you can find a stable shooting position on all kinds of surfaces, whether the camera is up high or down low. The included ball head (the part that connects the camera to the tripod legs and allows adjustments to the camera’s position) is better than what you usually find bundled with tripods in this price range; it adjusts smoothly, locks down solidly, and has a quick-release plate for you to easily attach and detach the camera. With a 15.5-pound weight limit, this tripod is more than strong enough for any of the camera-and-lens combinations we recommend .

If you’re more of an on-the-go type of shooter, or if you like to shoot with two stabilized cameras at the same time, the Vanguard VEO 3T+ 234AB is the tripod for you. It’s smaller and lighter than our pick and has all the same features, including a multi-angle center column. In addition, it comes with an adapter that lets you mount a second camera to the center column when it’s in the horizontal position, so you can shoot with two devices at once.

If you plan to submerge your tripod in water on a regular basis, Sirui’s W-1004K10 Tripod Kit River Runner is worth paying more for, since it’s designed to keep dirt or sand from mucking up any sliding parts. Solidly built and easy to set up, the W-1004K10 has a ball head that adjusts smoothly, and its impressive 33.1-pound load capacity means that even if you rent a huge lens for a once-in-a-lifetime nature vacation, the W-1004K10 can handle it. It doesn’t have a tilting center column like our other picks, but you probably won’t miss that feature when you’re waist deep in a lake.

Manfrotto’s Element MII is an ideal travel tripod because it offers ample height and support in a highly portable package. Capable of collapsing to just 16.7 inches long and weighing a mere 3.4 pounds, it can nevertheless extend to a maximum height of just over 62.9 inches and support up to 17.6 pounds of gear. It was one of the most stable travel tripods we tested, yet it also costs less than much of the competition. The Element MII has other key features we seek in a travel tripod, such as easy-to-use twist leg locks and smooth and simple control of the ball head. It even has some nifty extras, including two bubble levels to help keep perspectives straight.

If you’re into shooting birds and other wildlife, or if you like to capture fast-moving sports, a tripod might just get in your way. What you need in that situation is a monopod, and the Sirui P-204SR is our favorite monopod because it’s tall, strong, and adaptable. The removable base features three sturdy feet that provide great stability when equipment is mounted, and this monopod can even become a tabletop tripod with an included accessory. With the base attached, the P-204SR stands 63.5 inches tall, and without the base it’s still a respectable 57.9 inches.

The research

Why you should trust us, who should get a tripod, how we picked, how we tested, our pick: vanguard alta pro 2+ 263ab100, flaws but not dealbreakers, best for use with multiple cameras: vanguard veo 3t+ 234ab, a great waterproof tripod: sirui w-1004k10 tripod kit river runner, best for travel: manfrotto element mii, the best monopod: sirui p-204sr, sustainability and the environmental impact of tripods, other good tripods, the competition.

Four of our favorite tripods, each in their most folded and compact position.

Arriana Vasquez has been doing both professional and hobbyist photography for over 10 years and worked for three years as a camera specialist at several camera stores in New York City. Her work ranges from fashion to nature and street photography. She has also contributed to Wirecutter’s guides to instant cameras , tripods for smartphones , and portable document scanners .

Erin Lodi is a photojournalist, writer, and professional photographer , and has a wide range of experience researching, testing, and writing about photography trends, techniques, and tools—including in her role as mobile-imaging editor at DPReview, the most popular camera review site on the web. She has been reporting on travel tripods for this guide since 2014, testing dozens of models and measuring performance in a variety of climates and situations.

Even with the image-stabilization systems built into many modern cameras and lenses, when you’re using slower shutter speeds, the slightest movement of the camera can result in blurry pictures. If you shoot a lot in the following situations, using a tripod will let you get shots that would otherwise be very difficult or even impossible to capture:

Low light and longer exposures: When low light requires you to use a slower shutter speed, it’s best to keep the camera stabilized. (Experienced photographers tend to use the reciprocal rule to figure out whether they need to use a tripod.) Similarly, if you’re using a longer exposure to create a special effect—such as blurring the movement of a waterfall while keeping the background sharply focused, or capturing bursts of color from a fireworks show—you’ll get a much better result with a tripod.
Remote triggers: You can take much better selfies and group photos with the camera on a tripod. You can either set the timer and run over to pose with the group or connect your camera to your smartphone and trigger the camera with the camera manufacturer’s app. Remote triggers are also useful when you don’t want to be near the camera—say, while you’re waiting for a hummingbird to show up at a bird feeder or for other wildlife to wander in front of your lens.
Landscapes, panoramas, and HDR: Even if you’re shooting a landscape with plenty of light, placing the camera on a tripod lets you ensure that the camera is level for a straight horizon and that all the elements in the shot are properly positioned. Similarly, if you want to turn multiple shots into a panorama (stitched together in software), you need a tripod to keep everything evenly placed in the frame. And high dynamic range (HDR) images, which consist of two or more photos combined, require that those pictures be perfectly aligned. A tripod lets you take different exposures to get a better range of highlights and shadows while preserving alignment—the resulting pictures will more accurately reflect the scene you wanted to capture.
Close-ups and telephoto shots: Whether you’re using a macro or telephoto lens, the closer you get to a subject, the more sensitive the camera is to even the slightest movement. Telephoto lenses also tend to be bigger and heavier than other lenses, so you might not want to shoot handheld for a long period of time.
Images on the go: When you’re shooting under the above conditions while on the go, you’re likely to want a travel tripod, a model that collapses enough to be easily carried when attached to a hiking bag or placed inside a carry-on suitcase. Travel tripods are smaller and lighter than their full-size brethren, and though they might not be quite as stable or have as many extra features as bigger models, they make up for that in portability.

Three tripods that we tested to find the best tripod set up side by side on a grassy hillside overlooking a neighborhood.

We’ve seen plenty of cheap tripods, but in general we’ve found that sub-$100 models are made with poor-quality materials, have less height adjustability, and are more difficult to set up properly. They might seem like a good value if you’re on a tight budget, but in reality your cheap tripod is more likely to break after a year of use (or sooner), meaning you’ll have to spend another $100 for a replacement. Our experience tells us that to get a truly solid, versatile, reliable, and full-featured tripod, you probably should spend around $150 or more.

But there’s also an upper limit to how much most people should spend on a tripod. While carbon-fiber models are slightly lighter than their metal counterparts, they are also far more expensive. Case in point: You’d have to spend an extra $70 to get the carbon-fiber version of our top pick , and doing so would save you only about 9 ounces.

With that in mind, we focused on quality aluminum models. To narrow things further, we looked at the following factors:

Load capacity: This represents how much weight a tripod is designed to support. We sought models that could hold a camera-and-lens combination of at least 15 pounds, which is enough to handle even the heaviest camera bodies and lenses we recommend.
Maximum height: We scouted for tripods that could reach at least 50 inches without the center column extended and at least 60 inches with the column extended, so even if you’re 6-foot-2 you won’t be too uncomfortably hunched over when trying to get that shot.
Leg and center-column angling: We favored tripods that allow you to angle the legs outward for setting the tripod low to the ground, as well as to angle the center column for shooting directly downward or getting the camera closer to subjects for macro photography.
The head: A good tripod head lets you position the camera at nearly any angle, and most have a quick-release plate that attaches to the bottom of a camera, allowing you to easily mount it on the tripod or remove it. Tripod legs and heads are often sold separately so you can upgrade them independently, although you can also find kits (such as our top pick) that include both. We recommend a ball head, which allows you to tilt and rotate the camera simultaneously. Ball heads tend to be more compact and easier to use than three-way heads, which let you adjust the amount of left/right tilt, up/down tilt, and rotation independently. (All of our picks include a ball head.)
Length when collapsed: Although size is much more important for travel tripods , it’s always more convenient to carry something smaller.
Leg grips: Tripod legs can get cold when you’re shooting on chilly days. Foam or rubber grips can keep your fingers happy—and give you a better grip than bare metal.
Spikes: When you’re setting up on a soft surface such as grass, spiked feet can help set a tripod more firmly in place. That said, a lot of photographers don’t bother to use them. We looked for tripods that either include them or offer them as an optional accessory.
Weight: If a tripod is really heavy, you won’t want to take it with you; if it’s too light, it won’t be sturdy enough. We looked for tripods weighing less than 6 pounds—light enough to bring along even if you’re also carrying a camera and a few lenses. If weight is important to you, our travel tripod pick keeps it to a minimum while still providing solid support for your camera.
Longevity: A quality tripod should last way longer than a year or two, so we singled out tripods packaged with tools that let you retighten the legs as they come loose with time and usage, as well as a long warranty so you’re covered if something happens.

Between previous versions of this guide and the most recent 2024 update, we’ve considered approximately 65 tripods and tested 16. The list includes:

3 Legged Thing Punks Corey
Benro MeFoto GlobeTrotter
Benro SystemGo Plus FGP18A
Manfrotto Element MII Video Monopod
MeFoto RoadTrip Air
MeFoto RoadTrip S
Oben CT-3565
Slik Lite AL-420M
Slik Lite AL-420S
Slik Pro 700DX
Vanguard VEO 2 GO 265HAB

We also considered 5 monopods and tested 4. Those include:

iFootage Cobra 2 A180-II
Manfrotto Xpro Monopod+ Aluminum Four-Section with Fluid Video Head

Stability is the main objective when you’re using a tripod, so we mounted different camera-and-lens combinations to each tripod model to make sure it stayed steady with various setups and on different surfaces, including hardwood and carpeted floors indoors, as well as cement pavement, grass, and other uneven terrain outdoors. We purposefully used gear that was bulkier and heavier than the cameras and lenses we recommend in our guides, including the Nikon D5 and Z5 and Sony α6600 cameras with various lenses. The longest and heaviest lenses we used were the Nikkor 24–70mm f/4 lens and the Sigma 150–600mm f/5–6.3 lens.

We evaluated how easy it was to operate each tripod by setting up and closing down the legs and checking the leg-lock mechanisms. We checked the stability of the ball head, whether it moved when it was supposed to be locked, and how smoothly and evenly it moved when unlocked. We also examined each tripod’s build quality and made sure that the different parts didn’t get in the way of one another when in use.

Finally, we tested any special features; if a model had a movable center column, for example, we angled it into different positions.

The Vanguard Alta Pro 2+ 263AB100, our pick for the best tripod, with a camera affixed to the top.

The Vanguard Alta Pro 2+ 263AB100 offers the best combination of stability and height of the tripods we tested. It has the tallest maximum height (68.2 inches), its legs can angle outward at four angles (most models offer only three) to bring the camera closer to the ground, and its angling center column lets you position the camera in a multitude of ways when you’ve set the tripod at any one of those leg angles. Although it’s a little heavier and longer than some other models when collapsed, its added weight and height increase its stability and versatility, and it’s still small and light enough to carry around for a day’s shooting.

The Alta Pro 2+ is rated to support up to 15.4 pounds. In our testing, it was very stable, even when we mounted pro-level gear that was heavier than any of the cameras and lenses we recommend in our guides. Each leg has three extendable segments, and although we experienced some wobbliness in the lowest segment when the legs were fully extended, it wasn’t enough to negatively affect our picture taking and was typical of all the tripods we tested when they were at full height. When the center column is fully extended, the Alta Pro 2+’s height (not including the head) is about 68.2 inches, the tallest of the tripods we tested, so it’s easier for taller photographers (anyone above the average height of 5 feet 6 inches ) to use without having to stoop much. (With the center column collapsed, the maximum height is about 57 inches.) Although the center column is relatively stable when extended, keep in mind that all tripods are most stable when you have the center column lowered flush against the top of the legs.

Close view of the levels and dials on the ball head of the Vanguard Alta Pro 2+ 263AB100.

Setting up the Alta Pro 2+ is quick and easy: Just turn the two twist locks on each leg—they unlock with a simple quarter-turn—and then tilt the legs down so that they slide to full extension. You lock the legs with a similar turn in the opposite direction. We like the nice feel of the textured grips on the locks.

Those three-section legs offer four angles relative to the center column: 20, 40, 60, and 80 degrees (most tripods offer only three angles). That gives you more versatility in terms of both lower height and the ability to adapt to uneven surfaces. The angles are marked at the top of the legs, and the legs ratchet into place so you can hear and feel when they’re in position. With the legs at the 80-degree position, the tripod is almost level to the ground; this position is perfect for low-angle and macro shots, especially in combination with the tripod’s multi-angle center column. A bubble level helps you ensure that the tripod is level even if the legs are extended to different angles.

It’s easy to put the Alta Pro 2+’s center column into multiple positions: You just turn a couple of knobs, lift the center column (it automatically stops when fully extended, so it won’t come all the way out in your hand), and angle it to whatever position you want. The hexagonal column won’t twist when extending or retracting, making angled work easier. However, although this column is generally stable in its angled position, even when horizontal, be sure to check the balance: If the center column is positioned too far to one side, the weight of the camera and lens can cause the entire tripod to tilt over and fall—a law of physics that applies to any tripod with a multi-angle center column.

The included ball head and quick-release plate also work well. The ball head moved smoothly when we adjusted it, and it locked solidly into place. It has its own bubble level (to supplement the one on the legs), as well as a rotation gauge at the base of the head to help you duplicate panning positions when you’re shooting multiple images to stitch into a panorama later.

A Vanguard Alta Pro 2+ on a sidewalk, setup with its legs set wide and its mounted camera pointed at the ground.

We also like the overall build quality of the tripod—none of the pieces seemed to be straining substantially even when we subjected them to heavy camera-and-lens combinations. The smoothness of the sliding parts was impressive, too. The Alta Pro 2+ feels like it will last a long time, and it comes with a two-year warranty.

In addition to the ball head and the quick-release plate, the Alta Pro 2+ 263AB100 kit comes with Allen wrenches in case you need to swap out the head or replace a broken leg, as well as a carry bag with a shoulder strap. The bag isn’t as well made as those that accompany some other tripods we’ve tested, but it’s good enough for moving your tripod from one place to another.

Of the tripods we tested, the Alta Pro 2+ is one of the heaviest, at 5.3 pounds, and one of the longest, at 29 inches, when fully collapsed. If you’re hiking in the woods or traveling on a plane or train, you have smaller and lighter options (including our pick for travel tripods , or even our also-great pick ). But this Vanguard model’s weight helps provide stability, and its added height makes it more versatile—we think these are reasonable trade-offs for a full-size tripod.

Close view of the rubber feet a the end of each leg of the Vanguard Alta Pro 2+ 263AB100 tripod.

Unlike the previous Alta Pro model, our former top pick, the Alta Pro 2+ has angled rubber feet instead of round rubber feet with retractable spikes; spiked feet are now an optional purchase . The rubber feet of the Alta Pro 2+ work well on uneven terrain, but we felt them slide a few times when we were shooting indoors on wooden floors.

Unlike some tripods, the Alta Pro 2+ has no hook at the bottom of the center column to hang a camera bag or other weight to stabilize the tripod. Instead it has a small canopy-suspension loop on the bubble level. The loop is very small, and we wouldn’t trust it to hold anything of measurable weight, but Vanguard makes a stone bag accessory that you can attach to the legs to add weight.

Some reviews on Amazon refer to issues with the Alta Pro 2+’s center column either coming off entirely when the owner is trying to angle it or not being able to tighten in place completely, but we didn’t encounter this problem in our testing. When we reached out to Vanguard, representatives explained that this happened because some units that were meant as photo samples accidentally ended up distributed for sale; the reps said it shouldn’t be a problem going forward, and we will be keeping an eye on this issue in long-term testing.

The Vanguard VEO 3T+ 234AB, our tripod pick for use with multiple cameras, with a camera affixed to the top.

Whereas the Alta Pro 2+ is a great all-around tripod for most photographers in most situations, we think the Vanguard VEO 3T+ 234AB is a good alternative for people who like to shoot with multiple cameras or are frequently on the move. That’s because while the VEO 3T+ 234AB shares all the features we enjoy about the Alta Pro 2+, it's also lighter, smaller, designed with more flexible legs, and packaged with an additional accessory (the VEO+ MA1 adapter ) that lets you mount an extra device, such as a second camera or a smartphone, to the center column. If you can live with its sole con—a shorter maximum height—those are some compelling pros.

At its maximum height, the VEO 3T+ 234AB stands 57.48 inches tall, about 10 inches shorter than our top pick but still tall enough to keep most people from hunching over when shooting. Each leg has three sections that extend easily yet feel solid once you tighten the twist locks. The legs have three easy-set angles, but they can also invert up to 108 degrees. This represents a notable advantage over the Alta Pro 2+, whose legs can adjust only up to 80 degrees. And when fully collapsed, the VEO 3T+ 234AB measures 18 inches long, some 11 inches less than the Alta Pro 2+; in other words, what you lose in maximum height you gain in portability.

The Vanguard VEO 3T+ 234AB and the Vanguard Alta Pro 2+ 263AB100 tripods set up next to each other to compare their heights.

The VEO 3T+ 234AB offers a multi-angle center column that allows you to position the column (and the ball head) at various horizontal and tilted angles. Again, this design is great for otherwise challenging overhead and low-angle shots, and it’s especially helpful for capturing macro images. In addition to offering the multi-angle column, the VEO 3T+ 234AB can convert to a monopod—you simply remove one of the legs and mount the center column on top of it. The tripod includes spiked feet, though you have to switch them out with the default rubber feet whenever you want to use them.

This tripod can handle loads of up to 22 pounds, or about 6.5 pounds more than our top pick. As with all the other tripods we tested, we saw a slight bit of movement when we mounted a Sony α6600 with a Sigma 100–400mm zoom lens and fully extended the center column. There is an optional hook you can screw into the bottom of the center column that lets you hang a camera bag or other weight to help stabilize the unit (though you’ll need to remove this piece if you want to use the VEO 3T+ 234AB as a monopod).

The VEO 3T+ 234AB comes with the Arca-Swiss –compatible VEO BH-110S dual-axis ball head , which we found to be stable and secure during testing. The BH-110S also worked great with our Peak Design plate , locking in just as solidly as it did with the plate that comes with the ball head. Additionally, the VEO 3T+ 234AB includes a second mounting adapter, the VEO+ MA1 , that you can use when you’ve set the center column to a horizontal position. It easily slides onto the other end of the center column and locks into place with a quick-release lever. The VEO+ MA1 offers a standard ¼-inch tripod screw to mount a second camera, a smartphone (using a smartphone tripod mount ), or an action camera such as a GoPro.

The Sirui W-1004K10 River Runner, our tripod pick for use in wet conditions, with a camera affixed to the top.

If you plan to shoot with your tripod partially submerged in water or mud, the Sirui W-1004K10 Tripod Kit River Runner is worth spending more on for the peace of mind it can provide. Although all our tripod picks can stand up to the rain, waterproof tripods do a better job of keeping the dirt and sand from rivers and lakes out of the joints, which can destroy any sliding or moving parts. This waterproof tripod from Sirui (pronounced “sue-ray”) has comfortable controls and is well built and stable. It can’t match the height of the Vanguard Alta Pro 2+, and it doesn’t have the angling center column of either of our Vanguard picks, but it is the best tripod for fans of aquatic subjects.

The W-1004K10 provides very good stability, with a load capacity up to 33.1 pounds. The tripod weighs just 4.2 pounds and folds up to a compact 19.3 inches for travel. With the center column fully extended (which, as we noted above, sacrifices some stability), it reaches a height of 65 inches; with the column lowered, 53.5 inches.

The Sirui W-1004K10 River Runner laying on a surface in its most folded and compact position.

From its four-section legs to the bundled ball head, the W-1004K10 looks and feels solidly constructed. Whether you’re extending the legs after releasing the twist locks or adjusting the angle of the ball head, the movements are smooth. This is especially true of the excellent ball head, which has separate controls for panning and locking, as well as a friction knob to adjust the tension on the control movement. It also has three bubble levels—in addition to the bubble level on the tripod itself—for photographers who need extremely accurate placement.

The tripod is waterproof up to the top of its foam grips, so you can step right into a river, lake, or ocean to get a shot. Those waterproof seals also mean that the W-1004K10 is protected from the dirt and sand you might encounter on your outdoor adventure. You can easily swap the stock rubber feet with the bundled spiked feet, and you can remove one of the tripod’s legs to convert it into a waterproof monopod. As with the VEO 3T+ 234AB, a hook on the center column lets you hang a camera bag or other weights to help stabilize the tripod. The bundled carry bag is well constructed, just like the rest of the kit.

Close view of the bubble levels and dial controls on the Sirui W-1004K10 River Runner's ball head.

Unlike our other picks from Vanguard, this Sirui tripod does not offer a multi-angle center column. This omission can make macro work more difficult, but it’s an acceptable trade-off if you need the W-1004K10’s waterproof design.

Because the W-1004K10 has four-segment legs, the last section of each leg is a little thin, so you give up a bit of stability when you fully extend all the legs. This drawback is common for four-segment legs, but it’s still something to be aware of.

The Manfrotto Element MII, our tripod pick for use in travel situations, with a camera affixed to the top.

If you plan to bring a tripod with you when you go hiking or on a vacation, you should consider a travel tripod that packs down small and won’t weigh you down too much. The moderately priced Manfrotto Element MII is both small and tall—able to unfold from a collapsed height of 16.7 inches to a maximum height of just over 62.9 inches. The Element MII was one of the most stable travel models we tested; although its three leg sections end in a narrow circumference, overall it felt just as stable as the Vanguard VEO 3T+ 234AB.

At 3.4 pounds, the Element MII weighs almost 2 pounds less than the Vanguard Alta Pro 2+ 263AB100 , but it can handle even more load with a rating of 17.6 pounds—equivalent to far more gear than most people would ever need to support at once while traveling.

The Element MII features smooth twist leg locks with plenty of grip, as well as three leg-angle locks that snap into place and release with a simple push. Two knobs control panning and ball head rotation, and they work smoothly with secure tension. Two bubble levels help keep both your horizon level and your vertical alignment correct. You can also remove one leg and attach it to the ball head for use as a monopod.

The Arca-Swiss–style mount looks small, but in our tests it easily accommodated a Nikon Z5 camera with a 24–70mm f/4 lens. The mount includes a tiny handle that works great in a pinch if you don’t have an Allen wrench or a coin handy to tighten the plate to the camera.

The Element MII’s slightly spiked small rubber feet offer plenty of grip, as well. Optional rubber spikes are included in the bag with the tripod. Thankfully, the entire package is small enough to tuck into most backpacks or large bags.

Like many tripods, the Element MII uses twist leg locks. Although we prefer these to the flip kind for travel tripods—because they help keep the overall aesthetic sleek and are less likely to snag—they come with potential problems, too. Resist the temptation to over-loosen twist locks. It takes only a slight turn to loosen them; much more than that, and you may unintentionally discover that the legs are a bit tricky to put back together. Once they’re extended, also be sure to firmly tighten the twist leg locks. Unlike with flip leg locks, with twist leg locks it’s harder to tell whether they’re completely secured; use your hand to double-check.

The Manfrotto Element MII Runner laying on a surface in its most folded and compact position.

Like most tripods in this category, the Element MII comes with a drawstring bag that you’ll likely end up discarding. There’s not much advantage to using a dedicated bag, as opposed to just tucking the tripod into a backpack or attaching it to a bag you’re already using in your travels.

The Sirui P-204SR, our pick for the best monopod, with a camera affixed to the top.

If you often shoot subjects that keep you on the move—such as wildlife or sports that require a lot of panning—you may prefer the lightweight freedom of a monopod over a tripod. The Sirui P-204SR is tall, strong, and adaptable to almost any situation, which makes it our favorite general-purpose monopod. It has large, comfortable, rubberized twist locks for extending and retracting its three sections. It weighs just 3.3 pounds but can hold up to 17.6 pounds of equipment—more than our top tripod pick. In testing, it handled everything we mounted on it with ease, including a 4.5-pound Sony α6600 camera with a Sigma 100–400mm zoom lens.

The P-204SR features a removable base that can tilt up to 20 degrees. With the base, the monopod stands 63.5 inches tall; without the base, it reaches 57.9 inches. The base of the P-204SR had the largest feet of any of the monopods we tested, which gave it extra stability. Even when fully extended, it stood solidly with a Nikon Z5 camera and 24–70mm f/4 lens attached. Both rubber and spiked feet are included. One additional feature we love about this monopod is that the base, once you remove it from the body, can double as a small tripod (similar to the Manfrotto Pixi ) with the help of an included accessory.

A camera mounted close to the ground on the mini-tripod that serves as a base for the Sirui P-204SR monopod.

This monopod doesn't come with a ball head, but the screw mount is reversible, meaning it has two thread sizes—one for cameras and one for tripod heads, so you can mount one if you want. In our testing we found that the tilting base gave us enough leeway to get most shots but not all. We definitely recommend a ball head if you’re into bird photography, since it’s much easier to angle only the camera upward instead of leaning the whole monopod backward. We tried the Benro BH00 ball head (which we discuss below ) with the P-204SR, and it worked great.

An arm pulling back on the the Sirui P-204SR monopod in order to point the attached camera upwards.

The best way to live a sustainable lifestyle is to create less waste, and a great way to create less waste is to invest in equipment that is made to last, repairable, and covered by a dependable warranty. As we state in How we picked , a solid warranty was one thing we looked for when deciding which tripods to test. All of the picks in this guide also come with an Allen key so you can retighten the legs as they come loose from use.

Although it might be tempting to pick up a cheaper tripod, such models are often made from low-grade plastic that you cannot tighten over time, and that you cannot repair if a part should break or crack. If you need a tripod and don’t have the budget to invest in one that’ll last, try searching sites such as Craigslist, eBay, or Facebook Marketplace to see if other photographers are selling used but high-quality tripods at a discount.

If you currently own a tripod but are looking to upgrade, selling or giving away your old equipment is a great way to help others and keep excess materials out of landfills. If you have a tripod that’s not in good-enough condition to pass along, consider upcycling it.

If you need a cheaper tripod and don’t mind giving up a little stability and usability: The Benro SystemGo Plus FGP18A is simple to set up, solidly built, and only 3.9 pounds. It’s significantly lighter than our 5.3-pound top pick, and in its most compact configuration, it’s also noticeably smaller—18 inches versus the Vanguard Alta Pro 2+’s 29 inches. Despite its lightweight design, this tripod is well made and sturdy-feeling. And like the Alta Pro 2+, the FGP18A offers a multi-angle center column that you can position at various horizontal and tilted angles.

However, Benro doesn’t offer a package with a ball head, so you have to pick one up separately if you don’t already own one. We tested and recommend the company’s BH00 single-action ball head as a solid, inexpensive option. It has a snap-in quick-release plate that’s comparable to what you get with other tripods at this price.

The combination of the Benro SystemGo Plus FGP18A and BH00 ball head isn’t quite as stable as our top pick, especially when extended to maximum height, and this tripod’s adjustment knobs aren’t as easy to use. We found that the FGP18A’s center-column angle-adjustment knob was tight and difficult to move into position. And the knobs—including the center column’s height and pan-control locking knobs—could end up blocking each other depending on how we positioned them. But if you can live with those quirks, it’s a fine all-around choice.

If you want a monopod with its own quick-release plate : The iFootage Cobra 2 A180-II monopod uses a spring-loaded sliding collar to hold a quick-release plate on top. A similar mechanism lets you detach the feet at the bottom so you can turn them into a table-top style tripod like you can with the bottom of our monopod pick. You can also stack a second A180-II on top if you want to approximately double the height of the monopod.

While we found that the A180-II was comparable to our pick in terms of stability, maximum height (71 inches), minimum length (27.8 inches) and weight (3.1 pounds), we feel that the sliding collar may pose a problem to people with hand strength issues. It takes considerable force to move the collar. This helps hold it very securely in place, but might make it a bad choice for some people. We also liked the feet on our pick better, which are each about 1.5 inches longer than those on the A180-II.

Standard tripods

The Benro MeFoto GlobeTrotter is a simple but solid tripod with four-section legs. When fully extended, it was the most solid feeling of all the tripods we tested, and it’s rated to handle up to 26 pounds, more than any of our picks. It’s more expensive, though, and the center column can’t angle out like those of our top picks can. We also found that the twist locks required more turns to loosen and tighten than on our picks, which meant that this model took more time to open and close. Lastly, at 4.5 pounds, it’s almost as heavy as our pick but without the benefit of a multi-angle center column.

The 3Pod Orbit is a four-section aluminum tripod with a bundled three-way head. This relatively stable tripod has a multi-angle center column and feet with retractable spikes. However, during testing we found that the retractable spikes sometimes stuck out of the rubber feet—not far, but enough that they could damage a wooden floor. Also, the flip locks that controlled the legs were so tight that we had difficulty unlocking and locking them. When we used the supplied Allen key to loosen the tension a little so that we could more easily operate the locks, we found that the legs wouldn’t lock tightly enough.

The low-priced Slik Pro 700DX doesn’t do anything fancy: The center column doesn’t swivel or tilt, the tripod has no extras, and it doesn’t come with a head. However, Slik has a reputation for quality models on a budget, and for the price the 700DX is an impressively good, simple, stable tripod. It has a great maximum height of 70 inches, and it will probably survive the apocalypse.

The tripods in Slik’s Lite series feature a ball head, a detachable LED light, and a lever for easily locking and unlocking the tripod legs, but the Lite AL-420M and Lite AL-420S are too short to be contenders in this category. The Lite AL-420 can get tall enough to meet our requirements, but it has a maximum load capacity of only 4.4 pounds, a limitation that caused us to dismiss it for this guide.

Travel tripods

The 3 Legged Thing Punks Corey travel tripod has comfy textured grips on each rounded leg lock, but it also has the most spindly legs of any travel tripod we tested, and in our tests they exhibited a significant amount of flex. It was also hard to lock in a specific leg-angle lock, and the price is at the high end of our desired range.

Oben’s CT-3565 carbon-fiber tripod and BZ-217T ball head package makes for a solid travel tripod—it’s even lighter than our travel pick and can be found for about the same price. On the downside, it’s just a bit shorter, and we didn’t like the feet as much. The Oben tripod comes with rubber-and-spiked combo feet, which can be a bit annoying when the rubber spins up (during transport or use) to reveal the metal spikes just when you don’t need them. (We’d argue that you so very rarely need them that this feature often feels like more of a hindrance.) In contrast, the small, slightly spiked rubber feet on the Manfrotto Element MII are everything that most people will ever need, with a bit more grip to the rubbery material, too. And the Element MII comes with optional rubber spikes, should you need them.

MeFoto’s RoadTrip S felt unstable compared with other travel tripods we tested. The leg-angle locks were trickier to use, too, requiring a two-fingered grip to release. MeFoto also offers the RoadTrip Air , which converts into a selfie stick and includes a shutter remote, but its collapsible leg system was harder to control than five individual leg locks, and we worried that a tiny bump to any of the five skinny leg sections could send the whole tripod—along with our expensive camera gear or smartphone—cascading down.

The Vanguard VEO 2 GO 265HAB is a little smaller and lighter than the Manfrotto Element MII, but it’s also more expensive. We loved how easy it was to use, with small upgrades such as comma-shaped pan and ball lock knobs that offer a better grip for making adjustments. But it doesn’t have any bubble levels, and it can reach the same height as the Manfrotto Element MII (64.5 inches) only if you extend the center column, which in our testing felt a bit less steady.

The Manfrotto Element MII Video Monopod is significantly smaller and less stable than our monopod pick from Sirui. It barely stood up on its own, let alone with a camera mounted. The included fluid head panned and tilted smoothly, but the base isn’t removable, making this model less versatile than our pick.

The Manfrotto Xpro Monopod+ Aluminum Four-Section with Fluid Video Head is big, heavy, and slow. The fluid head is dampened, and no matter how loose we set it, we still found resistance when panning and tilting. This design could make it difficult to track fast-moving action or wildlife. Although the tilting base is removable, the legs don’t lock when they’re tucked up, and they opened on their own during our testing. And instead of twist locks, this monopod has flip locks, which we found loud enough to be distracting.

Theano Nikitas contributed to this guide.

Meet your guides

Erin Roberts

Erin Roberts is a freelance writer reporting on cameras and camera accessories at Wirecutter. She started her career as a photojournalist working in newspapers—shooting film—and was the mobile-imaging editor at DPReview. She is also a professional photographer who has made her living photographing everything from rock stars to humpback whales.

Arriana Vasquez

Arriana Vasquez is a senior updates writer for powering, home office, cameras, and hobbies at Wirecutter. Her hobbies include reading and photography. Her photos have won several awards in various online competitions, and she is the producer and co-host of Old Books Podcast .

Phil Ryan is Wirecutter’s senior staff writer for camera coverage. Previously, over 13 years he covered cameras and other photo-related items for CNET and Popular Photography. As the latter's tech editor and then senior tech editor, he was responsible for maintaining and refining the lab testing for cameras, and as the main camera tester, he used and wrote reviews of many of the cameras released in that timeframe.

The Best Vlogging Cameras and Gear

by Geoffrey Morrison, Arriana Vasquez, and James Austin

If you want to start vlogging, we have suggestions for gear that’ll help you capture the best video you can get, even from a smartphone.

Our three picks for best Android and iPhone gimbal, displayed in a row in tripod position, with a smartphone mounted on each one.

The Best Android and iPhone Gimbal

by Geoffrey Morrison and Signe Brewster

If you want smoother, more professional-looking video from your smartphone, the Insta360 Flow is the best gimbal.

Our four picks for best action camera, laid out on a green surface next to a passport, foreign currency and some credit cards.

The Best Action Camera

by Geoffrey Morrison

If you want to take photos and videos in any situation, even extreme weather, the GoPro Hero12 Black is the best option for most people.

2 smartphones mounted on tripods; the tripod on the left standing rigidly and the one on the right showing more flexibility.

The Best Tripod for iPhones and Other Smartphones

by Arriana Vasquez, Erin Roberts, and Signe Brewster

Joby’s GorillaPod 1K Kit and the Square Jellyfish Metal Spring Tripod Mount are the best choices to steady your smartphone when shooting photos and video.

The 10 BEST Travel Tripods – Ultimate Photo Guide [2024]

Last Updated: February 2, 2024

If you’re in the market to buy the best travel tripod then we’ve got you covered! Working as professional travel photographers we have personally tried and tested countless products on the market, and now are ready to share our expert guide to the best tripods for travel in 2024!

Having spent almost a decade travelling the world on various photography assignments, from Antarctica to the Arctic and everywhere in between, it’s safe to say when it comes to gear, we know what works and what doesn’t.

While some accessories are a bit more generic than others, what we’ve found over the years is that selecting something as important as tripods is not so straightforward as one would think.

We’ve bought, tested, and eventually ditched, dozens of travel tripods since we first got into photography, and are always on the hunt for the best deals.

Editors Choice: Peak Design Travel Tripod

We’ve tested everything and officially declared this Peak Design product as our top selection for best travel tripods. It’s lightweight, reaches eye level, durable and packs down to the size of a water bottle. You can save a few bucks with the aluminium version or choose carbon fiber for the best in travel photography technology.

Table of Contents

Peak Design Travel Tripod

Punks travis system , manfrotto befree, vanguard veo 2 go, joby gorillapod 3k pro, zomei iphone tripod, benro systemgo, gitzo traveler series 1, sirui t-005x, mefoto backpacker s , portability , best professional tripod: gitzo traveler series 1, most portable tripod: joby gorillapod 3k.

These days we have finally narrowed it down to our favourite few products, based on features, durability, portability and price, and after thousands of questions from friends and readers we have finally sat down to share our top recommendations from our experience.

But do you really need a tripod for travel photography?

You might think it’s a bit unnecessary, but truth is the travel photography you can create is going to be so much higher quality thanks to one of these essential tools.

Even the steadiest hands give off some shake, and the second you start diving into the world of long exposures, you’re going to need to keep your camera perfectly still.

Speaking of cameras, make sure you check out legendary guide to travel cameras here !

A lightweight travel tripod will provide crystal clear shots, time-lapse video, panoramas, and long-exposure looks at the night sky.

Besides helping create beautiful images, a tripod also comes in handy if you want to setup the camera to take a photo of yourself when no one else is around.

So why talk about the best travel tripods specifically, rather than just camera tripods in general?

Before you can set up your tripod and start shooting, you’ll have to haul your gear to the location.

Any traditional camera tripod may be capable of capturing the shot, but might be too heavy to carry with you.

Remember, you’ll have to carry every piece of gear you take on your hike and back every step of the way.

Photography equipment built for travel has one primary objective: be light weight.

Great travel tripods are small enough to slip into a daypack and strong enough to withstand a grouchy luggage handler to bring a quick and easy setup on the move.

Even a professional travel tripod will compromise some operating features to be more portable.

Whether it’s a lower peak height or wobbly legs, a tripod built for travel won’t have the same comfort levels as a traditional tripod, but packability is priceless.

The good news is, there are plenty of travel tripods that provide enough creature comforts and extra features that allow them to serve your needs beautifully, and we’re here to show you what the best options have to offer.

This epic buying guide will cover everything you need to know to feel confident in your purchase.

READ MORE: Keen to become a better creator? Check out our expert guide to our best travel photography tips !

Whether your valuable equipment needs a strong max load, your far-reaching panorama requires great maximum height or your extreme adventures require durable carbon fiber construction, we’ve got the sturdy travel tripod for your next adventure.

There are loads of different components that make up a tripod kit, and no one secret formula to success. Tripod manufacturers and models all have different strengths and weaknesses that allow them to function in different scenarios.

In addition to showcasing the best-in-class tripods, we’ll examine some key points to consider when choosing the best travel tripods for you. So take a look, get your batteries charged, and start shooting with the best tripod for your needs.

The Best Travel Tripods

We’re on our way to the mountaintop just before sunrise to grab an epic shot. And we’re not going to take just any old tripod with us.

To qualify for this buying guide, the tripods on our list offer the best overall value and utility.

Starting at the pinkies of the interchangeable rubber feet up to maximum height with a ball head attached, we expanded and compacted the leading lightweight travel tripods.

Whether you’re looking for something petite for a compact camera or a full-sized unit, read on to find the best travel tripod for your trip.

Peak Design isn’t just a company name – it’s a brand legacy. After revolutionising the industry with their Capture Clips and backpacks, their award-winning travel tripod was crowdfunded thanks to its smattering of unique design features that make it fit uniquely in every camera bag.

Peak Design spent four years working on this aluminium and carbon fiber travel tripod. An included ball head design that works with unique leg locks to reduce the mini tripod to the diameter of a can of tomato sauce and extend out to a maximum height at eye level.

The ball-head of such a compact tripod may look funky, but the potential is there, and the ARCA -compatible camera plate works with most DSLRs.

You may feel a bit awkward swinging your camera around the first few shots, but this center ball-head is also one of the biggest reasons this tripod is so packable. Once you get the hang of operation, you may never switch back.

It’s not the most affordable tripod out there, but any passionate photographer will tell you not to skimp on key camera accessories .

Don’t trust a cheap plastic base to protect your DSLR camera; trust in this sturdy aluminium version (or pay extra for the carbon fiber tripod, which we did ) backed up by a lifetime guarantee.

Packs down to the size of a water bottle
Lifetime warranty
Light, durable and versatile

If it wasn’t for the incredible product design at Peak Design, this Travis system would be the clear-cut champ of the travel tripod market – despite not even being created for travel first.

At $100 less than their rival and with loads of valuable features, this three-legged thing is an excellent addition to any camera kit.

While it doesn’t pack down to the same compact folded length as our editor’s choice tripod above, Travis has its own strengths. It’s not just trying to be the best travel tripod, it wants to be the only tripod you own. Whether you’re into standard travel photos, astrophotography or waterfall photography , this unit has you covered.

It’s tough to argue with some of its specs. With a great maximum heigh, durability, and strong tripod legs, there aren’t many shots you can’t capture with this tool.

What we love most about this tripod is the number of professional features the photography-focused 3 Legged Thing brand brought to the little guy.

This system features extra foot options, a quick-release plate, and extension accessories normally reserved for professional tripods that cost hundreds more than this affordable option. You can build out your tripod any way you see fit.

Loads of customization options
11:1 load to weight ratio
Ships with its own carrying bag
Not a travel tripod first

Q? Encoding=Utf8&Amp;Asin=B07Jmhw1Ps&Amp;Format= Sl160 &Amp;Id=Asinimage&Amp;Marketplace=Us&Amp;Serviceversion=20070822&Amp;Ws=1&Amp;Tag=No0C4D 20&Amp;Language=En Us

Manfrotto’s BeFree line of travel tripods can be hard to navigate. The Befree tripods come at a variety of costs supporting loads of different features.

While any model will give you a sturdy camera stand, our favourite BeFree tripod is the 2N1 model , which comes with monopod options.

Detach the center leg, and you’ve got the perfect selfie stick!

You won’t have to lug the entire tripod around when a monopod will do the trick. Put it all back together and you’ll have 4 different leg sections that help you get the shot at all levels.

That’s a great feature, and this robust travel tripod is way more than a one-trick pony. Twist locks clamp across the ball head and each leg allows plenty of height adjustment up to eye level. We love the simple brilliance of a good twist and lock tripod.

No need to reinvent the wheel; Manfrotto instead took quality features and built them into a lightweight travel tripod affordable to photographers of all levels.

They also have other models that are worth a look, such as the Manfrotto Befree Advanced.

Can also be used as a monopod
Wide selection of tripod models for various features
Click or twist-lock options
Doesn’t pack down as low as other models
No carbon fibre models

Right away, we couldn’t believe that this affordably priced travel tripod comes with carbon fibre construction.

The ultralight and durable material carbon fiber is usually reserved for the most expensive travel tripod options, but Vanguard has made carbon fiber available at a fraction of the cost.

If materials are the number one concern on your list, but price is a close second, this tripod makes the decision easy.

Set up requires five flip locks that allow the tool to reduce to a tiny size and expand up to eye level, all at less than three pounds.

Shop around to find a VEO 2 Go package that includes a bubble level, cell phone mount and Bluetooth remote or whatever customisation options you want to bring along with you. One thing for sure, this bad boy is all about traveling light.

Packs down very small
Carbon fibre at an affordable price
Reversible centre column
No carbon fibre option

Q? Encoding=Utf8&Amp;Asin=B07Qpw6Ldz&Amp;Format= Sl160 &Amp;Id=Asinimage&Amp;Marketplace=Us&Amp;Serviceversion=20070822&Amp;Ws=1&Amp;Tag=No0C4D 20&Amp;Language=En Us

There’s light, and then there’s this. A vlogger and amateur camera-man special, the slingy arms of the Joby GorillaPod 3k is always a go-to for travel photographers where space and flexibility are of the utmost importance.

This is not a full size tripod, as it won’t extend much higher than one foot, but it can be used just about anywhere and the 3k version is perfect for point-and-shoot or mid-sized mirrorless camera setup.

They’re so good, we have two!

The GorillaPod travel tripod can be wrapped around trees, poles or mounted easily to ledges, walls, and car hoods for quick and beautiful shots.

The larger 5K tripod has a larger max load that can support DSLR cameras, but this slim 3K tool supports smartphones and go pros and fits into any daypack.

The legs of this Joby tripod are flexible, allowing you to find stability and center the horizon on all sorts of uneven surfaces. Above all else, this aluminum tripod is one of the more affordable options on our list.

If you’re not shopping for a full size best travel tripod, look towards this GorillaPod to fit into every luggage and balance on every surface.

Super flexible legs
Works in places where full-size tripods are banned
Only extends 16 inches
Won’t support a larger camera

For the travel photographer that prefers to leave their big DSLR or mirrorless cameras at home and stick to their favourite smartphone, the ZOMEi iPhone Tripod is the one for you.

For less than 20 bucks, you can secure your phone for stable action shots and easy selfies.

If you just want a few memories to send to the folks at home, you can casually throw this ZOMEi lighter tripod in your day pack and start exploring.

It’s so light you won’t even notice it in your luggage, and once it’s time to shoot, you can take advantage of the three-legged tripod and remote control to capture yourself in motion just as easily as others.

You can easily sling this tripod to whatever angle you need, making it a perfect option for capturing backyard skateparks and backflips. It’s also a great choice for budding vloggers who haven’t started raking in the ad revenue.

Remote shutter features allow you to stop and start live streams without walking up to the camera.

The affordability, remote start, and iPhone functionality make this a great first tripod, so you can see what a great set of three legs can do for your photography.

Most affordable tripod on our list
Comes with a remote shutter
Built to work with iPhones
Can’t support a dSLR
Five leg sections to clip through

Q? Encoding=Utf8&Amp;Asin=B01Hmvnv7I&Amp;Format= Sl160 &Amp;Id=Asinimage&Amp;Marketplace=Us&Amp;Serviceversion=20070822&Amp;Ws=1&Amp;Tag=No0C4D 20&Amp;Language=En Us

The SystemGo gets a huge boost by Benro’s additional range of accessories.

It’s a tabletop tripod that can double as a mobile work or photo editing station with the GoPlatform that allows you to mount your laptop with the same protection and versatility as your camera.

Even without this fancy feature, this tripod would be worth a second look .

Benro’s center column helps expand your field of view, although unfortunately, you’ll have to supply your own ball head.

Its affordability takes a hit because of all these additional purchases, but camera operators who want more choice will love this system.

The built-in monopod attachment grants you further control over your kit. You can detach the center leg and use the travel tripod as an arm-extending monopod if you don’t feel like lugging the entire arsenal.

Look past all these extra features, and you’ll see a great, folding, sturdy tripod with a heavy operating capacity at a modest weight.

Doubles as a mobile workstation
Can be used as a monopo d
Includes a padded soft case
Ball head sold separately
Larger than other options on our list

Q? Encoding=Utf8&Amp;Asin=B072Ksw57W&Amp;Format= Sl160 &Amp;Id=Asinimage&Amp;Marketplace=Us&Amp;Serviceversion=20070822&Amp;Ws=1&Amp;Tag=No0C4D 20&Amp;Language=En Us

Trust this piece of gear to be ready to roll before sunrise. Carbon fibre can sometimes sacrifice durability in the name of lightweight, but not this Gitzo .

Gitzo tripods are no less than three pounds of the best tripod functionality whittled down to travel size.

This series is the closest thing to a professional-grade carbon fiber travel tripod on our list, and it still fits in overhead flight storage.

A Swiss Arca quick release ball head and reverse folding leg design allow you to stow this carbon fiber tripod and quickly expand the leg sections when it’s time to shoot.

Five twist-lock sections are user-friendly and easy to activate to make getting the perfect height even easier. I feel further responsibility to nitpick ultra-expensive options, and we do wish the legs would extend to a bit higher than 58 inches, but overall this series is well worth the high price.

Gitzo is arguably the number one name in tripods, and with their Traveler series, you can expect nothing less but the best stability and user-friendly features from this model.

However, for most amateur and even professional photographers, we feel that other tripods can perform the same functions at a fraction of the cost.

The major exception to this is any travel photographers planning to shoot in extreme weather. You won’t find anything more storm-ready than this Gitzo.

Respected tripod brand
Very durable
High max load weight
Quite expensive

Sirui’s aluminum travel tripod cemented its place on our list thanks to its incredibly low price point and high quality build.

If you’re not shopping for a cheap plastic iPhone only tripod, this is the most affordable travel tripod you can find that still offers the stability and performance to be worth bringing along.

Don’t expect this tripod to rock a heavy load capacity; it’s simply a cheaper aluminum version of the best models on the market.

We love how lightweight it is, and the number of leg sections fold up nicely to stow the tripod in about a foot of space.

We didn’t love the fact that twist locks split into five different leg sections even though the tripod head won’t reach near 5 feet high.

Oh well, they are what they are, the best budget travel tripods on our list. If you’re looking for no more than three legs and a high build quality ball head, look no further.

Very affordable
Really lightweight
Carbon fibre and aluminium hybrid
Centre column doesn’t compact

Q? Encoding=Utf8&Amp;Asin=B07H7P52Ct&Amp;Format= Sl160 &Amp;Id=Asinimage&Amp;Marketplace=Us&Amp;Serviceversion=20070822&Amp;Ws=1&Amp;Tag=No0C4D 20&Amp;Language=En Us

To round out our best travel tripod list, we present another sturdy option that saves you a bit of money.

The Backpacker S doesn’t pump out eye-popping specs, but it does stay incredibly affordable and lightweight.

And most of us won’t need anything more than this sturdy tripod with Swiss Arca ball plates – no need for a hex key!

The ball-head allows complete 180-degree rotations of your camera, perfect for panoramas. You can have your choice of several bright colors, all with great functionality at an affordable price.

It’s another high-quality aluminum tripod that isn’t trying to reinvent the industry.

Instead, Mefoto has presented affordable and lightweight travel tripods that prove you don’t need to spend hundreds of dollars to shoot with stability.

Can be converted into a monopod
Additional mount available for phones and cameras
Affordable and customisable
Not built for all-weather
Decent across the board but doesn’t have any exceptional features

How to Choose the Best Tripods for Travel

As you can see, there’s a lot of great options when it comes to selecting the best travel tripod!

By definition, tripods often look pretty similar – Three legs with varying degrees of leg locks come together at a ball-head camera mount, maybe with a quick release plate.

With so much standardisation in construction, how can one tripod be considered better than the rest?

While loads of budget tripods can provide a capable camera stand, there are only a few products that seriously consider each of the following factors.

To choose the best travel tripod for your next adventures, take a look at these factors and decide which ones are most important for your needs.

Ask yourself how you’ll be travelling to your photoshoots. If you’re travelling with an entire car full of room, you won’t have to worry as much about tripod weight as you will if you’re looking for a compact travel tripod that is also a hiking companion.

Long-term travellers living out of a backpack may not feel the difference in a pound or two, but should emphasise buying a tripod that compacts to a small size.

And, of course, we have to be able to afford the dang thing!

READ MORE: Make sure you have a good way to carry your tripod by diving deep into our ultimate guide to the best camera backpacks !

Without portability, your travel tripod is just a tripod. Your tripod’s portability will be a combination of its weight and folding size.

Weight is a straightforward factor to consider – less is more! However, a lightweight tripod may sacrifice a bit of durability to weigh next to nothing, and lightweight tripods are generally more expensive, such. asthe

Ask yourself how many miles you plan on walking with your entire load capacity on your back, and let that answer define how lightweight your travel tripod will be. The lightest options on our list weigh between 2-4 pounds.

The folded length is just as important as weight. The Peak Design Travel Tripod ’s ability to condense down to the size of a water bottle is what earned its title of the best travel tripod.

We want the number of leg sections to fold down and fit inside our travel bag, but some ultra-folding travel tripods may sacrifice maximum load capacity and durability to bend further.

Visualise how you will be transporting your tripod weight and decide how important folded length is to keep everything inside your backpack.

Aha! The reason why tripods aren’t more portable across the board. I like my tripods to reach as close to eye level as possible, about 5 feet at maximum height. Anything more is a bonus, but anything less will start to lose value.

Don’t forget to check out minimum folded height as well! You might want a tripod that can function with a leg angle selector at only a few inches off the ground for close-up shots, which can be handy for some types of landscape photography .

Not all 6-foot tripods are built the same, a lot depends on the number of leg sections it takes to get there.

Look at how the tallest travel tripod reaches its height and make sure it doesn’t sacrifice too much max load – we still need a sturdy tripod!

The more sections your tripod has, the smaller its folded height may be, but the more leg locks you’ll have to turn loose before your tripod is ready to shoot.

I find that tripods with more than four leg sections start to be less sturdy and more annoying to lock up.

Some of the tripods on our list are not cheap, especially if it’s a carbon fiber tripod. If you’re making a significant investment in your travel tripod though, you should expect it to last.

We’ve already touched on a few factors that impact durability; lightweight status, tripod weight, and leg sections. But the biggest indicator of your tripod’s durability is the build materials.

Most of the tripods on our list use aluminum and carbon fiber. We do not recommend investing in a travel tripod made of plastic if you plan on taking it through the wringer.

Even if you don’t plan on bumps and bruises, the cheapest travel tripod won’t last more than a year or two, it will be flimsy and you wouldn’t even want to trust compact cameras on it.

Aluminum is a great middle ground. It’s not so expensive, and it’s not very fragile.

Travellers taking photos in normal weather conditions and exposing their gear to an average amount of wear and tear will be OK with the lightweight metal, and it still supports great maximum height.

Going near the ocean though, or want the best travel tripod on the market? You’ll need to look at carbon fiber tripods.

Carbon fiber is the strongest, lightest, and most weather-resistant material used in tripod construction, but also the most expensive. Invest in a carbon fiber tripod if you plan on shooting rain or shine.

Some other tripods are made up of a combination of the two materials to strike up a middle ground.

There’s a large amount of range in tripod pricing, and you can expect to get what you pay for. As you can see, you can find a good tripod for anywhere from $100- $400. Even higher if you’re looking at the Peak Design Travel Tripod (it’s worth the price tag though).

I strongly believe in investing in your gear, but you shouldn’t buy a travel tripod that costs more than your camera!

Some gearheads will swear by the most expensive options, but the truth is, casual travellers won’t need the features included on a $400 tripod.

That’s a Wrap!

We broke out the zoom lens and examined the landscape of the best travel tripods on the market with everything we got. Hopefully, the image is starting to get a bit more clear.

While best travel tripod won’t affect your picture quality as much as your camera will, a sturdy, steady, and lightweight tripod will go a long way towards sharp images and safe camera use.

Whether you’re trying to play with long exposures, vlogging, or working in low-light, our editor’s choice Peak Design Travel Tripod will help you perform to your fullest no matter where you’re shooting.

Looking for other ideas? Here is our runner up in 2 different categories:

This special carbon fiber tripod won’t come cheap, but it’s the best we’ve tested, and you can always write it off as a business expense if you’re a pro.

The three-pound unit offers excellent stability, durability, and portability that will pay for itself during your first long hike or voyage.

Get the best deal for it here .

Incredibly small, flexible, and portable, this tripod can go anywhere you can. Add in the surprisingly sturdy ball heads at a reasonable price, and you’ve got a simple option focused on portability.

DISCLAIMER: Some of the links in this article are affiliate links, which means if you book accommodation, tours or buy a product, we will receive a small commission at no extra cost to you. These commissions help us keep creating more free travel content to help people plan their holidays and adventures. We only recommend the best accommodations, tours and products that ourselves or our fantastic editorial team have personally experienced, and regularly review these. Thanks for your support, kind friend!

Alesha and Jarryd

Hi, We’re Alesha and Jarryd!

We’ve been traveling the world together since 2008, searching for the planet’s best destinations and adventures.

Love Travel?

We respect your privacy. Unsubscribe at any time.

Best travel tripods 2024: the top lightweight tripods to buy

These are the best travel tripods – compact and lightweight enough to squeeze into a backpack, suitcase or even a pocket

As any travel photographer will tell you, stability is everything. It may seem to be mostly about location, composition, and what kind of camera you take on the road with you, but once you’ve found your perfect shot, you need to keep steady.

If you’re planning creative shots or any kind of long exposure or repeated photography – such as landscape photography around sunset, time-lapses, or astrophotography – then a tripod is absolutely essential. Cue the best travel tripod.

You're not off the hook even if you're just planning to go on holiday with a smartphone. Though increasingly capable, smartphones’ cameras are still rather limited if you handhold them. You’ll be seriously surprised how much extra quality and creativity you can achieve by using a small tripod and a phone clamp.

So in our buying guide, we've included options for keeping smartphones steady as well as custom-made travel tripods for the best travel cameras , DSLR , mirrorless , and compact cameras .

The best travel tripods you can buy today:

Why you can trust T3 Our expert reviewers spend hours testing and comparing products and services so you can choose the best for you. Find out more about how we test .

1. Vanguard VEO 235AB Tripod

Specifications, reasons to buy, reasons to avoid.

If you're after a reasonably heavy duty tripod for a DSLR or mirrorless camera using large lenses, look no further than this relatively lightweight tripod from Vanguard. This is a brand that tends to use aluminium, or for even more money, carbon fibre, but it usually stops short of providing full-length tripods. This design, weighing about 1.5 kg, is just 38 cm when folded, but reaches only 147 cm when it’s fully extended. So it's probably not the best choice if you’re a six-footer, though for most photographers it will provide more than enough height. The twist-and-lock legs are easy to extend and pack-up while moving, and the ball-head offers plenty of movement.

2. Manfrotto MKBFRTA4BK-BH Befree Advanced Tripod

This Italian-made tripod is clearly aimed at semi-pro landscape and astrophotographers who need to travel. With ‘M-lock’ lever legs rather than twist-legs and a ball head, this aluminium-crafted travel tripod has three four-section legs and a tough central column. Those legs unfurl easily enough, and lock into place, and each leg can pan through 180°. In fact, the legs actually go backwards on themselves, reducing the footprint for packing it in a suitcase. It weighs 1.5kg, and has a quick-release ball-head, though it takes some time getting to know it, so practice before you head outside in the dark. It’s a bit of a specialist tripod, but it’s worth its weight.

3. Manfrotto PIXI Evo Tripod

There are few travel tripods around that can support absolutely any kind of camera. The core tripod is small, pocket-sized, and weighs just 260g. It has a standard quarter-inch thread adapter, so can be used natively with any DSLR, mirrorless or compact camera. It also comes in two separately available configurations; one with a smartphone clamp fitted on the top, and one with a GoPro /action camera-compatible module. However you decide to use it, rest assured that it’s easily strong enough to cope with anything. It's also very easy to position. Pressing one button loosens the ball head, so you can find your exact position, while releasing the button locks it in place. Clever stuff, but although the camera can tilt to a full 90°, the angle of elevation is limited; you can’t shoot anything above you, for example.

4. Benro Rhino FRHN05CVX20 travel tripod

The Benro Rhino FRHN05CVX20 travel tripod is strong and sturdy, yet at the same time lightweight due to a carbon fibre leg construction. This premium-feel travel tripod has a further trick up its sleeve – one of its legs can be removed to transform it into a portable monopod. A carbon fibre construction, as opposed to the more affordable aluminium, inevitably means this premium look and feel tripod also comes with premium-ish price tag. It also needs a short period of familiarisation with its myriad features before becoming operationally competent.

Benro Rhino FRHN05CVX20 travel tripod review

5. Peak Design Travel Tripod

The Peak Design Travel Tripod is really expensive, but it's also the neatest travel tripod around, no doubt about that, and it’s also one of the lightest. The aluminium version has a high-end build, a very neat and compact design, and some excellent unexpected features – chief of which is that smartphone adapter – but it’s not immeasurably better, performance-wise, than a much more affordable travel tripod. Still, though, if money is no object and you want the most premium travel tripod experience, then this is the travel tripod for you.

6. MeFoto RoadTrip Air Tripod

Reasonably large tripods are all about design, specifically how long the leg sections are when completely unfurled, and how small they are when packed up and ready to be put in a suitcase. The MeFoto RoadTrip Air is clever on all counts, reaching loftier heights than most travel tripods manage while being exceptionally small when packed away. It does all this by having an extra section in each leg, five parts rather than the standard four parts, though that doesn't add any instability. Weighing just over a kilo, the MeFoto RoadTrip Air attempts to go for another market altogether by suggesting that the central column and the included smartphone clamp (and Bluetooth remote) can be used as a selfie stick. Clever stuff, but that’s probably a different market.

7. MeFoto BackPacker Air Tripod

Known for its brightly coloured travel tripods, MeFoto has here produced an excellent product for owners of action cameras, mirrorless cameras and smartphones who want a ‘proper’ tripod capable of significant height. At its core is HyperLock, three five-section legs and a central column (which also detaches to act as a separate selfie stick) that extend – by just a twist – from a compact 26.5cm to a whopping 151cm. However, it’s at its most stable at 110cm before its central column is extended, so photographers should look at this as an emergency tripod for travel rather than as a ‘main’ tripod. Also in the box is a adjusting ball head, a screw-on mount for a smartphone, and even a wireless Bluetooth remote for taking selfies and super-stable shots.

8. Joby HandyPod

Sometimes you just want a small, pocket-friendly, but steady and capable tripod for occasional shots. Cue the HandyPod, a simple aluminium tripod that will perform almost any task well. Any camera or smartphone mount can be attached thanks to a standard tripod thread, and once attached that device can swing through 360° on the HandyPod’s ball head. That ball head can be locked in position using a simple push-button mechanism, and while the legs’ rubber pads add stability, the HandyPod has a dedicated handgrip so can be used off the ground for panning video shots. Also available is the HandyPod Mobile package, which adds Joby’s GripTight One GorillaPod universal mount for smartphones.

9. XSories Deluxe Tripod

Here’s a great example of the kind of commodity tripod that dominates the market, and yet this particular one is exceptionally good at what he does. Firstly, it weighs almost nothing, clocking in at just 65g. It's also very slim, so can easily fit into a trouser pocket or jacket pocket. On top is a small ball head for flexibility, and a standard quarter-inch tripod thread that attaches to any compact camera, or any cheap smartphone clamp that can be had for a few quid. In practice, it's halfway between a bendy, Joby-style tripod and a rigid design. Although it can be used as a standard straight-legged tripod, there is easily enough give in the legs to wrap round something, such as a fence post or a tree branch. Don't bet on putting too much weight on the XSories Deluxe, but if you have a small camera, or phone ( and a separate screw-on clamp ), it does the job very nicely.

How to choose the best travel tripod

The travel tripod market is split to serve the kind of device you’re using, of course. For phones, it's largely a commodity market, because the tripod and the clamp that keeps your phone in place don't have to bear much weight. Consequently, these types of tripods can cost just a few quid and are easy to travel with.

Lightweight designs are what the rest of the market aims for, with tripods designed for DSLR and mirrorless cameras much larger, but often manufactured from very lightweight materials. Consequently, they can be expensive. In fact, at the top end of the market, just shaving a few grams of the weight usually explains the high price.

Happily, in-between cheap smartphone designs and expensive top-end configurations for expensive cameras, there are a fleet of smaller, tougher travel tripods that are good for all kinds of equipment and scenarios. Amazon is usually the best place to head for travel tripods, as you can get hold of highly-rated products for sometimes a fraction of the high street price.

Upgrade to smarter living

Get the latest news, reviews, deals and buying guides on gorgeous tech, home and active products straight to your inbox.

Jamie is a freelance journalist, copywriter and author with 20 years' experience. He's written journalism for over 50 publications and websites and, when he's not writing, spending most of his time travelling – putting the latest travel tech through its paces.

Disney+ is the new home of the Doctor

By Max Freeman-Mills Published 10 May 24

Which streaming device will make your TV viewing smarter?

By Rik Henderson Published 10 May 24

The best travel backpacks for everything from weekends away and business trips to backpacking and hiking

By Jamie Carter Last updated 20 December 23

Excitrus PDW100208 magnetic wireless power bank review

This heavyweight USB-C power bank with a MagSafe wireless charging pad is ideal for home, office and travel with electronics

By Jamie Carter Published 9 March 22

A man plugging his phone into one of the best power banks, the BioLite Charge PD 80

Whether you’re travelling, commuting or in the office, the best power banks keep your smartphone, laptop and everything recharged and ready to use

By Jamie Carter Last updated 15 March 24

BioLite Charge PD 80 portable power bank review

Travel-friendly and fuss-free USB-C power bank for recharging laptops, smartphones and more

By Jamie Carter Last updated 9 March 22

We showcase a selection of the best gifts and presents for photographers, for every budget

By Gavin Stoker Last updated 7 December 23

Want to print your photos but don't know where to start? We're here to help you decide…

By Gavin Stoker Published 6 January 22

How can I print high-quality photos at home?

Want to print high-quality photos at home? Here's how!

A family sat around a photo album, looking at prints from one of the best photo printing services

The best photo printing services will make preserving your memories a cinch

By Sarah Griffiths Last updated 4 January 23

Student Successes
My Learning

9 Best Travel Tripods in 2024 (Updated)

You can also select your interests for free access to our premium training:

Designing the best travel tripod involves compromises. A sturdy tripod tends to be big and heavy. But a travel tripod needs to be small and light. We’ve selected 9 tripods that are an excellent compromise between those competing demands.

You’ll find tripods that are heavier and sturdier. And you’ll find lighter, less robust travel tripods. Our top pick is the K&F Concept Lightweight Travel Tripod . It’s light, compact, and easy to carry. Yet it’s also strong and versatile. And the affordable price tag is the cherry on top.

If you buy a product through one of our referral links we will earn a commission (without costing you anything). Prices last updated on .

As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Product prices and availability are accurate as of the date/time indicated and are subject to change. Any price and availability information displayed on Amazon at the time of purchase will apply to the purchase of this product.

What is the Best Travel Tripod?

Before we look at our choices in detail, here is a summary of all our recommended travel tripods.

Lightweight and versatile travel tripod with carry case
Weighs only 2.4 lb / 1.1 kg
Supports any weight up to 17.6 lb / 8 kg
Excellent mounting flexibility with aluminum ball head
Built-in bubble level for precision mounting
Sturdy and lightweight carbon fiber construction
Folds down to 38 cm and extends up to 1.5 m
Supports up to 9.1 kg of gear
3-axis gimbal head for smooth panning and tilting
Quick-release plate for easy mounting and dismounting
Lightweight aluminum construction
Compact and foldable for easy transport
Can extend to a maximum height of 1.47 m
Supports up to 4 kg of weight
360-degree ball head with two independent control knobs

Manfrotto Element Traveler Tripod Kit With Ball Head

Lightweight and compact for easy travel
High-quality build, reliable stability
360-degree panoramic head for versatile shots
Quick-release plate for fast setup
Maximum height of 1.47 m for tall subjects

Ultra lightweight yet strong carbon fiber
4-section legs adjustable to 25, 50, and 80 degreeangles
Twist locks for fast, secure setup
Removable center column
Supports up to 15 kg of weight

Lightweight and compact design
Smooth fluid video head
Quick-release plate for fast transitions
Fully adjustable tripod legs
Includes carrying case and shoulder strap

Ultra-lightweight and sturdy carbon fiber construction
Ball head design for easy, fast adjustments
4-section legs with quick-release leg locks
Maximum height of 1.61 m
Maximum load capacity of 10 kg

Lightweight and portable
Fully adjustable for desired angle
Universal phone clip for mobile phones
Durable and solid construction
Non-slip rubber feet for stability

Lightweight and compact
Stable and durable
Quick-release leg locks
Multi-angle center column
Adjustable height range

Now let’s look in more detail at our recommendations for the best travel tripod in 2023.

1. K&F Concept Lightweight Travel Tripod

The K&F Concept Lightweight Travel Tripod has to be our top recommendation. It’s a lightweight tripod that’s durable and reliable. You can take it with you on trip after trip and it will last the distance.

Weighing just 2.4 lb / 1.1 kg, it won’t add too much heft to your travel pack. And even though it’s a lightweight tripod, it can still support cameras weighing up to 17.6 lb / 8 kg. That’s enough for full frame cameras or even medium format cameras.

Travel photographers will also appreciate the wide working height range. You can set it up at any point between 64.1 inch / 1.6 m and 20.4 inch / 52 cm. And it folds down to 15.3 inch / 39 cm when you need to pack it away.

Flip locks make adjusting the height quick and easy. And you get a carry case included, making it even easier to travel with this tripod. And a quick-release plate helps you mount and dismount your camera.

It comes with a ball head as standard. The wide range of tilting motion gives you excellent mounting flexibility. And the head has a panning base, which is helpful when shooting landscapes or panoramas. It also has a built-in bubble level to help keep your camera level.

It’s hard to find fault with the K&F Concept Lightweight Travel Tripod . We’re confident about putting it in the No.1 spot on the list. And it’s an absolute bargain for the price.

2. Peak Design Travel Tripod

The revolutionary Travel Tripod is the newest addition to Peak Design ’s lineup. We know Peak Design from its camera bags , carrier straps, and belt holster systems.

Now, they’ve added a travel tripod that’s turning everyone’s heads. What makes it so unique? Quite a few things, actually.

First of all, it’s a real travel tripod. It folds down to under 15.5 inches. This is amazing because it extends to 60 inches when in use. That is more than enough for most travel photography .

There are also two options you can get this tripod in. The one listed above is carbon fiber, which weighs only 2.81 lbs. But they have an aluminum version that weighs 3.44 lbs.

The aluminum version is manageable and it weighs similar to other travel tripods. The carbon fiber version is stiffer and lighter but is more expensive.

As a travel tripod, it has a few advantages. It’s Arca-Swiss compatible. It has a single ring to adjust the head, which is also an intuitive and compact ball head. And it has four leg extenders. This offers you more versatility when choosing the height of the Peak Design Travel Tripod .

3. Benro TSL08AN00: Lightweight Aluminum Travel Tripod

The Benro Slim is a reliable option for photographers on a budget. It is the best affordable travel tripod that still comes from a reputable brand,

At 2.6 pounds, this tripod fits into the travel category. And a weight hook will help negate some of the negatives of using such a light tripod.

The tripod has four leg sections with twist locks. Each leg can be set to one of three angles for more height options. This allows the tripod to extend from 15.7 inches to about 57 inches. You can also reverse the center column for the most height flexibility.

The tripod also includes a ball head with a bubble level .

So what is the reason for the low price? The Benro Slim doesn’t fold down as small as the others on the list without reverse folding legs. This means a faster setup while taking up about four more inches of space in your bag.

The Benro Slim , like the BeFree, also has one of the lower capacities on the list with an 8.8-pound limit. And the under 3-pound weight could mean the tripod isn’t as sturdy as some of the pricier options.

4. Manfrotto Element Traveller Tripod Kit w/Ball Head

The Element Traveler from is made especially for travel photographers . Manfrotto is known for great tripods, and this is no exception. It’s a versatile tripod that allows you to move around without feeling weighed down.

Even though the tripod’s weight is barely 2.5 pounds, the load capacity is a lot higher. It will allow you to hold up to 8.8 pounds. That’s enough for a large professional DSLR and a super-telephoto lens .

The folded length of 13 inches is relatively small. You can shoot from a height of 14 inches up to 53 inches. This is excellent for landscape photography .

The other feature that photographers will enjoy with the Element Traveler is the aluminum ball head with an independent lock. This makes up-down shoots for food photography or product photography very simple.

5. Sirui W-1204 Carbon Fiber Tripod

The Sirui W-1204 is one of the few brands offering waterproof tripods. This makes it one of the best options for a hardcore outdoor photographer .

The tripod has a sealing system. If you shoot in the rain or place the legs in shallow water, the twist locks will still work.

The feet complete the outdoor design. You just unscrew the interchangeable feet to switch from rubber to spiked. The leg sections are held in place using twist locks to reach a maximum height of 65 inches.

This Sirui also has the highest weight capacity of any of the tripods on this list. It supports up to 33 pounds of gear while only weighing 3.1 pounds.

A counterweight hook adds even more stability to the tripod. The legs fold around the center column for a more compact folded measurement.

It stands at 19.3 inches when folded, with only four leg sections. With a height of only 5.7 inches and a removable leg that you can use as a monopod , the Sirui W-1204 gets points for versatility.

6. Manfrotto Befree: Professional Video Tripod for Travel

This Manfrotto Befree tripod is one of the few that use level locks instead of the twist type. Weighing a little over 3 pounds, this tripod folds down to a little over 16 inches.

You can adjust the legs on the Befree to three different angles. This allows the tripod to reach as low as 13.4 inches and as high as 56.7 inches.

The Befree’s compact design, versatile height, and flip locks make this one of the best tripods for travel photographers. And that’s all at a very reasonable price.

Like other 3-pound travel tripods, this tripod can be a bit susceptible to wind. Unfortunately, there is no counterweight hook to support it.

The capacity is 8.8 pounds, so it’s not designed for the biggest telephoto lenses . The 56.7-inch height limit will also be a sticking point for tall photographers.

But for the price, the Manfrotto Befree offers quality and portability.

7. Gitzo Carbon Fiber Tripod with Ball Head

This Gitzo tripod is the juggernaut of travel tripods. It will hold up to 22 pounds, making it one of the sturdiest tripods on our list.

This allows you to use heavy camera equipment . That’s perfect for destination weddings or sports photography . The extra weight-bearing design will help with added accessories like microphones , lights, or flash units .

It comes with a high-quality ball head. As far as tripods go, this one is lightweight, weighing only 3.2 pounds. The most significant benefit I found is the small center column. This lets you get close to the ground for low-angle shots.

For these reasons, this Gitzo is expensive compared to the others on our list. But it’s worth the money. It has a simple design and construction that makes it easy to extend and shrink.

8. Manfrotto PIXI Evo

The Manfrotto PIXI Evo is unique in this selection of tripods. We all know Manfrotto for making excellent tripods. Whether large and sturdy or small and portable, it’s the go-to company. Their other best travel tripod options on our list are for photographers shooting up high.

Eye-level vantage points aren’t the only way photographers want to capture scenes. Sometimes they want to get low for a different perspective. The Manfrotto PIXI Evo offers just that.

This tabletop tripod is small. And it will fit in the small accessory pouches of your backpack or your coat pocket.

You might not expect it to handle DSLR camera systems . But it will hold a weight of 5.5 pounds. This is more than enough to support a full frame DSLR body with a telephoto lens.

Using it couldn’t be easier. Flip out the legs and you’re good to go. The PIXI Evo doesn’t offer you much versatility. But it is the most compact and lightest of our travel tripod picks.

It’s perfect for selfies and vlogging , as it offers two different leg angles along with adjustable two-section legs.

9. Vanguard VEO3T265HABP Aluminum Travel Tripod

The Vanguard VEO ’s reversing center column allows you to shoot as low as 16 inches from the ground or as tall as 57 inches. This is perfect if you need to get down low for macro shots ? You can also adjust each of the twist-lock legs at three different angles.

Despite the versatility, this Vanguard tripod weighs only 4 pounds. It can handle three times its own weight with a 13.2-pound capacity. When folded, the tripod fits in a space of less than 16 inches.

A counterweight hook helps add more stability to the lightweight tripod. With a tripod ball head included, the camera’s position is easy to adjust.

The VEO is designed for quick setup with the central column system. The four legs are also easy to adjust because of twist-lock legs.

There are some downsides, though. It doesn’t include spiked feet, which you can get for a higher price. It also doesn’t have the versatility of using one leg as a monopod. But for the price, the Vanguard VEO ‘s feature list is rather tough to beat.

Buyer’s Guide for the Best Travel Tripods

Tripods can have a varying list of features. And some features are more important when you want to travel with your tripod. Read on to learn what makes a tripod perfect for travel.

What to Look for When Buying the Best Travel Tripod

Tripods are necessary for low-light and long-exposure shots . This is why a travel photographer must carry them around. But there’s a problem with lightweight tripods. The lighter a tripod is, the less stable it tends to be.

That doesn’t mean your travel tripod is going to dump your camera in the dirt. But there are a few features that you should look for when choosing the best travel tripod for you.

A Travel Tripod with Counterweight Hooks

Adding a simple hook to the bottom of the tripod’s center column may not seem like a big deal. But this tiny feature allows travel tripods to be sturdier, no matter the travel conditions.

If you can add weight to the tripod, such as your camera bag , you add more stability without sacrificing portability. These counterweights will help your travel tripod stay put in windy conditions.

A Travel Tripod with Adjustable-Leg Flip Locks

You can adjust tripod legs through either twist locks or lever locks.

Twist locks are slimmer. But if you don’t twist them tight enough, they could unlock. Flip locks will add more bulk and tend to take longer to set up. On the other hand, you can trust them to stay locked.

After using a monopod with twist locks that kept sliding mid shoot, flip locks are my preference.

A Versatile Travel Tripod

Travel tripods are even more portable when they do double duty, so you don’t have to bring multiple ones with you.

If you want to use both a tripod and a monopod , look for a two-in-one that converts to a monopod.

If you shoot macro or low to the ground, check the tripod’s minimum and maximum height. And look one with a versatile height range. You’ll save yourself from bringing a tabletop tripod for low-angle photos.

A Portable Travel Tripod

Whenever you buy a tripod, pay attention to the weight specifications. This is especially true for travel tripods.

One is how much weight the travel tripod can hold. Ensure that your heaviest camera body, lens, and accessories fit within those parameters. The tripod with a higher weight capacity will be sturdier even if you only need half the listed weight limit.

The second detail to consider is the weight of the tripod itself. That’s how much you’ll be adding to your bag’s weight on a hike or in your luggage.

A carbon fiber tripod is lightweight and can hold a lot of gear. But it’s also more pricey than an aluminum one.

A Travel Tripod with a Sturdy Build

Plan on hiking with a tripod? Look for other outdoor-friendly features besides the lightweight feature.

Retractable feet spikes can help make the tripod a bit sturdier on grass and dirt.

Waterproof tripods are a bit harder to find. But they can survive taking pictures in the rain or standing in the surf .

A Travel Tripod with a Quick-Release Plate

Don’t miss capturing a moment because you have to fiddle with getting your camera off your tripod. Look for a travel tripod that includes a quick-release plate.

Also, watch for small design changes that help you set up your gear faster. Unfolding each of the three leg sections takes longer than just unfolding one center column, for example.

Conclusion: The Best Travel Tripod

The K&F Concept Lightweight Travel Tripod is our choice for the best travel Tripod. It is lightweight, durable, and has a wide range of features that make it the perfect travel companion.

It is also highly adjustable and has a unique design that allows for easy setup and breakdown. With its adjustable legs and quick-release plate, it is the perfect tripod for capturing any moment on the go.

Meet the Team
Work with Us
Czech Republic
Netherlands
Switzerland
Scandinavia
Philippines
South Korea
New Zealand
South Africa
Budget Travel
Work & Travel
The Broke Backpacker Manifesto
Travel Resources
How to Travel on $10/day

Home » Gear » best travel tripods

The 10 BEST Travel Tripods (Up Your PhotographGame in 2024)

So you just bought your new pride and joy: a travel camera worthy of capturing your epic adventures. But now you’re out shooting and the moment comes when you can’t seem to get a good image. Perhaps there isn’t enough light or maybe it’s too windy; regardless, all of your pictures just look blurry, dark and just don’t seem to capture the epic scene laid out before you.

Other times, you may see some photographers’ work and think: “Wow! How did they get the milky way in their pictures” or wonder “how did they make those waterfalls look so smooth and dreamy?” Well, my friends, the secret is out: A good travel tripod is the reason.

Admit it, you’ve seen photographers carrying around a tripod or pitching up at a viewpoint and wondered what on earth they need them for. Well, now you know and now you’re taking your travel photography seriously you’re ready to join the pros. When it comes to taking high-quality images, a lightweight travel tripod can be just as important as the camera itself. A great travel tripod might just be the thing that takes your photos to the next level.

Now you’ve decided to take the leap, get ready for a sea of confusing terms, endless options and various different price ranges. When it comes to the best travel tripods, it’s easier said than done to pick the right one for your trip and photography style. Which is why we’ve put together this guide so you can find the perfect travel tripod that fits your style.

Let’s jump into it!

Quick Answers: Best Travel Tripods of 2024

The best travel tripods of 2024, #1 vanguard alta pro, best overall travel tripod, #2 mefoto roadtrip, best travel tripod runner-up, #3 manfrotto befree, best travel tripod for backpacking, #4 zomei z818, best budget travel tripod, #5 gitzo traveler series 1, professional travel tripod, #6 mefoto globetrotter, best professional tripod runner-up, #7 joby gorillapod 5k, best tripod for under $100, #8 benro aero 4 travel angel, best travel tripod for video, #9 3 legged thing punks corey, best budget travel tripod for dslrs, #10 manfrotto 290 carbon fiber monopod, best travel monopod, what to consider when buying the best travel tripod, how we tested the best travel tripods, faq about the best travel tripods, final thoughts.

Overall Best Tripod – Vanguard Alta Pro
Best Budget Travel Tripod – Zomei Z818
Best Professional Travel Tripod – Gitzo Traveler Series 1
Best Tripod for Under $100 – Joby Gorillapod 5k
Best Tripod for Video – Benro Aero 4 Travel Angel
Jump to -> The List of 10 Best Tripods of 2024

Vanguard Alta Pro

> 15.4 lbs capacity

Gitzo Traveler Series 1

> 22 lbs capacity

Joby Gorillapod 5K

> 11 lbs capacity

Benro Aero 4 Travel Angel

> 8.8 lbs capacity

REI is one of America’s biggest and most-loved outdoor gear retailers.

Now, for just $30, get a lifetime membership that entitles you to 10% OFF on most items, access to their trade-in scheme and discount rentals .

Load Capacity:15.4 lb
Maximum Height: 68.1?
Minimum Height: 56? but this is a misleading number
Folded Length: 28.1?
Weight: 5.4 lbs
Leg Sections: 3 – Flip Locks

Though the Vanguard Alta Pro is almost 6 years old by now, it’s still one of the best tripods on the market today! Since the release of an updated version – the less than stellar Alta Pro 2 – the price of the Alta Pro has dropped even further as well, making this already budget-friendly travel tripod even more affordable.

The Vanguard Alta Pro uses an innovative system – referred to as MACC (Multi-Angle Central Column) – where the center column can be rotated on its axis up to 180 degrees, allowing for a horizontal and upside down compositions.

With such flexibility, you can position your camera in ways that would normally be awkward, like near to the ground and poking out to the side. The system is fairly intuitive and setting-up should take no longer than any other tripod.

Innovative design that is still useful today
Excellent price these days
Well equipped to handle most cameras
15.4 lb load capacity may be a liberal number
Will need maintenance
Fidgety quick release plate

The legs of the Alta Pro are constructed of 3 sections and can be laid out nearly flat. Combined with the MACC, this ensures that you’ll be able to achieve some pretty crazy and unique angles. The legs use flips locks, which are convenient but will require periodic tightening as they are used.

The Vanguard Alta Pro is a little heavy because it’s made from aluminum. It’s rated to a hold up to 15.4 lbs but many users have commented that this number may be skewed as wobble can still be a problem with oversized DSLRs. Avoid using this tripod at its full extension.

The Vanguard Alta comes equipped with an SBH-100 ball head that is fairly sturdy. The quick release plate is not as smooth as other tripods – like the Manfrotto – but this is a minor gripe. Below the ball head, there is a bubble leveler as well.

Is the Vanguard Alta Pro For You?

Do you want one of the most innovative and praised tripods in recent memory? Want to take advantage of its recent price cuts? Then there is no better time to invest in the Vanguard Alta Pro! This tripod is very capable and has become well-loved over the years; in many people’s minds, it still one of the best tripods for backpacking.

The team are massive fans of this tripod and just love its versatility when it comes to positioning, in particular, the ability to adjust the centre column is priceless when you need to get down low. They also felt it was pretty light and its weight was a good compromise between being light and also being stable in windy conditions.

Load Capacity: 17.6 lbs
Maximum Height: 61.6”
Minimum Height: 15.4”
Folded Length: 15.4”
Weight: 3.6 lbs
Leg Sections: 5 – Screw Lock

For those who want a slightly lighter tripod than the Vanguard Alta Pro, the MeFOTO Roadtrip is an excellent alternative. This lightweight travel tripod is very adept and can still handle most photographic situations. It may not be as nifty as the Vanguard but the MeFOTO Roadtrip still has the cuts to get the job done.

Like most tripods, the MeFOTO Roadtrip’s legs can be set to three different positions: wide, standard, and free, the third of which is usually used for folding the legs up for packing.

I find that the second option is usually the most useful as it creates a base that most photographers will find optimal. The first is mostly used for getting the tripod low – though not so low as the Vanguard Alta Pro – to the ground. Changing the position of the legs is simply a matter of pushing and retracting a button.

Quite light and packable.
Can still hold larger DSLRs
Can be converted into a monopod
Can still suffer from wobble at times
Legs are not as durable as others

Of note is the MeFOTO’s ability to be converted into a monopod, which is an increasingly popular feature in modern tripods.

By removing one of the legs, detaching the central column, and then connecting the two together (BOOM!) you have a monopod. This arrangement is great when you want to run and gun and don’t want to worry about carrying around a cumbersome three legged monster.

At 3.6 lbs, the MeFOTO is quite light. It’s rated to hold over 17 lbs of equipment though many photographers do complain that the MeFOTO still suffers from wobble especially when fully extended.

This is most likely a consequence of the tripod’s light weight in addition to the fact that the legs are broken into five sections, which is not ideal.

Is the MeFOTO Roadtrip For You?

Do you want a lightweight tripod that can handle a heavier DSLR a bit better? Do you like the idea of using a monopod? Then the MeFOTO Roadtrip may be the travel tripod for you! This sturdy tripod will give you that extra rigidity for your camera that, even though it’s not quite professional yet, should handle most situations.

The team loved how quick and easy this tripod was to deploy and adjust with the screw-able leg locks rather than clips, these are also a lot more durable too. The weight of this tripod though was the real selling point for the team and it made them feel like they were much more likely to want to take it with them on their trips.

Load Capacity: 8.8 lb
Maximum Height: 56.7?
Minimum Height: 13.4?
Folded Length: 15.75?
Weight: 3 lbs
Leg Sections: 4 – Flip Lock

If you’re looking for a conventional tripod that is very light and doesn’t sacrifice too much durability, then I suggest the Manfrotto BeFree. This reliable and lightweight tripod is great for wilderness backpacking in addition to demanding professional shoots. It has the usual bells and whistles that a good travel tripod should have and all at a great price.

The Manfrotto BeFree is very straightforward travel tripod that is not overly complex to use.

The legs can be arranged into the usual positions (wide, normal, and free) though the Manfrotto uses a slightly novel latching system to achieve this; it’s unique though in no way inhibitive.

The legs are composed of 4 sections and are locked via flip mechanisms. Like the Alta Pro, you’ll have to periodically tighten these locks. The feet of the tripod are made of rubber, which is good for gripping most surfaces. In my personal experiences, I find the feet like to fall off quite often, which easily fixed via replaced parts though still a little irritating.

One of the lightest (aluminum) tripods available
Very quick and easy to use
Probably not suitable for larger DSLRs
Can be unstable when fully extended – lack of a hook doesn’t help
Feet like to fall off

The BeFree is remarkably light given that’s made of aluminum – ultralight photographers can upgrade to a carbon fiber version , which cuts about a half pound as well. The BeFree is rated to hold nearly 9 lbs, which makes it most ideal for mirrorless shooters.

Full frame DSLR shooters who use this travel tripod notice some wobbling in the frame especially and complain further that the lack of a hook on the central column, which is used to weight the tripod, leaves much to be desired.

For videographers, the Manfrotto BeFree can also be converted into a great travel video tripod via special video head sold separately. This accessory, the Manfrotto 502 Video Head , is very effective and does a great job panning.

Is the Manfrotto BeFree For You?

Do you want a lightweight travel tripod without sacrificing too much stability? Are you still looking for something affordable? Then check out the Manfrotto BeFree Travel Tripod! This tripod is easy-to-use, very packable, and won’t break your back or the bank at all. It has been my go-to for many years and I have no problem saying that it’s one of the best backpacking tripods out there!

Personally, this has been my go-to tripod of choice for the past few years and I’ve been super happy with its versatility, durability and weight. It easily fits inside my big backpack and honestly still keeps the weight down to a reasonable level for backpacking or short trips. I use this with my Sony A7III and 24-105 f4 lens and I have always found it super stable even in windy conditions.

Load Capacity: ?
Maximum Height: 65?
Minimum Height: 22?
Folded Length: 18?
Weight: 3.7 lbs
Leg Sections: 4 – Twist Locks

At around $100, the Zomei Z818 is a screaming deal. With a solid build quality, useful features, and the ability to convert into a monopod, this baby can compete with every comparable tripod out there.

I’m going to cut to chase here and say that the Zomei Z818 is very similar to the MeFOTO Roadtrip – shockingly so actually.

Many of the features found in the MeFOTO are also found in the Zomei like the screws locks, the hook in the center column, and the ability to be converted into a monopod. Even the locking mechanism for the Zomei’s legs is eerily similar in mechanics to the MeFOTO.

The Zomei Z818 is a slightly larger travel tripod than the MeFOTO Roadtrip. The Zomei’s maximum height is about 4 inches greater than the MeFOTO and the minimum height is about 7 inches difference. The Zomei is consequently heavier than the MeFOTO but only just barely.

The team felt this was their best backpacking tripod for a DSLR on a budget. They loved that for the price it was all made from high-quality aluminium rather than cheap plastic which made it feel much more durable. The fact that it can be turned into a monopod too really impressed them for such a well priced tripod.

Cheaper than the competition
Very similar to the MeFOTO Roadtrip
No official load capacity?
Suffers from some wobble with heavier loads
Can’t be commended for being very original (I guess)

Oddly enough, I couldn’t find any official numbers for the Zomei’s load capacity anywhere on the web. Since it is so similar to the Roadtrip though, I imagine that the load capacity for the Zomei would be around 17 lbs.

I would also guess that it suffers from the same wobble as the MeFOTO does when using a heavier camera but this part I’ve yet to actually test.

Long story short, the Zomei Z818 is a great travel tripod, one that is comparable to the already impressive MeFOTO Roadtrip. The fact that it is $50 cheaper than the MeFOTO is the most alurring factor though. Those in the market for the best budget travel tripod will have to consider the Zomei Z818.

Is the Zomei Z818 For You?

Do you want a great tripod for an amazing price? Did you like what you saw with MeFOTO Roadtrip? Then give the Zomei Z818 a chance! Considering its functionality and low price, this guy takes the award for best budget travel tripod currently on the market.

Load Capacity: 22 lb
Maximum Height: 60.2?
Minimum Height: 8.6?
Folded Length: 16.7?
Weight: 2.3 lbs
Leg Sections: 4 – G Lock System

If money isn’t an issue for you, then the Gitzo Traveler Series 1 is the best tripod, period. It’s one of the lightest, sturdiest, most intuitive, and most attractive photographic accessories that you can own.

There is no special, groundbreaking technology involved with the Gitzo Traveler Series 1 – it will not blow you away with new or futuristic features. No, the Gitzo does so well because of the quality of its parts and manufacturing. Like the best Italian food that you ever had, it’s all about the ingredients.

The Gitzo Traveler Series 1 is made from high-grade carbon fiber materials, the quality of which the company insists is cut above the competition. Unlike many other tripods in this guide, the Gitzo Traveler is actually quite good-looking, fashionable even, thanks to the stylish finish on the carbon fiber.

The best that money can buy
Very light and very sturdy
Just all around easy-to-use
Very, very expensive

The legs are made from 4 sections and are locked in place by the company’s own patented “G Lock System.” This system is very efficient and quite inconspicuous, which only adds to the tripod’s already gorgeous appearance.

The Gitzo weighs a paltry 2.3 lbs and is rated to hold 22 lbs. It’s minimum height of 8.6” is one of the lowest on this list not including the GorillaPod.

I’d go further into the Gitzo’s construction but it’d be futile. I can only say that this is simply one the best tripods that one can buy. You will pay (a lot) for it but, in time, you’ll probably forget about the price. Note that the standard version of this Gitzo doesn’t include a ballhead – if you’re willing to spend the extra cash, you can buy a full set here .

Is the Gitzo Traveler Series 1 For You?

Do you want the absolute best possible travel tripod? Is money no issue? Then go buy the Gitzo Traveler Series 1. With near-perfect engineering and materials, this tripod is, in many photographer’s eyes, not just great for travelling, but everything.

I mean, the team were of course, very impressed by this tripod. But did they feel it was worth almost 500 quid, well, some of them did! The members of the crew who were photography aficionados felt that if your budget stretches this far, then you won’t be disappointed. The carbon fibre construction, twist lock extendable legs, and versatile positioning just make it feel like a real premium product and on top of that, it’s light AF and super compact… what’s not to like. Oohh, yeah, the price!

Do You Want to Travel FOREVER??

Pop your email in below to get a FREE copy of ‘How to Travel the World on $10 a Day!’.

Load Capacity: 26.4 lb
Maximum Height: 64.2?
Minimum Height: 16.1?
Folded Length: 16.5?
Weight: 3.7 lb
Leg Sections: 5 – Twist Locks

The MeFOTO Globetrotter is the larger, more capable version of the MeFOTO Roadtrip and is meant for professional photographers with heavier equipment. Made of carbon fiber and rated to hold a staggering 26.4 lbs, the MeFOTO Globetrotter can handle just about anything you or mother nature can throw at it.

When considering the MeFOTO Roadtrip vs the Globetrotter, the two function in many similar ways. Both have twist locks on the legs, three different orientations, and use the same button-like mechanism to set the legs.

Due to its carbon fiber construction, the MeFOTO Globetrotter suffers less from the wobble that the Roadtrip reportedly does while still remaining light. The MeFOTO Globetrotter retains the ability to turn into a monopod and, thanks to sturdier build, may even be used as trekking pole if you’re so inclined.

Light for how sturdy it is
Very cheap compared to the competition
Can handle heavier loads and more adverse conditions
Still $300+
Little heavy for a carbon fiber tripod

The MeFOTO Globetrotter still uses the twist lock system as the Roadtrip. Again, whether or not you like twist locks or not – as opposed to flip – is a matter of preference. Granted, the Globetrotter’s weather sealing seems to be very effective and its joints do not appear to loosen as quickly as the Roadtrip. This travel tripod is built to last.

The most impressive part about the Globetrotter is the price though – at nearly half the cost of several of its competitors, the Globetrotter performs near equally as well.

At 3.7 lbs too it’s still reasonably light but this is where it falls short compared to the competition. Many carbon fiber tripods will come in at less than 3 lbs, which is why you buy the premium material in the first place and, thus, kinda defeats the purpose.

Is the MeFOTO Globetrotter For You?

Do you want a professional-grade tripod for a good price? Mind if it’s a little heavier than other carbon fiber ones? Then head come on down and get yourself a MeFOTO Globetrotter! This upgraded version of the Roadtrip will stand up to whatever you throw at it and won’t cost too much.

The team were pretty happy with this tripod for the price, it had that feel of a premium product without the extortionate costs in all honesty. The price vs weight vs stability made this tripod feel like it has really hit the sweet spot. The team also felt the red accents the tripod is available in was also a nice touch that made it stand out against the rest.

Load Capacity: 11 lb
Maximum Height: 15.2?
Minimum Height: N/A
Folded Length: N/A
Weight: 17 oz
Leg Sections: N/A

The Gorillapod 5K is Joby’s newest addition to its lineup and maybe its best yet! The 5K is a streamlined version of their previous Focus edition and expands upon its predecessor’s prowess.

With a very sturdy build, unbeatable lightness, the ability to get into otherwise hard-to-reach places, and great price, the Joby GorillaPod 5k is not only the best tripod for under $100 but also the best ultralight tripod.

Gorillapods have been around for a while. I’m sure that you’ve seen them wrapped around a railing or clinging to some tree at least once in your travels. Over the years, they’ve had a bit of a mixed reputation – though novel in their design, they just couldn’t hold up under harsh conditions or heavier loads; neither could they excel in composition because of their short stature.

Remarkably sturdy
Eminently light
Very flexible
Maximum sturdiness requires just the right leg setup, which can be tedious
Limited to low angle shots
Expensive if you’re buying the Joby ballhead too

The Gorillapod Focus and its current iteration, the Gorillapod 5K, have changed that. Built with high end plastics, rubber, machined aluminum, and stainless steel, the Gorillapod 5K is not the cute little tripod that you saw before. This thing can hold a serious amount of weight for its size – 11 lbs – and can support many high-end travel cameras.

The legs of the Gorillapod 5K are their usual flexible selves – being able to wrap many objects for stabilization – though these feel very rigid, perhaps too rigid much for some. You may find it a little tedious to adjust the legs, a process that was already frustrating enough in past models. Tediousness aside, this rigidity is a good thing though as that’s how the Gorillapod is able to hold more weight.

I’ve used the Gorillapod 5K several times while backpacking and feel very happy with it. I was still able to get good shots with my Fujifilm XT2 and certainly didn’t mind the lack of weightiness.

Is the Joby Gorillapod 5k For You?

Do you want the lightest possible tripod that can still handle your heavy equipment? Are you okay with using a tripod that’s only a little over a foot tall? Well then maybe it’s time to give Gorillapods a chance. The Gorillapod 5K is one of the best models ever produced by Joby and is devoid of many of the inherent flaws that has plagued its precursors.

Despite being Scottish slang for poop, the Joby was a roaring success across the team. The tiny, light and compact design meant it was suitable across the board for those using their phone to others using mirrorless cameras. What is also a massive selling point is of course how it can grip on pretty much anything, which the team felt in practice actually worked well, especially on lighter cameras.

Maximum Height: 65.2?
Minimum Height: 21.9?
Folded Length: 21.7?
Weight: 5.8 lbs
Leg Sections: 3 – Flip Lock

Dedicated travel vloggers will need a specialized tripod to create the highest quality videos. One of the most useful tripods specifically for video right now is the Benro Aero 4. With a well designed video head and a sturdy set of legs underneath it, the Benro Aero 4 is more than capable of helping to create gorgeous videos.

The body of the Benro Aero 4 is designed very similarly to many other tripods in this guide. The legs and central column are made of tough aluminum.

The tripod is quite steady and doesn’t have much jitter too so long as your camera is no more than 9lbs. At almost 6 lbs, the Benro Aero 4 is a bit on the heavy side though not as heavy as some other professional grade cinematography tripods.

Well-performing tripod head
Still has the functions of a normal tripod
Easy to set up and pack away
Videographers are probably limited to shooting Micro Four Thirds and APS-C
Some users report that the screws of the quick release plate are a little wonky
Quite heavy

The legs are made from 3 sections and can be locked into fixed positions via a flipping mechanism. The legs can be arranged into the usual angular distances. Note that the widest angle that the Benro Aero 4’s legs can be set-up to is not as wide as other tripods though, thus the relatively high minimum height.

Like many other tripods these days, the Benro can be converted into a monopod as well. Simply remove one of the legs and attach it to the central shaft; easy as that!

The most important part of a good travel video tripod is the head though. The Aero 4’s flat video head is excellently designed and very efficient. Using the built-in handle, which is essential to capturing good video, the head pans very smoothly. There are several other knobs to control resistance further. There’s a quick release plate as well so you can mount your camera and start shooting in a single quick motion.

Is the Benro Aero 4 Travel Angel For You?

Are you a videographer who needs a specialized tripod? Do you use a smaller camera for video? If these sound right to you, then check out the Benro Aero 4! This is one of the best travel video tripods right now thanks to its compact design and superb flat video head.

The team felt this camera was a little niche but for those wanting to produce good-quality videos on their trip, this is the perfect solution. Often video tripods can be pretty heavy and sure, this one is compared to others on our list, but at the same time, compared to other video tripods, it’s not! The larger than normal ball head also neatly tucks away which the team were pretty impressed by.

Load Capacity: 30 lbs
Maximum Height: 58?
Minimum Height: 4?
Folded Length:13.7?
Weight: 3.4 lb

The 3 Legged Thing Punks Corey is a brawler of a tripod that swings way above its weight class. At 3.4 lbs this travel tripod is rated to hold up to 30 lbs, which is a huge number. With a robust design and atypical central column that can be converted into a monopod, the 3 Legged Punks Corey is a real contender.

The Punks Corey is made from rubber, aluminum, and titanium materials. The legs are composed of 5 sections and are locked via a twisting mechanism. The rubber grip for the twists feel good in your hands and looks pretty cool too with a gator-skin like pattern. The legs can be locked into three positions: 23 degrees, 55 degrees, and 80 degrees.

Very strong
Unique central column design
Some may really like cosmetics of this tripod
Tripod must still be set up properly to hold 30 lbs
Removing central column can take some time
Some may really not like cosmetics of this tripod

At its greatest extension, the Punks Corey is 58” high. Note that a tripod will always be more subject to shake as maximum extension is reached.

The Punks Corey’s central column can be removed, which can then be converted into a monopod – in conjunction with one of the legs – or to allow the tripod itself to get as low to the ground as possible. Without the central column, the ball head is rescrewed directly onto the tripod and the minimum height becomes 4”.

To be able to hold such a great weight, the ball head must be strong. The Punks Corey is AirHed Neo ballhead is just that.

Is the 3 Legged Thing Punks Corey For You?

Do you want a beast of a tripod that can handle heavy loads? Want something that is functional as well as convertible? Then look no further than the 3 Legged Thing Punks Corey! It’s better equipped to handle heavy DSLRs and is still able to perform all the usual duties that befit a great travel tripod.

The team felt this was a winner for their best budget travel tripod award (DSLR category of course!). The rubberised twist lock system was particularly appreciated especially when it came to shooting in inclement weather. The ability also to switch the central column to shoot underneath the tripod without any real fuss was also a huge selling point.

Maximum Height: 59.4?
Minimum Height: 19.3?
Weight:1.1 lb

To be honest, this one kinda feels like cheating because this isn’t a tripod at all; it’s purely a monopod – a tool that only uses one leg instead of three. Don’t think that it’s inferior though; in the right hands, the Manfrotto 290 Carbon Fiber Monopod can compete with any tripod. Trekkers can pack it away easily or even use it as a trekking pole, making it one of the best tools for wilderness photographers.

A few tripods already mentioned in this guide have had the ability to convert into monopods – let’s look at now why monopods are just as convenient as their three-legged compatriots.

With three legs, tripods offer near complete stabilization across two planes – a monopod only covers one. For many photographers, that single plane of stabilization is all that is required for getting good pictures. For those who are more active shooters, like hikers, sports photographers, and wedding photographer, a monopod is perfect.

The lightest tripod/monopod in this guide
Very, very sturdy
Very packable
Not as much stabilization as a conventional tripod
May or may not save your hide
Long exposures will be very difficult

The Manfrotto 290 is an exceptional monopod. Built from high-end carbon fiber, it would take a lot to break this thing. Its 4 sections are locked by flipping latches that are equally as reliable.

So strong is the Manfrotto 290 Carbon Fiber Tripod that some photographers may even use it as a trekking pole – there’s even a loop for your wrist.

Note that while the frame is secure, there’s always a chance that it may break should you take a nasty fall. It is, at the end of the day, meant to steady your camera and not save your life. Whether or not you choose to use it as a walking stick or hide it in your bag, the Manfrotto 290 Monopod will integrate seamlessly into your backpacking and camera kit.

Is the Manfrotto 290 Carbon Fiber Monopod For You?

Do you hate the idea of lugging around a tripod? Think you have the steady hand to manage with just one leg? Then give the Manfrotto 290 Carbon Fiber Monopod a shot. It’s a very well-made piece of equipment that monopod enthusiasts will approve of and it’s a great deal.

The team acknowledged how a monopod is maybe a little more niche and of course, has different uses, but they felt this was an awesome option for those wanting to go super light. They did however feel that it was light, stable and quick to adjust on the fly.

Now, you could spend a fat chunk of $$$ on the WRONG present for someone. Wrong size hiking boots, wrong fit backpack, wrong shape sleeping bag… As any adventurer will tell you, gear is a personal choice.

So give the adventurer in your life the gift of convenience: buy them an REI Co-op gift card! REI is The Broke Backpacker’s retailer of choice for ALL things outdoors, and an REI gift card is the perfect present you can buy from them. And then you won’t have to keep the receipt. 😉

Why Invest in a Travel Tripod?

To me it’s a no-brainer: why buy an expensive travel camera if you can’t get the most out of it? With a tripod, you can do just this – unlock the full potential of your camera and get the best pictures possible.

With a tripod, you can shoot photos in conditions that would be near impossible if you were simply holding the camera in your hand. Selfies, light trails, long exposures; all of these and more are possible while using a tripod.

A good tripod will create maximum stability for your camera. Granted, some photographers get away with using features like image stabilization and lens stabilization – but these will only get you so far. At a minimum, you should at least have a small, lightweight travel tripod that will allow some sort of rigidity in certain circumstances.

With maximum stabilization comes maximum image quality. Where some novices may struggle in the wind, the dark or when trying to get that artistic composition, you will succeed. With the best possible travel tripod, you will take some of the best photos of your life.

As you dive further into the photographic world, you may even discover whole new ways of taking photos thanks to your travel tripod. Advanced techniques like HDR, focus stacking, and nightscapes will all be available to you thanks to your new travel tripod.

With this guide, you’ll receive lots of tips on what to look for in a great tripod and what constitutes a good investment. This guide has a ton of options, but I’ve made it easy to navigate so you’ll easily be able to identify a tripod that best fits your style.

So, first thing is first… what is your style?

What are you looking for in a travel tripod?

Are you looking for something small and easy? Maybe you are in need of something a little taller and sturdy?

Let’s dive deeper…

best travel tripods photographer in field

The Broke Backpacker is supported by you . Clicking through our links may earn us a small affiliate commission, and that's what allows us to keep producing free content 🙂 Learn more .

There are many factors to take into consideration when looking for the right tripod.

But the good news? It doesn’t have to be overwhelming.

A good tripod will be sturdy, reliable, flexible, and not weigh too much or be too big at the same time.

Sounds easy, right?

Ha, not always.

Most tripods will only be able to do a few of these things well; to have the perfect tripod would mean spending a lot of money, which many of us broke backpackers don’t have.

You obviously can’t have everything when choosing a tripod so you’ll have to be picky. Maybe you need something light or maybe you need something rock solid. Perhaps you’ll want a tripod that can bend in unheard of ways or perhaps you just want something simple.

Take into consideration the following points when looking for a tripod. Pick and choose which features are most important for you and then go for it!

Size and Weight

These are perhaps the most important aspects to consider when choosing a tripod for traveling as both have far-reaching repercussions. How you pack your tripod and how much of a burden it is are dependent on its size and weight.

Generally speaking, a larger tripod will be more able to handle heavier loads and adverse conditions. With size comes weight though and carrying around those extras pounds will fatigue you after a while.

If you want to cut weight, a smaller tripod will have the benefit of being lighter in addition to being less expensive. With a smaller tripod comes other compromises though: you will not have as much freedom when it comes to composing your shot and stability can sometimes be an issue.

You can have your cake and eat it too but it’ll cost quite a bit of cash. There are several professional-grade travel tripods that are physically large enough to be effective yet still weigh very little at the same time. These will be much more expensive though as they are almost always made of premium materials.

I personally think about these issues all the time and it’s a constant battle between preparedness and minimal weight. I have actually invested in two tripods – a Manfrotto BeFree and Gorillapod 4K – and alternate between the two depending on the shoot.

Material and Durability

As previously mentioned, material will play an important part in weight and price as well as overall durability. To put it simply: more expensive materials will be lighter, stronger, and more expensive while cheaper ones will be heavier, weaker, and less expensive. So unfortunately a cheap travel tripod might just weigh you down significantly!

Aluminum is the most common alloy used in the construction of tripods. It is a cheap, ubiquitous material that handles the elements well. Even though it’s technically weaker than carbon fiber, it’s still very durable. Most of the best budget travel tripods will be made of aluminum.

Carbon fiber is a stronger composite that is lighter and stronger than aluminum. It is a very reliable material that is used to manufacture all sorts of products that require the utmost durability like cars, safety vests, and even spaceships. Because it is hard to produce though, carbon fiber is markedly more expensive than aluminum.

Unless you are very adamant about cutting weight and are willing to pay the price, aluminum is a perfectly fine material . When used properly – as is the case with all of the tripods on this list – it’s very reliable. I’ve personally taken aluminum tripods into some very hairy situations and they’ve never failed me.

Load Capacity

Certain travel tripods can hold certain amounts of weight depending on their size, build, and overall quality. Lighter tripods may be less able to hold heavier weights but, then again, heavier tripods will be a burden on your back.

It is important to have a travel tripod that can properly hold your camera as it will ensure maximum image quality. A tripod that is struggling under the weight of a heavy camera will start to shake and sharpness will be affected. The tripod may even fall over, in which case you have a serious problem – fallen tripods can mean broken cameras.

Most travel tripods can handle a standard DSLR. Only in extreme situations do you need to worry about load capacity i.e. if you’re using a really bulky DSLR with a hefty lens or if you know you’ll be shooting in very windy conditions. In these cases, it would be wise to a travel tripod that is rated to carry more.

But especially if you’re looking for the best budget tripod for a DSLR, the weight of your equipment has to be a consideration.

Ergonomics and Ease of Use

Tripod technology really has come a long way. I remember using my parent’s old video camera tripod and thinking how rudimentary it was – the range of the leg’s motion was barely 45 degrees, the ball head was fitted with quark, and the metal construction felt like a bleacher seat.

How shocked was I when I bought a modern travel tripod and found out that it could do things like fold up and even be turned upside for extremely low perspective shots!

A good modern tripod will be malleable and have the ability to be set up in numerous configurations. Thanks to a system of adjustable legs and flexible hinges, travel tripod can do just this.

A tripod must be easy to use as well. All of those tricky motions and creative setups will mean nothing if it takes too long to get ready. Thankfully, most travel tripods do not suffer from such shortcomings. Only in special circumstances can a tripod be forgiven for being unwieldy.

Another important point: a tripod needs to be able to packed down to fit in your bag. If it’s too large or too cumbersome, you’re going to have problems traveling with. Thankfully most camera bags have special loop that can accommodate most tripods. Check out our guide on the best camera bags for good examples!

Tripod Head

Finding the best tripod head is just as important as finding a great travel tripod. A tripod head will enable even more customizable compositions and contribute to aspects such as weight, ergonomics, and load capacity.

A good tripod head will have a full 360-degree range of motion. Most modern-day ball heads allow for this. Ball heads will be free floating until locked into place by several clamps. Clamps come in the form of nobs or larger winged screws. Some photographers will prefer one of the other but I find this distinction to be negligible.

Other signs of a good travel tripod head will be features like a quick release plate, panoramic markings, and bubble leveler. Quick release places allow for optimal mounting of a camera and I always prefer having one. Panoramic marking will help guide you and maintain even composition while making panoramas. Finally, a bubble leveler will help make sure that an image is level to the ground.

Legs play an important part in tripod stability. Generally speaking, the more sections that a tripod leg has, the lesser the sturdiness. Try to find a tripod with as few leg sections as possible – around 3-4. Should you find that the legs are often shaking – for whatever reason – try investing in a stone bag , which will weigh down the tripod and limit shakiness.

The length of a tripod leg can be adjusted via a series of locking mechanisms. Most of these mechanisms come in two styles: screw and flip locks. Screws locks require a twisting motion to adjust while flip locks require, as the name implies, a flipping action.

In terms of usability, the difference between screw locks and flip locks is a matter of preference; some photographers find twisting to be a natural motion while others prefer flipping. Really, it’s up to you.

There a couple of disadvantages to take into consideration when choosing between locks. Flip locks will loosen over time and so will require periodic tightening. Twist locks will need to be used appropriately; if you twist the leg too loose, it may fall apart.

In the end, cash rules everything around us. How much are you willing to spend on a tripod? You get what you pay for, as they say, but that doesn’t mean you can’t get what you need and for a good price. Weigh all of the aspects highlighting in this section and then figure out what it’ll take to get the best possible travel tripod for you.

There is no perfect or exact science when it comes to testing out the best travel gear. But when it comes to finding a good travel tripod for your next trip, you’ve come to the right place. Here we’ve got a team of folks with various different experiences that have tested these 3 legged beasts out all over the world!

So each member of the team took each tripod out for a proper test drive over the course of a few weeks and on various trips across the entire bloody globe yo! They paid attention to things like how heavy each one was, durability, packability, size (both when fully extended and also when packed away).

We also looked at how it fulfilled its primary purpose, which is, of course, holding your camera! So that includes stability, manoeuvrability, ease of deployments and things like how many positions it can put your camera in … get your mind out of the gutter guys!

Finally, we also take into account how an item is priced – It’s alright wanting to find the best cheap travel tripod, but we’ve got to still way up whether it offers good value for money! The more expensive gear was scrutinised to a higher level given its price tag.

Still have some questions? No problem! We’ve listed and answered the most commonly asked questions below. Here’s what people usually want to know:

What is the best packable travel tripod?

While you can simply strap all travel tripods to the side of your backpack, the MeFOTO Roadtrip is the lightest and easiest to pack.

What makes a good travel tripod?

That depends on your personal need. These are the key features you need to think about: 1. Size and weight 2. Material and durability 3. Load capacity, ergonomics and easy use 4. Cost

What is the overall best travel tripod?

We’re very impressed with the quality and value of the Vanguard Alta Pro . It’s one of the most affordable tripods and ticks off all of the important key features.

Which travel tripod should professionals buy?

A professional tripod needs to be a bit higher in quality and offer great value. That’s why the Gitzo Traveler Series 1 is the ideal tripod for pros.

Our GREATEST Travel Secrets…

Pop your email here & get the original Broke Backpacker Bible for FREE.

A tripod should be the first piece of equipment that you buy after purchasing a camera (then a camera backpack – check out the WANDRD PRVKE 31 ). They are perhaps the most useful tool in a photographer’s arsenal. As such, you must think wisely about what kind of tripod you buy for your travels.

Each travel tripod will appeal to a certain type of photographer. Mirrorless shooters who want something portable and inexpensive may want to invest in a Manfrotto BeFree. Perhaps you want something a little more suitable for a DSLR? In that case, maybe the MeFOTO Globetrotter is best. There really is a travel tripod for everyone out there.

Hopefully, we’ve covered all aspects so you can make an informed decision, whether that’s to pick one of the best cheap travel tripods or one of the more expensive numbers.

Figure out your needs and choose a travel tripod accordingly. With this guide, you’ll gain the necessary info to understanding what is best for you. Study it well and then waste no time in finding the best tripod for your travel needs! This is the beginning of your illustrious photographic adventures.

photographer-and-spectators-at-afrika-burn

Share or save this post

If you have one of these cameras or have decided you’re you get one, there’s not really a need for a tripod. Pipe clamps for fitting and aligning stainless-steel pipe and fittings are just about every one of the same. Camera bags appear in lot of different size and shapes, so finding one ideal for you guessed it-your camera isn’t a struggle to accomplish, and receiving a good video tripod can be a breeze to perform, so anybody who desires to shoot professional videos just like the professionals do, they’re able to get a tripod that will assist them do it.

Best Travel Tripods of 2023: For Both Phone and Camera

Best Travel Tripods for Phone and Cameras

One of the questions I get asked most frequently is “ what tripod do you use “ ? I often share travel couple photos that have been taken on a tripod, and occasionally I capture selfies on my own, also using a tripod. There are so many travel tripod options out there and I know it’s confusing to choose the best one… so let me help you!

In this guide, I am sharing the best lightweight travel tripod options, including phone tripods and camera tripods. I am featuring tripods for both everyday travelers and for professionals.

Disclaimer : This blog post may feature some affiliate links, which means I get a small commission if you make a purchase (at no extra cost to you). It’s one of the ways I can keep producing free guides and resources for my readers. Learn more about my affiliate policy here . Thank you for the support!

BEST TRAVEL TRIPODS of 2023

Why use a tripod? There’s nothing wrong with regular selfies where you hold up the phone or camera and snap a close-up photo. These are so fun and make great memories. But they also cut off a lot of the view and only really show your upper body or head.

Using a tripod will allow you to take full body travel selfies as well as regular photos that require stabilization (e.g. long exposures, astrophotography). And when I say travel selfies, I am referring to taking photos solo, as a couple, with friends, with family, with your pets, etc.

In this guide, I am only recommending lightweight travel tripods. The reason being is tripods can get quite heavy and if you plan to travel with one, you really need it to be as lightweight and packable as possible. I also like to hike and backpack with a tripod, so having something small and lightweight is VERY important.

Best Phone Tripods for Travel

I often take photos and videos on my phone ( iPhone 13 Pro ) and find this to be such a quick and easy way to create travel memories. Below are my top options for phone travel tripods.

Cheapest Phone Tripod

The most affordable (yet still highly rated) phone travel tripod on the market is the UBeesize Phone Tripod . Coming in at $16 USD you can get a tripod that allows for capturing both vertical and horizontal photos/videos. It’s also flexible and can be wrapped around things like fences, poles, tree branches, etc.

Smallest Phone Tripod

There are numerous really small phone tripods on the market, but the issue is that a lot of them won’t allow you to shoot both horizontally AND vertically. If you don’t mind only having the option to shoot horizontally, then I recommend the Joby GripTight ONE Micro Stand or the JOBY GorillaPod Mobile Mini .

If you want the ability to shoot vertically as well, I think the smallest option available is the JOBY Handypod Mobile Mini Tripod with GripTight One Mount . Remember that these types of mini-phone tripods will need to be rested on something, e.g. a table, fence, car, rock, etc.

Extendable Phone Tripod

If you want to take full-body images then you should probably invest in an extendable phone tripod. This will allow you to have your phone at hip or face height. My top recommendation is the Aureday 62 inch Selfie Stick Tripod . This tripod can be extended to 62 inches / 5’1 ft, comes with a universal head mount, remote shutter release, and can also be used as a selfie stick. It can also be used with a GoPro or DSLR camera. Note that you may not be able to extend it all the way or use it vertically with a heavy camera.

Most Professional Phone Tripod

Now hear me out… the Peak Design Travel Tripod is expensive but it’s amazing for creating professional content on both mobile and camera! It’s sturdy enough that you can create long exposures and timelapse videos without the tripod shaking or risking falling over. It also extends to be 60 inches, can hold phones/cameras both vertically and horizontally, and can house up to 20 lbs of weight, including large DSLR cameras and telephoto lenses.

Already own a tripod for your DSLR or mirrorless camera? You can very likely buy a mobile attachment and use it with your existing tripod head/ball head. Just be sure to read up on the dimensions and requirements before purchasing. Some attachments to look into are the Peak Design Travel Tripod Phone Mount and the Ruittos Phone Tripod Mount .

How To Take Beautiful Travel Photos - Photography Mini Guide - Renee Roaming

Best Lightweight Travel Tripods for Cameras

There is a wide range of tripods on the market for DSLR and mirrorless cameras . I personally believe that if a tripod is lightweight and packable then you are much more likely to actually use it. So these recommendations are best suited for photographers who are on the go and need a travel-friendly tripod (including for activities like hiking and backpacking).

best Overall Travel Tripod

My most used travel tripod is the Peak Design Travel Tripod carbon fiber version. It’s super lightweight for a sturdy tripod that extends to 60 inches and can hold both a camera body & a large lens (e.g. telephoto). It packs down really small and can easily be stored in your luggage or in the side section of your backpack (a total length of 15.4”). The weight of the carbon fiber version is 1.29 kg (2.81 lbs), and the aluminum version is 1.56 kg (3.44 lbs).

The Peak Design Travel Tripod also comes with a built-in ball head and camera mount, so you won’t need to buy that separately. Like to shoot with an L Bracket? Read this article before buying .

Another perk of the Peak Design Travel Tripod is that it comes with a mobile phone clip, making it the perfect hybrid for creators who like to shoot with both their camera and their phone.

Should you choose the aluminum or carbon fiber version? If you don’t need a super lightweight tripod, then I recommend you buy the aluminum version. If you plan to hike or backpack with it then I would consider investing in the carbon fiber version.

Travel Tripod Most Loved By Professionals

If you’ve followed me for the while then you’ve probably seen me use the Gitzo Traveler Series 2 Carbon Fiber Tripod paired with a Really Right Stuff BH-30 Ball Head , and an L Bracket camera attachment. I bought this setup before the Peak Design Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod was released because it used to be the best lightweight professional setup available. I still love this option for the fine-tuning you can do with the Really Right Stuff BH-30 Ball Head and the ability to quickly change between vertical and horizontal compositions when using an L Bracket camera attachment. You can also pair the Peak Design Travel Tripod Phone Mount with this setup, making it functional for both mobile and camera.

The downsides of this setup are that it’s not as packable or as lightweight as the Peak Design Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod . When folded, the tripod packs down to be 17.5 inches and the ball head is a height of 2.9 inches, making it a total of 20.4 inches. This is short compared to a lot of tripod and ball head configurations, but for me as a petite woman, it’s quite tall to fit in the side of a backpack. In saying that, my 6’1 husband has no complaints. This setup comes in at a weight of ~3.71 lbs, which is 0.9 lbs heavier than the Peak Design. It’s also ~$315 more expensive than the Peak Design Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod .

So why would you choose the Gitzo Traveler Series 2 Carbon Fiber Tripod + Really Right Stuff BH-30 Ball Head over the Peak Design Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod ? Right now Peak Design is still working on compatibility issues between the Really Right Stuff Plates and L-Brackets and their Travel Tripod. For example, the L Bracket I am currently using for my Sony a1 is not compatible with the Peak Design Travel Tripod head. And sometimes having that ability to switch between vertical and horizontal quickly is very important to me. So for now I am holding onto my Gitzo and RRS setup until Peak Design has fixed that issue ( which they appear to be working on ).

Best Budget Travel Tripod

I know the last two options are expensive and not everyone has that kind of money to spend. There are definitely more budget-friendly travel tripod options on the market but keep in mind that they are cheaper for a reason. Usually , the more budget-friendly tripod options are heavier, less packable, and/or less sturdy.

The Magnus TR-13 Travel Tripod is a great choice for those looking to invest in a lightweight travel tripod but may not have the budget for something super fancy. The Magnus TR-13 can be extended up to 62.5″, folds down to 18.2″, and weighs only 2.9lbs! But it doesn’t hold as much weight as some of the more expensive options (max of 13.2 lb). So you’re going to find this tripod is less steady and possibly not as conducive to holding bulkier equipment like telephoto lenses.

Some other budget travel tripods to consider:

Mefoto Roadtrip S Lightweight Aluminum Travel Tripod
SIRUI T-0S Series Travel Tripod
Manfrotto Element MII Aluminum Tripod
Oben AT-3565 Aluminum Travel Tripod

How To Take Travel Selfies With a Tripod

There are a few different methods to taking selfies with a tripod. And these apply to any type of selfie, including couple photos, solo photoshoots, family snaps, capturing moments with your friends, or maybe even with your pets. These methods apply to both phone photography and DSLR + mirrorless cameras.

Different methods of taking selfies

Using the self timer function
Using a remote control
Utilizing interval shooting / intervalometer

1. Using the Self Timer Function

This is probably the easiest option and works for both mobile and camera. It’s super simple, you just turn on the self timer function (all phones and cameras have this) and run into the frame! For iPhones, you can set the self timer to be 3 or 10 seconds. I recommend 10 seconds because then you will have more time to run into the frame. I often use this method for very quick selfies when I know I can be close to the phone/camera and will only want 1 or 2 takes.

Pros : free and easy to use
Cons : you have to stay relatively close to your phone/camera and can only take 1 photo at a time

2. Using a Remote control

Using a remote that connects to your phone is a popular choice for taking selfies. This means you can click a button on the remote and it takes a photo on your phone. This method can also be used with DSLR and mirrorless cameras when the brand has a compatible app (e.g. you download the app on your phone and then use it as a remote to click your camera’s shutter from afar). I have used this method in the past but I find it annoying to have to hide the remote / my phone each time.

Pros : affordable and easy to use, you can be further away from the camera, you can take multiple images per shoot
Cons : it’s annoying to hide the remote each time, they often have fairly short ranges so you still can’t go too far away

3. Utilizing Interval Shooting

This is my preferred method for taking selfies on both my phone and camera. When using a phone, you will need to download an Interval Shooting app (e.g. Lens Buddy or Lightning Lens ). If using your camera, you will need to use the inbuilt interval shooting function (or if you camera doesn’t have this you can purchase an external intervalometer).

Choose the speed, how many photos you want it to take, and whether or not you want a delay/timer at the start (so you can get into position). For example, you may choose for it to take a photo every 2 seconds, with 20 photos total, and a 15 second timer at the beginning. I love this method because I can move around freely and pose in all different ways. It’s also great for a group setting because you’re bound to get an option with everyone’s eyes open if you have 20 takes!

I have an Instagram Reel that shows me using this feature on my Sony a1. Click here to watch

Pros : you can easily take many photos in one go, don’t need to worry about hiding a remote, can get as far away from the camera/phone as you want
Cons : not an option for all cameras and doing this on the phone requires an additional app

Final Thoughts on the Best Travel Tripods

I want to finish off this guide by saying that you shouldn’t feel embarrassed or worried about using a tripod in front of others. Who cares what they think?! Some of my favorite photos have been taken with a tripod and they make such amazing memories. For example, I wouldn’t have nearly as many photos with my husband and or with my friends if we didn’t travel with a tripod. So put those worries aside and just give it a try 🙂

PIN for Later!

These are the BEST lightweight travel tripods for both phone and camera! Including budget-friendly and professional options. These tripods will help you take your travel selfies to the next level!

Related Guides

Arctic Expedition on the Seabourn Venture - Greenland and Arctic Canada - Renee Roaming - Croker Bay Glacier

Arctic Expedition on the Seabourn Venture – Greenland and Canada

Best Beginner Mountain Biking Tips and Tricks

The 5 Best Beginner Mountain Biking Tips

Tips and Tricks to Stay Healthy While Traveling

How To Stay Healthy When Traveling

Join our mailing list for exclusive resources, events, and more.

Thank you for subscribing!

Incredible photos and pack of usefull info. Thanks, guys! Still in search of 1.5m height lightweight tripod for artwork process shooting.

Thanks for sharing the informative article.

Oh my heavens!! This was such a blessing!! Thank you for your organized blog and helpful articles with working links! I can’t thank you enough!

Such a too good information about the best laptop photo editing thanks for sharing this article. I love to edit photos and videos. this is really helpful.

Follow Along on Instagram

Our guide to the Best Lightweight Tripods for Travel, Hiking and Backpacking in 2024

Once upon a time, a tripod was seen as an essential piece of equipment for every photographer.If you wanted the best – the sharpest – image quality, then the advice was always to lock your camera onto the biggest tripod you could carry.However, as camera technology has improved, bringing such benefits as improved image quality at high ISO values, lens and body-based stabilisation (VR, IS, OIS or IBIS – manufacturers have a wide range of names for this!) and vibration-free electronic shutter, the need to carry a tripod has been greatly reduced.Indeed, using a mix of in-body stabilisation and electronic shutter, we’ve been able to get reliably sharp results with a hand-held mirrorless camera at shutter-speeds as low as half a second! If you’ve been taking photos seriously for any length of time, you’ll know that a stat like this is incredible. This would have been impossible even just a few years ago with a DSLR camera.

None the less, we think a tripod is still an important piece of equipment and carrying one can be the difference between getting a shot or not. The main job of a tripod is to help us eliminate camera movement. Put simply, if your camera moves during an exposure, it will degrade images quality – that is, sharpness and detail in the final image. The more reliably we can keep our camera still during exposure, the better we can expect the final image quality to be and tripod is still one of the best ways to achieve this. Beyond this, tripods also force you to work in a slower, more considered way – you’ll spend more time setting things up and therefore thinking about your images and this is something that many may feel benefits their creative process .

Let’s take a look at some of our favourite tripods for the trail. We’ve decided to limit this round up to full-sized tripods that you can comfortably work with whilst stood up. We’ve decided to leave out mini or tabletop tripods and other stabilisation devices such as the Joby Gorillapod which often find their way into roundups like this. This isn’t to say these devices don’t have their place – they absolutely do – but in our experience, they just aren’t as versatile as a full-sized tripod and they can quickly become extra weight on a hike.

Table of Contents

In brief: The Best Travel Tripods for Every Budget

Gitzo Traveler
Manfrotto Befree GT XPRO
Three Legged Thing Brian 2.0
Manfrotto 055
Benbo Trekker Mk.3

Skip ahead to reviews

Our Round Up of the Best Tripods for Travel, Adventure and Backpacking

1. gitzo traveler.

Gitzo Traveler Tripod with Center Ball Head - Super-Compact, Foldable and Light, with Short Column Included for Ground Level Shoots - Series 0-4 Sections - Carbon Fiber - GK0545T-82TQD

Gitzo are one of the longest established and best-known tripod brands and their products have a reputation for fantastic quality – and high prices!The Gitzo Traveler Series – available either as legs only or in a kit with a matched centre ball head – is the most obvious starting point here.It’s offered with a number of different options: First of all, there’s the ‘Series’ – either ‘0’ or ‘1’ with the ‘1’ being slightly larger.Each series is also offered with either four or five leg sections – and as you’d expect, the five section version folds up a little smaller than the four section version.As with all Gitzo tripods, the legs use twist locks.The Series 0 with four leg sections is particularly note worthy: with the matching head, it weighs in at under 1.3kg, has a folded height under 37cm, extends to 133cm and yet is still rated for a 10kg load.The price is high, but this is a great range of stats!

As with all Gitzo products, these are made and finished to the highest standard.The carbon leg sections – this tripod is only available in carbon – has a prominent diamond patterned weave and the metal hardware is finished with the grey metallic ‘spatter’ finish that has become Gitzo’s trademark.It’s hard to get excited about the look of a tripod, but you also have to admit that as far as these things go, the Gitzo is beautiful!

2. Manfrotto Befree GT XPRO

Manfrotto Befree GT XPRO Aluminium Camera Tripod, 496 Centre Ball Head, M-Lock System, 90 Degree Column, 200PL-PRO Plate, for DSLRs and CSC with Long Lenses, Macro Photography, MKBFRA4GTXP-BH

Manfrotto is probably the best known tripod manufacturer in the world – and rightly so: the Italian company has a long history of making high quality, resilient and great value products. For many photographers, Manfrotto is the only choice when it comes to tripods! Befree is their family of travel-specific tripods and there are a number of different models within the range.

We are particularly drawn to the Befree GT XPRO range – offered in both a Carbon and Aluminium version.Whilst not as lightweight as the Gitzo (coming in at just under 1.8kg inc. head for the carbon version and 2kg inc. head for the Aluminium version), this tripod extends to over 160cm and is rated for loads of up to 12kg.It’s also comes in at a more attractive price point than the Gitzo.Manfrotto bundles the Befree GT XPRO legs with their 496 ball head – this is a substantial upgrade over the basic ballhead previously bundled with the Befree range and features an ingenious quick release mechanism, that will accept both Manfrotto’s own rectangular release plates and Arca Swiss style plates.

3. Three Legged Thing Brian 2.0

3 Legged Thing Punks Brian 2.0 Carbon Fibre Travel-Friendly Tripod - Compact & Adjustable Camera Tripod with Three Detachable Legs - Blue/Black (BRIANBLUE2.0)

British company Three Legged Thing are relative a newcomer to the market relative to the others here, but they’ve none the less shaken up the market with some innovative and well designed products.They’ve got a massive range of products that can seem daunting to navigate, but their Brian 2.0 ticks all the right boxes for a good travel tripod and it’s offered as a set with Three Legged Thing’s AirHead Neo 2.0 Ballhead, which integrates an Arca compatible clamp.

The key think about this tripod is its versatility.The two section centre column means the tripod can go from just under 20cm at its minimum extension, all the way up to 186cm at its maximum.Beyond this, the tripod legs can removed and replaced with optional extra short legs giving a table top tripod whilst each removable leg can be put into service as monopods, microphone booms or even lighting stands.On top of all of this, the tripod and head weigh in at under 1.7kg, and fold down to 42cm (thanks to five section legs).The legs can be set at different angles and usefully, the company states different maximum load capacities at different leg angles (which makes perfect sense! It would be great if other manufacturers would do this!). With this in mind, the load capacity is stated as between 14kg and 5kg which, in real terms means you should have no issue attaching a camera body with a largeish lens like a 70-200mm f/2.8.The bold colouring may not be to everyone’s taste, but Three Legged Thing also offer an all-black version for those who want something a little more discreet.

4. Manfrotto 055

Manfrotto MT055CXPRO4 055 Carbon Fiber 4-Section Tripod with Horizontal Column, Black

The Manfrotto 055 has been around in various guises for decades and has a reputation as a true workhorse for both amateur and professional photographers.Today, the 055 is offered in both aluminium and carbon with variants with either three or four leg sections in each material.Many would consider the 055 to be too large for a travel tripod, but we’d disagree.For sure, it’s no ultralight tripods mentioned so far, but it’s still very portable – we have one and have done plenty of long hikes with it lashed to the side of a pack on numerous occasions.The legs can be locked independently at three different angles, so it works well for low angles and on uneven surfaces too.The centre column can also be rotated 90 degrees for over the top or super low angle shooting. Chunky flip-locks secure the leg extensions and we know from years of experience that these just go on and on working in all weather conditions. If we could only choose one tripod, it would probably be the Manfrotto 055!

The real advantage of the 055 series as we see it is that it hits a sweet spot between size and weight without sacrificing capabilities.Most travel specific tripods feel like they make some compromises in terms of their height and stability in order to hit a target weight or size, but not so the 055 – this is absolutely still a sturdy tripod.The tree section version has a working range of between 9cm and 170cm, a folded length of 63cm and a load capacity of up to 20kg that comes in handy in strong winds (that’s all without a head). This tripod might be overkill if you use lightweight mirrorless gear with small lenses, but it’s the perfect choice if you use larger or heavier gear – say, professional DSLRs with grips, very large telephoto lenses or even medium or large format film cameras. Manfrotto also make the slightly smaller 190 series.This may appeal to some as it packs many of the same features of the 055 in a smaller and lighter package – however, we think that it doesn’t quite hit the same sweet spot as the 055.

5. Benbo Trekker Mk. 3

Benbo Trekker Mk 2 Tripod Without Head #BEN 107

Benbo – not to be confused with the very similar sounding Benro – are definitely the Marmite of the tripod world.Their tripods have been around in various forms since the 80s, but don’t get very much coverage these days, which is a real shame as they offer a truly unique design.There are several models in the Benbo range, but the Trekker Mk. 3 is the most appropriate for this roundup.The industrial design is clunky 80s through and through. This is a fully aluminum alloy tripod and there’s no carbon option offered.At 76cm folded and weighing in at 2kg – and that’s without a head too – it’s definitely a large and heavy tripod, but it’s unique capabilities may well more than make up for this with some users.

Benbo is a contortion of ‘bent bolt’ and describes the unique construction of the tripod: all three legs and the centre column can pivot freely around this bolt and a single lever locks and unlocks all the movement simultaneously.Unlock the bolt and the whole tripod just flops about like a ragdoll… a metal ragdoll with an expensive camera attached to it!In fact, if you’re not careful, the whole tripod can crash to the ground when you unlock the bolt.The first time you use it – the first several times in fact – this is hugely frustrating and you’ll no doubt find yourself fighting against the design.However, in not much time you get used to it and at this point the true genius of the design becomes apparent: Most tripods assume that they will be set up on more or less level ground with the centre column perpendicular.Not so the Benbo.The flexibility allows you to contort the tripod into any number of different spaces.The legs can be braced against walls, trees, whatever and the centre column can easily be placed at any number of angles without impacting stability.The upshot of this is that you can place your camera pretty much anywhere you want.The Benbo’s design redefines what a tripod is and for those who like low angles, ground level or overhead shots, macro or detail work or who regularly shoot on very uneven terrain, the Benbo design is truly liberating and a great option.The Trekker Mk. 3 can extend to a maximum height of 160cm and is rated for a maximum load capacity of 8kg. These figures may not sound that impressive next to the other tripods in this round up, but remember, this is a very different beast and the Trekker’s unique selling point is the flexibility it offers within these limits.

Using Your Creative Voice For Change

Rediscovering Your Creativity in Familiar Places

Demystifying Photographic Workflows: How to manage your photography better from start to finish

Storytelling & Filmmaking in Lockdown: What we learned whilst making our most ambitious film so far

Our Tips For Planning A Photography Project

Your needs in a tripod can vary greatly depending on what equipment you’re using and how you’re planning on using it.The best tripod might actually be a selection of different tripods! We have three very different tripods that we regularly work with – ranging from a massive, full-sized tripod that’s over a meter long when folded and close to 7kg to a super light weight carbon fibre travel tripod that can easily be tucked into the side pocket of a backpack. Each tripod has it’s place and, just like any other gear choices, our selection of which one to bring will depend on what we anticipate shooting.

The Anatomy of a Tripod and Features to Look Out For

A tripod consists of two main parts – the legs (and, if you want to be pedantic, the legs alone constitute the tripod) and the head.Within this basic plan, there are a wide range of different design variants.Most so called ‘travel tripods’ sacrifice height and stability to achieve a smaller, lighter product and some have come up with novel design features to help here.The legs on some travel tripods – like the Gitzo Traveller and Manfrotto Befree – can fold over the head to make the folded tripod more compact.Travel tripods also usually incorporate more telescopic leg sections to allow them to be smaller when collapsed. Certain models such as the Gitzo Traveler offer variants with different numbers of leg sections: The five-section version is a more compact design than the four-section version when folded. On the flip side, it will take longer to set up the five-section version, it doesn’t extend to the same height and it costs a bit more too.

Every tripod in this round up has a telescopic centre column. This is a great way to get some extra height when the tripod is fully extended – that’s especially relevant with travel tripods that don’t extend very high. However, extending the centre column also impacts stability – sometimes by a lot! It’s always better practice to extend the tripod’s legs as much as you can before you extend the centre column.We always try to get the positioning more or less correct with just the legs and then use a little centre column adjustment to fine tune things.

Size, Weight, Stability and Carrying Capacity

The recommendation always used to be that the best tripod was the heaviest one you could carry. This advice saw us both carrying around tripod and head combos that weighed north of 5kg early on in our careers. You can absolutely see the logic in this – you ideally want your camera to be immovable once mounted on the tripod – but we also need to offset this the realities of how much weight you can comfortably carry and also what you actually need the tripod to be able to support.

Camera gear is getting smaller and lighter! Twenty years ago, serious landscape photographers would routinely work with medium and large format film cameras.Ten years ago, DSLR cameras were dominant and today, mirrorless cameras are becoming the camera of choice (though there’s still plenty of people out there – us sometimes included – using older and even antique technology and processes to create unique images ). It’s perhaps a bit of an over-simplification, but it’s broadly true to say that each of these camera types has not just lost weight and bulk relative to the previous generation, but also introduced new technology to reduce the factors that lead to camera shake. With this in mind, a good tripod for a medium format film camera could well be complete overkill for a more modern mirrorless camera.

When choosing a tripod, we think it’s important to start by thinkingabout what you need it to be able to do: How much does your heaviest camera and lens actually weigh? Do you realistically need to very tall tripod when hiking? How important is low angle shooting?

The key factors to look for in any tripod are its sized – both folded and extended.But don’t just look at the tripod’s maximum height: also consider its minimum height. Consider its weight and how much it can support. If you’ve assessed your needs from a tripod as we previously suggested, making sense of manufacturer’s spec sheets can suddenly become a whole lot easier!

One other factor to bear in mind is that a tripod’s load bearing capacity should be considered an absolute maximum and will likely assume an ideal setup on level ground. It’s worth remembering this if you often find yourself shooting at extreme angles and in these instances a tripod rated for a heavier load than you need is worth considering.

Material – Aluminum vs Carbon Fibre

For a very long time, aluminium was the only choice when it came to tripods, but since the early 2000s, carbon fibre has emerged as an alternative material. When carbon tripods first appeared, there were some concerns about how durable they’d be in the long term, but the consensus now is that carbon is every bit as durable as aluminium in general use and we certainly have no issue with the durability of our carbon tripods. Many tripods are offered in both carbon and aluminium versions. The trade off here is usually pretty simple: aluminium costs less – sometimes a lot less – but weights more. Carbon is more expensive and lighter. There are some meaningful weight savings to be made with carbon – for example Manfrotto quotes 2.5kg vs 2kg respectively for the otherwise identical aluminium and carbon version of the three section 055, however, this weight saving almost doubles the RRP of the tripod! The bottom line is that if you can afford it, carbon is a worthwhile upgrade, but we think it shouldn’t be the only factor that influences your purchase decision.

Quick Release Plates and L Brackets

The days of screwing your camera directly onto a tripod head are long gone! All but the most basic of tripod heads will also incorporate some form of quick release.This takes two parts: a quick-release plate that attaches to your camera’s tripod socket and some sort of clamp on the tripod head to allow you to quickly attach and detach the camera. There’s a multitude of different options here – Manfrotto alone have offered at least four different proprietary quick release systems over the years!However, the Arca Swiss quick release system has emerged as the closest thing to an industry-wide standard in recent years as it provides a huge amount of versatility in terms of the size of the plates and locking clamp – so one system can be used for all sorts of hardware from the lightest compact camera up to the most massive super telephoto lens. A wide range of manufacturers now offer ‘Arca compatible’ quick release systems at a range of price points.

An L-Bracket takes the idea of a quick release plate one step further: it’s a device that cradles your camera and offers two quick release surfaces. The reason behind this is that you can change your camera between horizontal/landscape and vertical/portrait orientation without having to flip the tripod head into its ‘portrait mode’. This can really help to improve stability and we’d seriously recommend investing in an L bracket – especially if you use heavy lenses. They are available in different sizes for DSLR and mirrorless cameras and also for larger professional bodies used with a vertical grip .

Use Your Head – A Smart Upgrade

Many travel tripods come as a kit with a basic ball and socket head.The kit head is often a great starting point, but it’s also worth bearing in mind that a tripod works as a system with the attached head and the system is only as stable as the weakest element. If your tripod legs are rated to hold a 10kg load, but the attached tripod head is only rated to 2kg, then 2kg is your system’s limit! With this in mind, you’ll quickly realise that a lightweight head can undermine the stability of your entire support system.

If you’re new to the world of camera supports, it’s worth mentioning that tripod heads attach to legs via a standard 3/8 inch screw fixing, so you can easily mix and match heads and legs from different manufacturers. Tripod heads can get very expensive, but there’s also plenty of budget options that can really improve on the stability of the basic kit head as well as adding extra usable features.

Our lightest tripod is a Manfrotto Befree and we’ve upgraded the kit head to an Artcise PB40 . This inexpensive upgrade not only boosts the load capacity and stability of the system without adding much overall weight, but also adds a native Arca compatible quick release clamp and a separate pan control above the ball. We regularly produce stitched panoramas which require a levelled camera as a starting point and this second pan control is huge time-saver.

For Stills Photography, There are Three Main Types of Head:

Pan and tilt (or ‘3D’ or ‘three way’) heads offer separate controls panning as well as side to side and front to back tilt. They are characterised by having three prominent control levers.If weight and bulk were no question, we’d pick a high quality pan and tilt head over a ball head any day (in fact, we think the Manfrotto 229 s might be the best tripod head ever made), as they allow quick and precise positioning of the camera and a long control handle acts as a lever to make positioning heavy camera/lens combos a breeze. However, weight and bulk are most definitely an issue, so we reserve the pan and tilt head – usually paired with a heavy-duty set of legs – for those times when we know we don’t have to hike far.

Geared heads are basically pan and tile heads with extra fine control over the movements provided by gearing. Some landscape photographers – especially those working with ultra-specialised (and ultra-costly!) technical camerasfrom the likes of Phase One and Alpa – swear by these, but we personally find them either too big, heavy, expensive, fragile or slow to work with for travel photography.

Leg Locks and Speed of Use

As with all photo equipment, you need to consider ease and speed of use. One point about tripods that is often overlooked, but which we think is critically important is the leg locking mechanism.There are two main types: twist locks (as featured on the Gitzo traveller – indeed on the entire Gitzo range) are reliant on screw threads whilst flip locks (as featured on the Manfrotto 055) are simply hinged levers.Which type you prefer is a personal choice – in fact, you may not have strong feelings either way, but we’ll be blunt: we much prefer flip locks!

You should also consider how the tripod will fit in with the kind of environments you photograph in: if you regularly work in very cold places, you should look out for oversized controls that are easy to operate with gloves on.

If you regularly need to work quickly, then a tripod with fewer leg sections will absolutely be quicker to set up.

Disclaimer: This article contains Affiliate Links. You won’t pay any more for buying through these links, but we may receive a commission from any purchases made through them. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. If you choose to support us by buying through our links, we thank you as it helps us to continue providing the resources we do to help you enjoy the outdoors more!

Tested: Four travel tripods for every budget

Although image stabilization technology has come along in leaps and bounds over the past few years, there are few things you can do to improve your low-light or telephoto images more than mounting your camera on a tripod. But many tripods are heavy and bulky, making them inconvenient to bring along on longer hikes or when traveling by air. That's where the humble travel tripod comes to the rescue.

In this review we compare the following travel tripods:

MeFoto BackPacker S - $159.95 list / ~$120 street
Manfrotto BeFree Advanced - $324.99 list / ~$280 street
Peak Design Travel Tripod - $599.95 list / ~$600 street
Gitzo Traveler Series 1 - $1014.99 list / ~$600 street

Travel tripods are available across a very wide price range, from consumer models that cost not much more than $100 to professional-grade ones that can run into the high hundreds of dollars or more. But is it worth spending that extra cash, and can you expect a significantly better experience from a more expensive tripod? To find out, we rounded up a selection of name-brand carbon-fiber travel tripods spanning the pricing gamut for an in-depth, side-by-side comparison.

In many respects, all four tripods have a lot in common. They all come with quick-release plates that you can leave attached to your camera for quicker setup, for example. And they all have reversible center columns which also let you shoot straight downwards, something that can be handy for macro shooting in particular.

They also share locks and/or safety pins to help prevent your camera accidentally being disconnected, and sandbag hooks either at the end of the center column or on the side of the spider, from which you can hang some weight for extra stability. (Just remember to include this weight along with that of your chosen camera and lens when determining your required payload!)

In this review, we'll focus mostly on how these four tripods differ from each other, and their advantages and disadvantages in real-world shooting. Read on to find out how they performed, and which was our favorite.

1 Introduction
2 MeFoto BackPacker S
3 Manfrotto BeFree Advanced
4 Peak Design Travel Tripod
5 Gitzo Traveler Series 1
6 Conclusion

I know this is two years old article but... Gitzo is an etalon of tripod legs stiffness. Now I have the Gitzo 1545T that has excellent legs stiffness. But I also have an old Velbon EL Carmagne 540 and its stiffness is basically the same. Gitzo is more compact but the weight is almost same. Please do not compare Velbon El Carmagne series tripods with Velbon tripods from the Walmart. These are absolutely different "animals".

Nice review! My company producing photographic equipment including differnt types of tripods. How to contact you about cooperation? Thank you.

We have more than 16 years' OEM&ODM experience for many well-known brands.

The PD Travel Tripod would have been a truly great tripod if it had had just four leg sections instead of five. It's light, compact, ergonomically very good and stiff. Stiff, until you pull out the fifth leg sections, that is. Then it becomes flimsy and that is a pity for such a great product. I love mine nevertheless, but if a four section version became available, I would gladly accept the extra pack length and trade it in.

This is a decent selection of tripods. Very mainstream brands, other than Peak Design.

I would like to see DPReview build on this article by reviewing some other brands--Leophoto or FLM for example. Let's find out if some of these smaller makers are producing better tripods.

A folded diameter of 1cm for Traveler seems a bit low :)

What a waste. Any budget? How about including a $75 Slik Sprint? Sirui and Benro make some nice tripods that would fit into prices between the ones listed too.

I carry a Benro Slim CF, mostly because my local shop had one open box for $100 and I needed one. I was actually going to buy the Mefoto BackPacker, but the price on the Benro was too good to pass up & it felt a bit sturdier.

What I'd really like to see is a shoot out between two well known and TALENTED photographers both using a $600 travel tripod and a $40 travel tripod. My prediction would be that there would be no difference in the results.

Then let's really quantify the results based on making them have the choice of carrying around these tripods for 1 month and see how many times they left the $600 tripod at home.

Certainly no difference if studio and flash lightening.

Hmm... well known and TALENTED photographers generally (hopefully!) make a decent living from their photography and therefore invest in gear that gets the job done and only has to be bought once. So, they'd already have the $600 (or $1200) travel tripod and might say "if you can afford one, buy this brand then stop shopping and start shooting." No $40 tripod would be bothered with.

Of course, we should all be expected to make the best use of whatever we have available, even a $40 tripod. Will it be enjoyable (or profitable)?

With my Element Big Traveller Manfrotton made an effort to comply with current trends by having an ARCA head plate. But the plate screw heads protruded by about 2mm so you cannot slide camera on like my other equipment – has to be fully open to drop it in vertically. While Manfrotto’s response was disappointing my solution, not available to most, was to get a friend with a lathe to machine down screw heads so they were flush. Also I can only fit it into supplied bag if you reverse the ball head which is very tedious. Suppose it was to get the headline overall length down.

I have to say that I was a bit surprised when I purcahased one of the MeFoto tripods. For what you pay, they're actually quite good and in some cases, only slightly cheaper than the crap you find at places like BestBuy and WalMart (the Sunpack or Platinum branded ones for example).

I also like my Sirui A1205 CF tripod I got for about $200. Although it does have the double-column, it still a good travel tripod, quite light for hiking/carrying around, and sturdy (you do have to really lock down the columns to make sure it's steady, but it's not bad for $200).

I'd say if you're on a budget the aluminum tripods from MeFoto are quite good for the money. I had a RoadTrip aluminum as my primary travel tripod for years. Upgraded to the Sirui last year because I wanted CF. Thinking of getting a really small MeFoto tripod for urbexing....

I have had only 2 tripods for over 60 years of amateur work. They cost no where near that. I replaced the last one when some how the camera mounting screw fell out and could not be replaced. I never used a quick mounting plate. My new one, with a brAnd name Kodak, seems great, nice and stable, light and easy to carry. But, it can be used only with the quick release mount. Seems it wouldn't be a problem, but I just tried to mount my 35 mm F mount lens with FTZ onto my Nikon Z50 and found I had to remove the rapid release, the mount blocked the FTZ, which has its own tripod mount female. A minor nuisance, but a nuisanse any way.

@Mike Tomkins "Much flimsier than the other travel tripods in this review"

How was this tested and what impact does this have to picture taking?

I bought a Benro IT25 last year, had several good reviews. Have not used it in the real wild, but it works ok for my casual use.

Nice and useful in travel

"Four travel tripods for every budget" with 2 of them @ $600.00 LOL

How about "4 travel tripods under $100"?

I'll look at the guy's pictures who is carrying around a beat up, duct taped, cheap tripod before some gear head, no talent poser with a $600 'travel' tripod. Creating compelling images has little to do with spending ridiculous amounts of money for a tripod that folds down to 17 inches instead of 21.

Oh and one more thing Mike Tomkins you're based in Tennesee and your readers are 97% based in the USA. What is CM? Your tape measure is really metric? Really?

The sooner the USA comes across to the metric system, the better off you will be. 2020 is a good time to learn.

When a country using the metric system walks on the moon, I'll consider it.

Going by China’s progress you have 4 years. Based on what I know of the USA you should have started considering it about 6 years ago.

You don't seem to realise that most technical and scientific fields, especially NASA, do all their primary work in metric? Sometimes, to present to the great unwashed American public, it might require translation back into that archaic imprecise, error-prone Imperial measure. Photog sensor pixels, like silicon IC, are measured in nanometers not millionths of an inch or whatever. Micrograms, nanograms, picograms etc. Even scifi has advanced more than the 'real' America. I don't know about the very first series but Star Trek TNG went metric, as has every movie. I can't remember Kubrick's 2001 but Arthur C. Clarke would have advised him that the future, especially in space, was metric. Finally, even Imperial measures are now officially/legally defined in metric terms (for the same reason metric was invented--it's the only way to do it accurately and reproducibly) so in a very real-world sense, every American measure is metric, just laboriously converted to an arcane clumsy proxy.

"You don't seem to realise that most technical and scientific fields, especially NASA, do all their primary work in metric?"

Who said I don't realize that? What's that got to do with a website who's readers are 97% from the USA using the metric system? Makes about as much sense as him publishing the article in German.

mfinley: "Makes about as much sense as him publishing the article in German."

That only makes sense if NASA scientists use German (of course in the early days several crucial ones did, but being Germans they also spoke impeccable English). NASA actually speaks metric. Any and every American with a technical education or vocation speaks metric. What you show is that while your experts who put those men on the moon speak in the sole modern 'language' of science, the American public are stuck with baby (and babel) speech. As I said, even Star Trek does! So yes, it is good and appropriate that technical magazines--even populist ones like DPR--use the primary 'language' 100% used in this technical speciality. Instead of pretending it is otherwise. But then 40% of Americans are anti-vaxxers so what can be done with such people? It's just another 'mileage' marker on your route to a failed state.

Antivaxers? what are you going on about? NASA scientists? Technicians? Star Trek? This is an article about tripods not splitting the atom.

mfinley "This is an article about tripods not splitting the atom."

Then why did you bring up the moon landing? Answer: because you thought scientific sophistication and achievement was somehow done using Imperial measures, but as I pointed out, that is quite untrue, eg. by NASA. Remember their $100m accident that was due to a utterly unnecessary conversion between the two? (Someone inadvertently applied the non-metric data and the thing blew up.) You can deny it all you like but the reality is that the world is metric, including almost all American scientific and technical activity. Instead of fighting it, why don't you try training yourself in the universal language of science? (I think Thomas Friedman has the answer to that: "as dumb as we wanna be".)

"{You can deny it all you like but the reality is that the world is metric, including almost all American scientific and technical activity. Instead of fighting it, why don't you try training yourself in the universal language of science? "

Who cares what the rest of the world is using? You do understand that " "The rest of the world" doesn't read DPRreview don't you?

Why do you assume I don't know the metric system? We learned the metric system here in the 1980s it was taught in all the schools. This is the USA we did not choose to adopt it just as we didn't choose to adopt French as the national language.

So again, why do you publish an article using the metric system where 97% of the audience doesn't use the metric system? Why not publish it in Swahili too, that makes just about as much sense.

Americans sometimes get confused and think the world revolves around them. The reality is that the 97% statistic is wrong, and this site is global (after starting out in a metric country). The USA doesn't even have a national language, can you start on that after you go Metric?

Only two countries use the US system, Liberia and the USA, this is around 400M, the other 7.1Billion do not understand the concept of inches or miles.

Metric is the logical choice for all progressive countries.

mfinley: Why not publish it in Swahili too, that makes just about as much sense.

That would be true if 97% of the world spoke Swahili. It's funny logic because it you who is trying to justify using archaic measures which the vast majority of the world abandoned a century ago. You are the Swahili speakers! Also, how do you explain adopting a metric currency system?

Are you re-tarded or something? Who cares is 97% of the world uses the metric system? 97% or the readers of this website DON'T. Hard-headed, in denial or just butt hurt that as usual the world revolves around everything the USA does.

Let me guess, you or someone in your family own blue jeans, wear Nike shoes, you use I-tunes, owns an I-phone, wear clothing with US company logos on it, somebody in your family drives a Ford, search the internet using Google, use email, watch movies made in Hollywood, listen to music made by celebrities in the US, can name more people in American politics than I can, you drink Coca-Cola, somebody in your family has eaten at McDonalds this month.... in other words, the majority of your life or people in our family's lives, what you do on a daily basis revolves around what the USA makes, or sells or puts out in the world, but you want to pretend you are aloof? Funny,funny stuff in your pretend reality.

Remember how it works - we lead, you follow.

Oh I forgot, let's add - you've likely ordered something from Amazon and have a Netflix subscription.

Mfinley, and after your little rant....... you are still too insecure to accept Metric.

Thanks for playing along.

Yes that is it, I'm insecure to accept it. That's what the butcher said to me when I ordered 200grams of cheese, he said what the hell is a gram? I tried to explain it but he didn't want to go buy another scale just for me. When the cop pulled me over and said I was going 15 miles per hour over the speed I said that can't be right, can you give that to me in kilometers over the speed limit? He said no, this is America we use imperial miles. Same thing when I went to the hardware store and told them I needed 4.6 meters of rope, they said something wierd like we sell rope in feet and inches. I asked them to sell it to me in meters but they said I would have to come back in a few years after they ordered a metric tape measure.

But yes, you're so right, I live in a non-metric country but it's correct to say I'm insecure because I don't use the metric system while the rest of the population uses Imperial, that makes so much sense. That really cleared things up for me thanks

Mfinley, you’re still struggling, ill try to help.

Your LOCAL, butcher, Police and Hardware are suitably isolated from the world outside your State and National borders, this means they can operate outside of the metric system without confusing anyone locally (thankfully).

Dpreview is an INTERNATIONAL website, it makes little sense to impose a system that only two countries in the world use. The other 193 countries would get confused.

Almost all camera equipment is produced in metric speaking countries,

What imperial focal lengths are your lenses measured in? What’s the flange distance of your favorite camera in inches? What diameter is the front element on your favorite lens in inches? What size is your camera sensor size in inches?

Even RRS understand the need to speak metric.

If this is hard, you may not want to look at what size the tyres/tires are on your car?

I thought we were done already, but you go ahead, be special and have the last word....

So silly. International? Statistically nope.

DPRreview.com stats 94.7% North America 8.93M page view Avg. Visit Duration 3:44 Pages per Visit 4.61 Top Referring Sites: feedly.com15.06% my.yahoo.com9.03% amazon.com4.77% juzaphoto.com4.58% digicame-info.com4.20% 99.98% Organic search 0.02% Paid Top 5 Organic keywords dpreview4.63% sony a7c0.41% camera comparison0.33% nikon z6 ii0.33% dp review0.32%

Australia bite the bullet and adopted the Metric System progressively from 1966 and the road signs were converted in 1974 resulting in a marginal increased in speed limit 60 MPH became 100 KPH. I was going through University then and we had to deal with imperial units to metric units conversions such as Psi to kPa half way through my engineering bachelor degree !!!

I have three main criteria for a travel tripod. It must be less than 14.5" (36.8cm) so that I can carry it inside one of my camera bags (typically the Lowepro Mini Trekker). WIth or without the head attached. It must be light, and thus carbon fiber. And if it comes with a head, it must be Arca compatible.

The reason it must fit within the camera bag is simple; I don't want to accidentally hit someone with a tripod attached to the outside of my bag. Yes, sometimes I am in the country and I don't have to worry. But sometimes I am in the city, and I do have to worry.

It must be light, of course, so carbon fiber is a must.

And it must be Arca, because I have custom Arca base plates on all of my cameras and on the tripod supports of the longer lenses.

And so I personally have two options: a Sirui T-025x for ultra portable use, and a Promaster T525P with Acratech head (the head is carried separately). I usually use the Promaster.

By the cheapest that works for you. It's like buying a cane.

That may be true if you are on a very tight budget and have to have a tripod right now. But I have been through my share of cheap tripods. I finally said to heck with it and got a RRS. That or Gitzo or FLM....

They sell $150 hammers to pound nails. It isn't so much being on a tight budget, it's just that I don't use a hammer enough to warrant the price.

Then you are a smart person. You would be not smart to spend 1400 bucks on a RRS tripod and head if you don't shoot with a tripod a lot. I shoot with a tripod a lot....

K&F Concept tripod is more than enough for most people.

What.... I just saw this.... Big mistake DPR. Rare for you. What are you thinking? You said for any budget. Plus you included the Gitzo so that opens it up for RRS and the best travel tripod in the world (by far) is the Really Right Stuff TFC-14 Mark II. It has been the best for many years and in 2018 they came out with the second version of it. The BH-30 LR ball head goes with this it and has the quick lever release. And no travel tripod should ever have a center column! I don't care how tall you are. When you travel, you bend down a little if you have to. That is one of the sacrifices to get compact and light stability. Center columns are a huge no-go, especially for light travel tripods. Greg Johnson San Antonio, Texas https://www.flickr.com/photos/139148982@N02/albums

@Greg7579 "And no travel tripod should ever have a center column!"

Why? The center column can come in very handy in some situations, especially for a short travel tripod. One does not need absolute stability in every situation and even then, no tripod actually provides this.

Tsai, I have been a photographer for a long time and I must say I totally disagree with you. Center columns on a travel tripod is a rookie mistake for so many reasons.

Like what, vibration? Yaw? Bragging rights? RARELY a problem, even with my $15 Walmart hand cranked center column tripod, which I bought as a disposable during a trip but ended up bringing home. Would be nice to tote my geared head and center column tripod for pixel shifted hi-res images but that 40lb beast is married to my 8x10 "Green Monster". It pretty much stays at home.

"One does not need absolute stability in every situation and even then, no tripod actually provides this."

Good argument. I use a tripod also just because it helps me with the composition and not because I have to keep the camera steady. Here stability is obviously not a requirement. But most of the time a tripod is used, it is fair to assume that stability is a requirement.

Having said that, I can see that a geared, self-locking center column makes a lot of sense on a studio tripod which never leaves the photo studio. Set the tripod base low and use the geared & self-locking center column to select the desired height. Some weight is here advantageous because the tripod then doesn’t topple easily. Somewhat also true for a solid (heavy) field tripod, for example, when used for field work with a large (heavy!) large format camera. But after reading The Center Column's results regarding center columns effect of stability (link https://bit.ly/3nKPCMo) I agree that a truly lightweight tripod should not have a center column. Somewhat is a catch-22 situation: if truly lightweight enough then the center column is too unstable, if heavy enough that the center column is stable, then it's not lightweight enough!

$1000 for a tripod are you friggin smoking crack?

Thats small change for a Leica owner

I just got the Novoflex TrioBalance Q6/9, I think that it is the best and most versatile you can get for your money, I was very lucky to find it, because unfortunally it is no longer in production ? Though Novoflex still have it in a picture on their homepage, the one to the left in the upper photo here... https://www.novoflex.de/en/products-637/camera-support-systems/triopod.html I can see it is still listed in some photoshop dealers... https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1298133-REG/novoflex_riobal_o_6_8_tripod_base_with_integrated.html

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YUJJgIU6a9M&list=PLokEyThO0pfPurpmzdFrCq246amUmF9L0&index=179

The Center Column has the Manfrotto ranking as one of the worst travel tripods. They use stiffness as one of the basis for their scoring and the BeFree Advanced has one of the poorest stiffness ratings which means potentially lots of vibration. That would be the one travel tripod I would stay from.

Very interesting reading though the comments and many personal recommendations.

IMO, one big factor many commenters fail to consider in their personal recommendations is that the tallness of the user plays a big role. A short person might be perfectly happy with a short and hence lightweight tripod - which most travel tripods are - while a tall person might need much more height for a comfortable working height.

I am 6'5" and really need at least 70" maximum height in a tripod. Quite challenging to find a "travel" tripod that is reasonable stable and is 70" plus in height!

The Manfrotto is the best. Only 4cm folded :)

For me the folded size is the most important. I can live with extra 100-200 grams but i want my tripod to fit in a small backpack when traveling.

Too bad you didn’t review a Leophoto tripod. The Ranger tripods are very high quality for a good price.

Why repost an old review as new?

I like this one for longer hikes, Rollei compact traveler no 1 carbon, lightweight and only 97 Euros.

https://www.rollei.com/collections/reisestative/products/carbon-stativ-compact-traveler-no-1

got off brand carbon fiber Q888C travel tripod for $140. old bogen 3028/3221 is used otherwise, couldnt be happier with both. sirui also make great tripods.

It's worth noting that you can easily address the lack of pano panning on the Peak Design head without replacing it entirely...

A panning clamp (eg Sunwayfoto DDH-05 or 07) can be clipped in on the fly atop the existing PD head, not only would this be cheaper (~$50) and add less bulk than a whole new head, but it would have some advantages over the panning function of most standard heads. Namely it'll let you use the existing head for leveling before panning via the added clamp.

I still wish PD had an alternate/larger head with this built in, but this solution has been very satisfactory for me and I'd easily take it over most heads with panning on the bottom... On my previous Sirui legs (T-1205X) I was using a small Sunway head (XB-28 II) which had a tiny panning clamp (even smaller than their DDH series) built into the head's ARCA clamp atop the stem.

I think RRS has a bunch of broad patents on pano clamps and that's why designs like that aren't more common.

I have 3 Tripods, an Innorel RT80C for when I need really steady, a Viking something or other for modest walking/hiking with my canon 5d's, and a Benro for when I travel light with my 2 canon m's ( infrared and normal). The most expensive was my Innorel at around € 140 and it's a beast, and they're all carbon fibre. Why not have a roundup of the cheap end of the market whether it be travel Tripods or big buggers?

Isn't this just a repost of an earlier article? And what about 3 Legged Thing? The Winston and Patti Tripods are my favorites, are lower cost than some of these options, and offer a lot of reliability, performance, and value.

Sirui - by far best value for money

Some ODM products are actually very decent, I paid a bit over $100 for a Fotopro X-4CE, which is actually just a slight upgrade to an Amazon brand tripod, but IIRC it's the lightest carbon fiber tripod on the market at 760g, and the build is solid.

One thing in the Peak Design's favour, which I don't think was mentioned: the extremely short minimum distance between camera platform and tripod shoulder point, which is the most stable point on any tripod. The more distance there is between the lens and this point, the more any vibrations are magnified. The other tripods (especially the Gitzo and MePhoto) with supplied heads are quite poor in this regard, effectively forcing the photographer to use a minimum extension of what looks like around 16cm. Tripods are important tools for many of us, so I'm glad that DPR did this review - I'd appreciate more on this area. I get a bit sick of reading about AF tracking and video specs, which are of zero importance for me, while important tools like tripods are covered very sparsely.

That’s why I have repeatedly commented and lobbied for technical tests by DPR. They have done them in the past. You may be right about shoulder point but another deficiency like Peaks unique head might be a problem. You just won’t know till you use objective scientific based testing.

Thanks for the comparisons. I'm lugging around a GT5542LS because when I need a tripod it must be a rock solid support that gets a viewfinder up to my eye. I have a far lighter (and far cheaper) Manfrotto 190 that, for various reasons, is left collecting dust under the stairs. If the Traveler Series 1 really is solid with no cost-cutting fiddly bits that break/fall off, I'd give it a go when my pack mule dies.

I think the table on the first page is wrong - it says the Gitzo is 1cm when folded - I very much doubt that.

Got a Cullman Carvao 816 TC. Useful for light(er) gear only.

ah we all get a prize..,

The Gitzo 0545t or 1555T could have been a good competitor in this field. Lighter than the 1545T but not as high max. Sturdy as well though.

Yup I have a GT1555 and a RRS BH25 ballhead. Excellent travel tripod and it fits sideways in a carry-on suitcase.

The Gitzo is really 42.5 x 1 cm ??? 1 cm?

Manfrotto BeFree Advanced Manfrotto.com | $324.99 (~$280 street)

No major retailer is selling this at "street" right now. Hmm.

I mean the GK-100-T

Whilst I have a 40-year-old Manfrotto tripod for work near the car boot (trunk), I have a Vesta 203AP for long hikes. It cost next to nothing (it paid for free parking at the mall). It is really sturdy and comes with a compact head and sets up in seconds.

https://www.vanguardworld.com/products/vesta-203ap

Manfrotto tripods have always been the best looking and most creative.

How come this months-old article turns up again?

My comment: Slik Sprint Mini III, $80, 33.5 x 8 x 8 cm, 860 g.

Personally I have and use the even more compact version I which, unfortunately, isn't made anymore. Wouldn't want to carry anything heavier when travelling.

Because we're repromoting some of the useful content published earlier in the year as we get close to the end of the month and things start to slow down.

Candor appreciated. I look forward to technical testing of tripods in the future.

@Barney Britton: Nothing to say against per se. With the surreptitious way in which you do it, not even a hint that it's a rehash except if someone would actually look at the date, you're fooling people into thinking they were seeing new stuff. Bad style for a journalistic product. Something one might perhaps expect from those mirror sites the makers of which can hardly write a proper English sentence, but not a serious site like dpreview.

Sorry if this has caused any confusion. The fact that it's a previously-published piece of content is clearly mentioned on the homepage, and the publication date is the first piece of information after the headline.

We're not a 'mirror site', as you know. And periodically re-surfacing group tests / roundups is something we've done for years. We only do it with 'evergreen' content that might otherwise be hard to find for casual site visitors.

First, sorry if this came across less nice than it should have been. And there's no need to be sorry except for your own reputation among readers who care about such things, or who are misled to comment on an old article as if it was a new one. My own "confusion" was limited, and my post was for your sake, not for mine.

You think it's ok because you've been doing it for years? Are you aware of the fact that there are other ways to reach your content than starting with your homepage, one of them being your own RSS feed? Can't remember when it was the last time I intentionally brought up your homepage. If I had to follow all my news channels by going through their home pages, I'd need to stop following most of them. And people don't look at the publishing date of an article on the top of the list to make sure it's not yesterday's news. Don't want to boast, but when someone who has been an internet professional for 25 years is fooled by this, I guess some others will be, too.

Barney, if it is a republication, then why didn't you learn from me and include the best travel tripod in the world (by far - not even close)? Didn't I tell you guys that last time and you said it was too expensive? But now you included the expensive Gitzo! That opens up the review for the best tripod in the world.... RRS. Come on....

You mean the new $1,400 Ascend-14? You'll be happy to know that I'm working on a writeup of that right now...

Barney, I didn't even know about that new tripod! Wow, just looked at it. I don't know much about it except the advert. But it has some kind of integrated head? I don't like that it has a center column. But worth a look and it is super compact and strong. Anyway, I was talking about the old tried and true great travel tripod Really Right Stuff TFC 14 with BH-30 ball head. I also have the TFC 24 with BH-40 ball head, but that is for more at home.

Yeah it's pretty fun, very full-featured. I'm hoping to have something written up soon.

Obviously the FLM CP38-L5 II is my choice of travel tripod. Obviously it is a much heavier and larger tripod than what the 'travel' category is defined of. Let me share my reasoning. Travel means to get to a place where one will probably never go again. Maybe few more occasions. So the relative chance of creating a reasonably good photograph is already thin. Why would any sane person lower that chance by using suboptimal tool when she/he travels/hikes to those exotic locations? How big is the weight gain? 1.5 kgs maybe? There are so many other ways to shave off that weight from a backpack...

"moTmeN" Never heard of FLM before reading your comment. Took a look at their website and ordered the FLM CP30-L4 II right away. With tripod head, maximum height is 70" plus without having to use a center column.

Completely agree with your reasoning why a suboptimal tripod won't do it.

The folded dimensions of the Gitzo are impressive! 42.5 x 1 cm

https://thecentercolumn.com/rankings/travel-tripod-rankings/ a more scientific approach to measuring the charactersitics of tripod (and heads)

Travel tripod reviews + no folded dimension = fail

and 'inch'? Nobody in photo uses that anymore.

dan_darkroom Just a quibble of course—as basically I agree , but not quite nobody. There are 1 inch sensors

I did a ton of research, read a ton of reviews and finally went with the Sirui ET-2204 Carbon Fiber Tripod with K-20 Ball Head. Yeah, it's over 1kg but if you plan to use a FF and long Tele on your travels, not having your camera do a face plant with your uber light travel pod should be high on the priority list. This thing just feels rock solid when setup, it has a hook to hang a weight or you bag on to stabilize it, and isn't bad at all to carry. That and the price is hard to beat for what you get. I wanted flip locks and carbon, light but able to carry a FF and heavy Tele. This was the best bang for the buck I found.

If you are going to hike with a M43 or APSC and short primes or wide's, I suppose some of the lighter pods might be worth considering, but I'm feeling like a tripod still has to be stable to be worth carrying, especially for long exposures, otherwise I might as well just rely on the IBIS and leave the tripods at home... or just carry a mono pod.

Can recommend the Cullmann Mundo 522TC, if you want something really light and compact without spending a fortune.

These are ridiculous tripods. Expensive and made from carbon fibre and all still manage to be well over a kilo. If you are travelling and you are not weight sensitive, get something decently sturdy and accept that it will weight nearer 2 kilos. But if you're really travelling, anything over 1kg is just bogging you down. If you can afford the weight and you want something practical, take extra water instead.

Sunpak makes some very nice tripods for under $30. My guess is you couldn't see the difference in the resulting photos.

I have a handful of tripods, MSRP from $70 to $200, and all of them are annoying to use in one way or another, but the $70 tripod is the worst from a photographic standpoint - flexible legs and undersized ballhead mean that anytime even a moderately sized lens is put on the front - say, my 450g Olympus 14-54 lens - the camera sags, ruining my framing. Not worth using with a telephoto at all. The reverse folding tripod is finicky and surprisingly heavy, and my carbon fiber tripod is light, but is significantly longer than the other two (without being much taller when extended).

If I traveled with a tripod on a regular basis (or got paid for my photography), I'd love to have something like the Peak or the Gitzo - and having experienced cheap and mid priced tripods, I'm betting they'll make up their cost in fewer headaches and annoyances.

You can't tell the difference in the resulting photos -- because the person with the $30 Sunpak will never get them because they're wrestling with their tripod, or it's misaligned, or the lens has drooped, or whatever. It's not a matter of image quality -- it's "do you get the shot or not?"

I bought one of these cheapie tripods when I was on the road from a small town Wal-Mart in a "better something than nothing" moment, after my Arca-Swiss plate went missing and I couldn't find a replacement, and carried it for a couple of miles through Badlands.

It was a *nightmare* to wrestle with -- three times the size and bulk of my other one, yet a third as stable. Once I started shooting nightscapes it was a royal pain to get set up -- if I had to work quickly I'd have missed shots.

I don't have an expensive tripod -- but those $30 Sunpak plasticy tripods are awful. My g/f uses the MeFoto in this article: it's fine (holds her 300/2.8 in a pinch!), and a huge step up from a Wal-Mart tripod.

BBS - You clearly haven't tried to mount a professional DSLR and a 100-400mm lens on a $30.00 Tripod! Not gonna work, no way no how.

If you buy a cheap tripod, you buy twice. Been there done that.

You can get a remarkably good picture with a cheap lens -- like a $25 pawn shop nifty fifty.

You can get a remarkably good picture with a cheap tripod.

A cheap lens can be friendly to work with.

A cheap tripod makes you want to throw it off of a cliff.

This is conclusion of every review of photographic equipment ever written:

"size and load-bearing capabilities come at a cost, because it's also the heaviest in the group, and the largest once folded"

You can substitute any terms you want; aperture, weight, length, battery life, resolution, expected lifespan, cost, bit depth, repair service, fps.... but the result is always the same. Yet it's always surprising how many people object to this simple equation. As more states in the US legalize marijuana I expect more photographic consumers to cut their ties with reality.

Haha - you should try reading Laura Kuenssberg's political analyses on the BBC. The grand mistress of the closing caveat.

I. usually enjoy discovering new writers but a look at her bio indicates she’s yet another high born parasite and a ranking member of BBC royalty, the most odious kind of media hypocrite. She pretends to report on the leering, greasy-chinned viscounts and the remorseless, sociopathic billionaires of England’s ruling class while never letting on that they’re her friends and neighbors.

I'll go for the rock solid stability. That's the whole point of a tripod or else why even bother.

Latest in-depth reviews

The Fujifilm X100VI is the sixth iteration of Fujifilm's classically-styled large sensor compact. A 40MP X-Trans sensor, in-body stabilization and 6.2K video are the major updates, but do they make the camera better?

The Panasonic Lumix S5II launched the second generation of Panasonic’s full-frame mirrorless camera system and was the first Panasonic to feature phase detect autofocus. As our review reveals, it’s a heck of an all-around camera for both still and video shooters.

The latest Lumix puts a Four Thirds sensor in a full-frame body with boosted AF and a wealth of stills and video capabilities to create a Swiss Army Knife of a Micro Four Thirds camera.

The fourth camera in Leica's SL series of full-frame mirrorless cameras sees the 60MP BSI sensor from the Q3 and M11 models arrive with a significant interface redesign.

Nikon Zf review: updated with video reel and impressions

The Nikon Zf is a 24MP full-frame mirrorless camera with classic looks that brings significant improvements to Nikon's mid-price cameras. We just shot a sample reel to get a better feel for its video features and have added our impressions to the review.

Latest buying guides

What’s the best camera for around $2000? This price point gives you access to some of the most all-round capable cameras available. Excellent image quality, powerful autofocus and great looking video are the least you can expect. We've picked the models that really stand out.

What's the best camera for travel? Good travel cameras should be small, versatile, and offer good image quality. In this buying guide we've rounded-up several great cameras for travel and recommended the best.

If you want a compact camera that produces great quality photos without the hassle of changing lenses, there are plenty of choices available for every budget. Read on to find out which portable enthusiast compacts are our favorites.

'What's the best mirrorless camera?' We're glad you asked.

Above $2500 cameras tend to become increasingly specialized, making it difficult to select a 'best' option. We case our eye over the options costing more than $2500 but less than $4000, to find the best all-rounder.

Nikon's Nikkor Z 600mm F6.3 VR S is a lightweight super telephoto

This year is DPReview's 25th anniversary. Naturally, we've been thinking a lot about cameras from the past quarter century and even beyond, so we asked current and former DPReview editors to tell us what cameras got them started in photography. Find out what they told us.

The sky isn’t the limit: Six tips to capture intimate landscapes and smaller scenes

When shooting landscapes, it's easy to chase classic scenes involving bold sunrises and moody clouds. In this article, we explore an alternative approach that looks beyond sweeping vistas to focus on smaller moments that are less likely to be replicated by other photographers.

Apple launches new iPads, apps and accessories aimed at media creators: Here's what you need to know

At its "Let Loose" event on Tuesday, Apple introduced new iPad Pros with OLED displays, a pro-oriented camera app for shooting video, an updated version of Final Cut Pro for iPad and more.

Google mid-priced Pixel 8a brings processor and feature boost to familiar cameras

The Pixel 8a uses the same sensors as its predecessor but with the Tensor G3 processor and features from the more expensive Pixel 8.

Hasselblad announces XCD 25mm F2.5 ultra-wideangle for medium format cameras

Hasselblad has announced the XCD 25mm F2.5, an ultra-wideangle lens for its X-system cameras.

Viltrox announces AF 16mm F1.8 Z, a fast, ultra-wide lens for Z-mount

Viltrox has formally announced the release of its AF 16mm F1.8 Z lens, a fast, wide autofocus prime lens for full-frame Z-mount cameras. It joins the lineup next to Viltrox's existing AF 16mm F1.8 lens for Sony E-mount.

Has the X100VI taken a little too much from Fujifilm's other cameras?

In the process of reviewing the X100VI, the reviewer found himself pondering whether it could be even better if it did less.

Test reel roundup: Video samples you may have missed

We've been pretty busy testing cameras over the past few weeks. Here's a quick roundup of video test reels we've shot recently for those who may have missed them.

Firmware update roundup: Fujifilm, Nikon, Sony and Panasonic

Updates from Fujifilm, Nikon, Sony and Panasonic help expand their cameras' capabilities.

We want to see your best bird photos: DPReview Editors' Challenge

In honor of World Migratory Bird Day, we want to see your best bird photos. It's going to get stork raving mad, but moving with no egrets to present your im-peck-able best would be eggcellent.

We paired the Viltrox AF 40mm F2.5 with a Nikon Z7 and took photos from rain-soaked Seattle to the high desert of central Oregon. Check out our sample gallery to see how this inexpensive lens performed.

Question of the week: If you could update one camera from the past, what would it be?

Every week, we ask newsletter subscribers a question about gear, creativity or life. This week we looked back in time to ponder which classic cameras are overdue for a comeback.

Peakto Search for Lightroom Classic: Using AI to search the contents of your photos

Peakto Search, a new plug-in for Lightroom Classic on macOS, uses AI tech to index your photos so you can perform searches across one or more catalogs using descriptive text prompts or visual similarity to other images.

A nature photography tour of Madagascar, part 2: The Red Tsingy

In part two of his photography tour of Madagascar, landscape photographer Erez Marom introduces us to the visually stunning Red Tsingy.

Viltrox announces AF 40mm F2.5 Z, a full-frame autofocus prime lens for Z-mount

The small, lightweight prime lens features internal focusing and EXIF communication with Nikon Z-mount cameras. (Includes sample gallery.)

7Artisans announces AF50mm F1.8 for Nikon Z mount

7Artisans has revealed a full-frame autofocus 50mm F1.8 lens for Nikon's Z mount. It will be available soon at a price of $228.

7Artisans launches $130 APS-C 27mm F2.8 for Sony E mount

7Artisans has announced a $130 27mm F2.8 autofocus lens for Sony APS-C E-mount cameras.

Most significant cameras and lenses of the last 25 years, according to the manufacturers

For our twenty-fifth anniversary, we asked camera and lens makers what they believe to be the most significant products of the past quarter century.

40MP sensor shows lots of detail, with its lens delivering good levels of sharpness at our standard F5.6 test aperture.

iOS app mood.camera aims to recreate the experience of shooting film

mood.camera is a new iOS camera app that aims to emulate film photography by offering 14 'film stock' filters, but which, like film, only shows you the results after you take a photo. We found it to be surprisingly fun.

Sigma announces six APS-C lenses for Canon RF mount

Sigma has announced it will be offering six of its DC DN APS-C lenses for Canon's RF mount, making it one of the first third-party manufacturers to sell RF lenses under license.

Tamron developing 11-20mm F2.8 Di III-A RXD for Canon RF mount

Tamron has announced it's developing a version of its 11-20mm F2.8 Di III-A RXD fast wide-angle zoom for Canon RF mount APS-C cameras.

Moment T-series review: premium build quality but limited image gains

Moment's T-series lenses are well-built, offering the look and feel of a premium product. But with high-end smartphone cameras getting so good, can they still up your photo game? We decided to find out.

Popular photo sharing service Photobucket recently revealed that the 13 billion images it hosts online could be used to train AI models. We explain what changes made this possible and suggest some cloud storage alternatives to keep your data private.

Ricoh’s big bet on a film renaissance: We interview the team behind the upcoming Pentax film camera

A few weeks ago in Japan, we had the opportunity to interview the team at Ricoh behind the new Pentax film camera that's expected to arrive later this year. Find out why the designers settled on a half-frame design that favors a vertical format, what inspired the optics, and the added complexity of including a manual film-winding mechanism.

TTArtisan releases AF 56mm F1.8 lens for Fujifilm and Sony APS-C cameras

TTArtisan has released a 56mm F1.8 autofocus lens for Sony and Fujifilm APS-C cameras, targeting portrait photographers looking for a budget third-party option.

Review recap: What we put to the test in 2024 (so far)

We're almost a third of the way through the year already! Here's a recap of the reviews and testing we've done this year so far, with more (and more and more) to come as the year goes on!

7Artisans has released a new 50mm F1.4 Tilt lens, available for Sony and Fujifilm APS-C cameras, as well as Panasonic and Olympus Micro Four Thirds cameras.

Gear Patrol
Work for us
Advertise with us
Feedback / Contact us
Camera reviews
Lens reviews
Printer reviews
Buying guides
Sample images
Editorial enquiries
Camera search
Camera comparison
Lens search
Product timeline
Browse all products
Community Guidelines
My Settings
My GearList

A camera set up on the best travel tripod in front of a lake with a bridge spanning it surrounded by greenery.

The best travel tripods in 2023

It’s easy to bring the best travel tripod anywhere you go.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Tripod makers have it rough. The bigger and heavier you make a tripod, the more stable it’ll be—and stability is the whole point. But if you want photographers to actually take your tripod with them on location, you have to make it lightweight and compact enough to carry around. This contradiction is most pronounced when you’re trying to find the best travel tripod. These tripods have to be even smaller, lighter, and more versatile than your standard set of sticks and ball-head. They have to be small enough that you can easily strap one to the side of a backpack, rugged enough to withstand being banged around in luggage, fast enough to be set up in seconds, versatile enough to let you shoot from multiple angles, and sturdy enough to keep a full-frame camera and lens stable on a busy street or windy cliff face.

Fortunately, there are plenty of great options for every skill level and budget. You just have to know what to look for.

Best overall: Peak Design Travel Tripod

Best aluminum: manfrotto befree advanced, best carbon fiber: gitzo traveler series 1, best heavy-duty: 3 legged thing leo 2.0, best budget: mefoto roadtrip s, how we picked the best travel tripods.

The editors and writers at Popular Photography have decades of photography experience in nearly every genre and have covered just about every major camera and tripod brand on the market. When looking at travel tripods, we looked at the essential components of a tripod that get brought along on trips. Weight and folded length were critical factors, as travel tripods must be easily packed and carried. The weight capacity was also significant, as the tripod should be sturdy enough to hold most major cameras. Lastly, we factored in the extended height, minimum height, and other miscellaneous features.

Best travel tripods: Reviews & Recommendations

Peak Design

Why it made the cut: The Peak Design Travel Tripod has a novel design that allows it to be compact enough to fit in a water bottle pocket on a backpack yet still expand to 5 feet in height. Available as either aluminum or carbon fiber, this lightweight option is sturdy and travel-ready.

Key features

Material: Aluminum or carbon fiber
Tripod weight: 3.4 pounds
Weight capacity: 20 pounds
Extended height : 60 inches
Folded height: 15.2 inches
Very compact
Available as aluminum or carbon fiber
Built-in mobile phone mount
Comes with a padded, weatherproof case

The Peak Design Travel Tripod boasts a fresh design that reimagines just how small a travel tripod can be. Thanks to its one-of-a-kind leg design, this camera stand folds down to the diameter of a water bottle, allowing you to pack it in a standard water bottle pocket on a backpack. In addition, the unique, low-profile ball-head mechanism lets you adjust your camera angle with a single hand. It may take some getting used to, but it is a nice feature.

The Peak Design Travel Tripod is available in carbon fiber or aluminum. You should pick the carbon fiber version if you want to save weight and the aluminum version if you want to save money.

A black compact travel tripod for cameras.

Why it made the cut: Manfrotto’s Befree Advanced travel tripod is a 3.5 pound aluminum option that is sturdy enough to hold heavy gear. And at only 15.2 inches when folded, it can fit in most luggage.

Material: Aluminum
Tripod weight: 3.5 pounds
Weight capacity: 19.8 pounds
Extended height : 59.45 inches
Folded height: 15.75 inches
Lightweight aluminum build
Can handle full-frame gear with heavy lenses
Quality ball-head
A bit wide when folded

Manfrotto’s Befree tripods are popular among travel photographers, and it’s easy to see why. The aluminum version weighs in at just 3.4 pounds, with a folded length of 15.2 inches. In addition, it has a weight capacity of 19.8 pounds, making it capable of holding full-frame cameras with heavy lenses. As a result, it has a great balance of price to performance for an aluminum travel tripod.

But it’s not just about size and weight. The Befree Advanced has twist-style M-lock leg locks that make setting up the tripod a breeze. The included ball head is surprisingly solid, and the leg angle selector offers more options than some competitors at and above this price point.

A carbon fiber tripod with three-section legs opened but not extended.

Why it made the cut: The Gitzo Traveler Series 1 is an excellent carbon fiber tripod. At 3.3 pounds, it isn’t the lightest one on the list. But it can handle the heaviest load, making it a great option for those wanting something sturdy.

Material: carbon fiber
Tripod weight: Tripod: 2.34 pounds, Head: 0.9 pounds
Weight capacity: 22 pounds
Extended height : 60.24 inches
Folded height: 16.73 inches
Excellent build quality
Compatible with lenses up to 200mm
Quality ball head
Very pricey

The Gitzo Traveler Series 1 is the go-to professional tripod for photographers who demand uncompromising build quality. At 3.3lbs and a folded length of 16.73 inches, it’s not the smallest or lightest carbon fiber travel tripod you can buy. But it offers a weight capacity of 22lbs, making it a sturdy choice. In addition, it has a max height of 60.24 inches and can go as low as 8.66 inches, making it useful for low-angle or macro shots and high-angle ones.

This kit comes with the Gitzo Series 1 Traveler Center Ball Head, which is the slimmest Gitzo head. It has an independent pan lock and an incredibly smooth rotating ball head. This head is also compatible with plates from other brands as long as the dimensions are similar, which could be helpful when traveling.

A carbon fiber travel tripod with a unique orange tripod mount make and high weight capacity make this one of the best tripod for dslr.

3 Legged Thing

Why it made the cut: The 3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 has the highest weight capacity you can find at 66 pounds. And yet, it still packs down to around the same size as other compact travel tripods.

Material: Carbon fiber
Tripod weight: 3.35 pounds, 4.08 pounds with head
Weight capacity: 66 pounds
Extended height : 57.7 inches
Folded height: 14.7 inches
Excellent weight capacity
Folds down small
Legs detach to become monopods or booms
Lots of leg locks

With a maximum weight capacity of 66lbs, the 3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 is about the sturdiest travel tripod you can buy, and yet it still folds down to under 15-inches and tips the scales at just 4.1lbs. The large weight capacity means you can use it with larger mirrorless or DSLR cameras or even medium format setups.

The Leo is also unique in its versatility. Each leg is detachable, allowing you to use them as monopods or booms. They also feature a 3-position angle lock and boast twist locks for quick and easy setup. And, if you buy separate footwear, it can be used as a tabletop tripod with the legs removed as well. These features make it one of the most versatile, heavy-duty travel tripods money can buy.

Why it made the cut: The MeFOTO Roadtrip S is a very affordable travel tripod for beginner photographers while still having plenty of good features. It weighs only 2.5 pounds, packs down to 13.2 inches, and can even convert to a monopod.

Tripod weight: 3.65 pounds
Weight capacity: 17.6 pounds
Extended height : 59.4 inches
Folded height: 13.98 inches
Budget-friendly
Swappable head
Converts into a monopod
Weight capacity is fairly low

MeFOTO’s BackPacker, RoadTripper , and GlobeTrotter tripods are travel-friendly favorites that regularly make roundups like this. The aluminum version of the Roadtripper S weighs in at just 3.65 pounds and still boasts a respectable weight capacity of 17.6 pounds.

The Roadtripper S also has some nice features for a tripod at this price. For example, it has a scale on the center column for lining up panoramic shots right, a separate lock for its pan axis, and can convert into a monopod. It’s not the most capable on the list, but it’s a great entry-level travel tripod for beginners.

Features to consider when shopping for the best travel tripods

The main difference between a regular tripod and a travel tripod is size and weight. While regular tripods—especially high-end video tripods—are often large and heavy in order to offer as much stability and weight capacity as possible, travel tripods have to balance these core features with the need for portability. The best travel tripod is the one that offers the most rigid and stable construction in a package that folds up small and weighs no more than a large DSLR.

To do this, lightweight tripod makers rely heavily on materials like aluminum (good) and carbon fiber (better), creative designs with thinner legs that fold 180° over the ball head, telescoping legs with as many as 5 sections, and smart extras like sandbag hooks for adding weight while you shoot, reversible center columns, and built-in bubble levels.

The goal is to create a tripod that delivers the best of all worlds: something compact enough that it will fit comfortably in a carry-on bag, light enough that it won’t bog you down on a long hike, and yet stable enough that it’s actually worth bringing along. Here are the key features you should consider when shopping for the best travel tripod, and a few of our top picks.

Size and weight of a travel tripod

As we’ve already mentioned several times at this point, the first and most important features to consider when shopping for a travel tripod are size and weight. The best travel tripod overall will be lightweight, with a respectable weight capacity, an ingenious design that allows it to fold up really small, and a carbon fiber construction for the best possible strength-to-weight ratio.

In terms of raw numbers: a compact travel tripod should weigh no more than 4lbs, it should be able to hold at least 15lbs, and it should fold up to less than 16-inches long for easy packing. Once these boxes are checked, everything else is a bonus. Smaller folded diameter, vari-angle legs, reversible center column, a well-designed ball-head, and easy-to-deploy legs are the secondary features that separate the “good” travel tripods from the “great” ones.

Skill level and budget

Another important consideration is your own skill and interest level. While it’s always tempting to purchase the best-of-the-best camera gear right away, there’s no need for a beginner travel photographer to drop $500+ on a high-end carbon fiber tripod with all the bells and whistles—no matter what the ads try to tell (or sell) you.

If you’re just starting out, look for important core features (lightweight construction, compact foldable design, reasonable weight capacity, and solid build quality) in an affordable aluminum model that will offer you everything you need and won’t cost you a bundle. If you can afford to spend a little more than the budget options, but don’t want to get carried away with Gear Acquisition Syndrome (also known as G.A.S.), a great entry-level tripod is the way to go.

Aluminum vs. carbon fiber tripod

One of the most important decisions you’ll need to make when looking for the best travel tripod is whether to go with aluminum or carbon fiber .

A carbon fiber tripod is the premium choice. Weight for weight it’s both stronger and more rigid than aluminum, which translates into tripods that are both lighter and sturdier. As a result, it’s also a lot more expensive. Aluminum may be heavier and a little more flexible, but it’s a lot cheaper and plenty of photographers rely on it day-in and day-out. Plus, the added weight helps keep your shots stable when you don’t have any way to weigh the tripod down.

Fortunately, many of the most popular travel tripods from the most recognizable brands are available in both aluminum and carbon fiber variants. You get to decide what’s more important: a lighter tripod, or a heavier wallet?

Weight capacity

Most travel tripods can handle a maximum load of about 22lbs, with many of the lightest options cutting that number down even further in order to save weight. Fortunately, that’s plenty for most mirrorless cameras or DSLRs with a regular lens attached. However, if you plan to tote around a huge DSLR and lens combo, or maybe even shoot medium format, you’ll want to find a tripod that can handle a lot more weight without flinching.

Keep in mind that there will be a trade-off here, usually in terms of tripod weight. The higher the weight capacity, the thicker and sturdier the lens and ball head will need to be, and the heavier the tripod itself is likely to become. Only you can decide if that’s a worthwhile compromise.

Q: Does it matter what tripod you use?

Absolutely it does! Extremely cheap tripods don’t deliver the same stability or features that you get from higher-quality options like the ones listed above. At the very least, a good-quality travel tripod will ensure you can keep your ISO down and capture longer exposures without camera shake, even in windy or otherwise challenging conditions. But beyond this, most high-quality tripods offer multiple leg angles, reversible columns, bubble levels, a huge range of height settings, and much much more. Features like this open up a world of photographic possibilities.

Q: What is the strongest yet lightest tripod material?

Carbon fiber is the strongest and lightest material used in tripods. Weight for weight, carbon fiber is anywhere from 2x to 5x more rigid and up to 10x stronger depending on the type and orientation of the fiber used. This is obviously a huge plus for photographers who want to travel light without sacrificing tensile strength, but remember: the lighter the tripod, the less stable it will be. So keep an eye out for a carbon fiber travel tripod with weight hooks so that you can hang your bag on your tripod while you shoot and add back any lost stability.

Q: How much does a good tripod cost?

Materials, size, weight, and weight capacity are all going to factor into the final price of a good travel tripod, which makes an “average” hard to pin down. Generally speaking, aluminum travel tripods will be cheaper, starting at around $100 for a good-quality tripod, although you can find them for less. Carbon fiber models will be more expensive, starting around $150, with most options coming in above the $200 mark. If you want a high-quality, lightweight, carbon fiber tripod that folds up small and features great weight capacity at the same time, expect to spend $200 or more.

Final thoughts on the best travel tripod s

The list above is not a comprehensive overview of all the best travel tripods on the market. With so many great brands like Gitzo, Benro, Manfrotto, 3 Legged Thing, MeFOTO, and Peak Design putting out solid products, there’s no shortage of great options. That said, we’ve found the Peak Design Travel Tripod to be the best overall option. It has a unique design that allows it to fold down smaller than any other option in the same class. However, it can still hold a good amount of weight, making it sturdy enough to use with heavier cameras or on windy days. The added touch of a built-in phone mount and the included padded carrying case are nice additions as well.

Want more photography techniques, camera reviews, and inspiration?

The best tripod for photographers in 2024: give your camera a rock-steady support

The best tripods combine high-end performance and sturdy build quality without costing over the odds, but which will win the three-legged race?

The Quick List

Best tripod overall, best pivot column tripod, best flip-lock tripod, best aluminum tripod, best hybrid tripod, best compact tripod, best super-sized tripod.

How to choose
How we test

The Quick List ↩ 1. Best tripod overall 2. Best with pivot column 3. Best with flip-locks 4. Best aluminum tripod 5. Best hybrid tripod 6. Best compact tripod 7. Best super-sized tripod How to choose How we test

Who needs a tripod, in these days of in-body and optical image stabilization? Well, you can count me in for one. I think a tripod is as useful nowadays as it’s ever been. For long exposures capturing anything from landscapes using 10-stop neutral density filters, to twilight cityscapes and the night sky, a tripod is still one of my kit bag essentials. I need them just as much for keeping my camera still and steady through a sequence of shots, for example when taking exposure-bracketed stills to merge into an HDR (High Dynamic Range) image.

And then there’s architectural photography, when I want to set up my camera with supreme precision, or maybe take a series of shots with incremental panning to create panoramas. I could go on, the list is long.

If you’re after a tripod that folds down really small, take a look at our separate buying guide on the best travel tripods . And whereas the photography tripods covered in this buying guide aim to give fixed, solid support for stills, free-flowing video capture is another ball game altogether. For that, check out our guide to the best video tripods .

Matthew Richards is a photographer and journalist who has spent years using and reviewing all manner of photo gear. He is an encyclopedia when it comes to all manner of cameras, camera holsters and bags, flashguns, tripods and heads, printers, papers, and inks, and just about anything imaging-related.

Here's a quick rundown of all the tripods in this guide. Scroll down for a more in-depth look at the individual products.

This is the tripod that I use most of the time. It’s super-sturdy, enormously versatile and folds down pretty small despite having a really tall maximum operating height. And it’s beautifully crafted.

The best tripods for photographers we recommend in 2024

Why you can trust Digital Camera World Our expert reviewers spend hours testing and comparing products and services so you can choose the best for you. Find out how we test.

1. 3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0

Our expert review:

Specifications

Reasons to buy, reasons to avoid.

✅ You want a really tall tripod that folds down surprising small for easy stowage.

✅ You like the option of really low-level shooting, the center column is removable.

✅ You fancy the option of different optional footwear, including short posts for conversion to a tabletop tripod.

❌ You don’t feel the need for tripod legs with a huge 40kg load rating.

❌ You’d rather have a tripod with a pivoting center column.

❌ You don’t want to run to the expense of a carbon fiber tripod – the Charles 2.0 is the same tripod but magnesium alloy.

3 Legged Thing is a UK-based manufacturer with a deserved reputation among photographers for making attractive, sturdy tripods with real design flair. The Winston 2.0 is my outright favorite and I’m particularly impressed that, despite stretching to almost 2m in height, it folds down to just 61cm for the journey, in it’s supplied high-quality soft case. It’s also easily adaptable for ultra-low-level shooting.

Thanks to smart design with clever engineering, I find the Winston 2.0 quick to deploy and very resistant to flexing and vibration. Its leg and center-column sections are constructed from 8-layer carbon fiber, making them lightweight but solid, and the leg diameter is thick all the way down. I pair mine with a 3 Legged Thing's AirHed Pro and find it’s one of the most dependable tripods I’ve ever used. The legs and head are available as a complete kit, at a discounted price. Smart optional extras include a range of footwear. Indeed, as all of the legs are removable instead of just one for monopod duty, I convert mine to a tabletop tripod when I need one, with optional Vanz feet. If you’d rather save a few bucks and don’t putting on a bit of weight, the Charles 2.0 is basically the same tripod but made from magnesium alloy instead of carbon fiber.

Read more: 3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0 review

Back to the top ⤴

2. Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS

✅ You can make use of the full 180-degree pivoting center column.

✅ You want a tripod that can support two cameras, on one camera plus accessories.

✅ You’d like a dual-axis ball head for level panning for panoramas and shooting video.

❌ You don’t need the 25kg load rating and would rather have a tripod that weighs less than 2.6kg.

❌ You don’t feel the need for a pivoting center column.

❌ You’d rather save money by buying an aluminum rather than carbon fiber tripod.

I enjoyed some trips out with this fairly new tripod a while ago, which is billed as Vanguard ’s most stable and versatile kit to date. It’s based on a super-sturdy carbon fiber build using large-diameter three-section legs and a pivoting center column. The Vanguard actually goes one better than the pivoting Manfrotto tripods in this guide, in that I can pivot the center column through a complete 180-degree arc instead of just using it in vertical or horizontal orientations.

I also like that the Vanguard comes with an extra platform that attaches to the center column. This enables me to mount two cameras at the same time, or a camera and another accessory like an LED light. The ball head supplied with the kit is a great match for the legs, being very versatile and particularly sturdy and robust. I also like that the ball head has dual panning sections, the upper one ensuring level panning even if the tripod legs aren’t levelled.

Read more: Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS review

3. Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3

✅ You prefer flip locks to twist locks for all the leg sections.

✅ You like the idea of a 90-degree pivoting center column.

✅ You want rock-solid support.

❌ You’d rather buy a complete kit than head and legs separately.

❌ You’d prefer a pivoting center column that can be used at any angle.

❌ You feel the aluminum version of the tripod is better value.

I’ve used the aluminum version of this tripod, which is available as just a set of legs, or as a complete kit with either an XPRO Ball Head or XPRO 3-Way Head. At purchase time, I dug deeper into my pockets and forked out on the carbon fiber edition. It’s naturally more expensive but feels much more of a luxury item, is nearly half a kilogram lighter and, in my tests, proved more resistant to vibration. I generally prefer twist-lock clamps for the leg sections of tripods but the flip-locks of this one are cleverly designed and are particularly quick and easy to use.

I like that the tripod gives really solid support, and feels worthy of more than the 9kg maximum load rating given to it by Manfrotto. A killer feature for me is the pivoting center column that I can use as a horizontal boom. It’s great for macro shooting and for stopping the tripod feet from creeping into the shot when I’m using an ultra-wide-angle lens.

4. Vanguard Veo 3+ 263AB

✅ You want a high-end tripod for half the money of a carbon fiber kit.

✅ You’re happy with aluminum, especially with comfort padding all legs.

✅ You want a complete kit that comes with a competent ball head.

❌ You prefer the luxury of carbon fiber and don’t mind paying more.

❌ You’d rather pick your own head and legs separately.

❌ You don’t feel the need for a pivoting center column.

The Vanguard Veo 3+ 263AB is a full-size tripod with the usual three sections per leg, so it doesn't fold down to a particularly small length but it's quick to set up and reaches a good height. It doesn’t feel that heavy for an aluminum tripod, and if you want to shave off a little weight, there is a carbon fiber (CB) version that’s only a little more expensive. One of the things I don’t like about aluminum tripods is that they’re cold to the touch in chilly weather but this one features comfort padding on the upper leg sections.

I think the design and build are first class, and particularly like that I can use the pivoting center column at any angle, rather than just in vertical or horizontal orientations. Everything works brilliantly and all the controls and adjustments have a smoothness and precision that I’d expect from a far more expensive tripod than this one. Sure, it’s not the most compact tripod when folded, but I’m more than happy with the trade-off of height, adaptability, rigidity, and quality, making it ideal for my needs.

5. 3 Legged Thing Legends Nicky

✅ You want a tripod that’s equally useful for videography as well as stills.

✅ You’re happy to buy one or two heads separately.

✅ You need a tripod with a really hefty 60kg maximum load rating.

❌ The 1.56m maximum height is insufficient, there’s no extending center column.

❌ You can’t stretch your budget, it’s very expensive for a set of legs.

❌ You don’t need a tripod that’s ideally suited to panning.

Let me start by saying that the 3 Legged Think Nicky is a professional-level tripod for a discerning audience. It’s made for photographers and videographers working with heavier kits, so it’s strong, straightforward to use, tall, and adaptable. It’s a base rather than a kit, but I have a collection of heads and accessories already (as many photographers do), so I’m happy to mix and match, or you can naturally buy the kind of head you want for stills and/or video, and perhaps a leveling bowl too.

What sold me on the Nicky is that works so well for both stills and video shooting. It’s super-strong and sturdy and, although very versatile, it’s very quick and easy to set up and fold down again. I like that it comes complete with flat and bowl plates but, as I’d expect from a ‘hybrid’ video and stills tripod, it has no center column. As such, the maximum operating height is limited to 1.56m. On the other hand, it works really well for low-level shooting and can be converted to a table-top tripod with optional Vanz footwear, as all three legs are removeable.

Read more: 3 Legged Thing Legends Nicky review

6. Manfrotto 190go!

✅ You want a tripod that folds down conveniently small for carrying around.

✅ You prefer twist locks rather than the flip locks of most 190 series tripods.

✅ You like to pair the legs with your own choice of head.

❌ The 494 ball head of the complete kit option isn’t an ideal match for the load rating of the legs.

❌ You don’t need a tripod with a 90-degree pivoting center column.

❌ You’d rather have a tripod with a taller maximum operating height.

This is my go-to tripod when I want to keep the weight off, and the size of my kit to easily manageable proportions. Manfrotto 190 series tripods are somewhat legendary but the 190go! is unusually compact and has twist locks rather than the usual flip locks for its leg sections. Technically, I wouldn’t class it as a travel tripod, as it doesn’t feature the usual swing-up legs that are now the norm. It also has four rather than five sections in each leg, and a single-section center column. It doesn’t fold down as small as most current travel tripods but the plus side is that it’s really quick and easy to set up and pack away.

One of the things I like best about this tripod is its pivoting center column, which I can use as a horizontal boom. That’s good news for macro photography, really low-level shooting, and for ultra-wide-angle shots. It’s generally sold as a set of legs with no heads but is available in some regions as a complete kit with a high-performance Manfrotto 494 Ball Head. I’d give that a miss as the head has a much lower load rating than the legs. The carbon fiber version is typically pricier but more luxurious than the aluminum edition.

7. Gitzo GT5563GS Systematic Series 5 Carbon Fiber

✅ You want a giraffe of a tripod that towers above competing kits.

✅ You don’t mind lots of clamps to contend with, it has 6-section legs.

✅ You want a ‘Rolls Royce’ product and don’t mind paying for the privilege.

❌ You’re not prepared to pay three times the price compared with most high-end tripods.

❌ You’d rather have a center column and less leg sections.

❌ You’d prefer to have a tripod that’s not so heavy to cart around.

Sometimes things just get in the way. When I can’t work around obstacles, this tripod generally enables me to look over them. The Gitzo GT5563GS is nicknamed ‘Giant’ with good reason. It extends to an absolutely whopping maximum height of 278cm, which is taller than anyone alive – I feel that perhaps a stepladder should also be included in the kit. Despite its towering height, it also goes extra-large on load capacity, at a weighty 40kg. I’m struggling to think of any camera and lens combination that weighs this much but an upside is that the Gitzo is extremely sturdy and resistant to flexing.

I’m happy that this isn’t just a ‘tall’ tripod. There are plenty of times when I want to get down low for creative effect. The Gitzo obliges with a minimum working height of just 10cm. Suffice it to say that it ably covers all the angles from ultra-low to super-high shooting. The carbon fiber build makes it lighter than I’d expect for a tripod of this height and strength, and the quality throughout is just top-notch – as I’d expect from a super-expensive Gitzo tripod.

Read more: Gitzo GT5563GS Systematic Series 5 Carbon Fiber Tripod (Giant) review

How to choose the best tripod for photographers

So what do I look for when choosing a tripod? Size and weight are key considerations. For versatility, there’s no beating a full-sized tripod with a lofty maximum operating height. Some go further still with a pivoting center column, ideal for macro photography and shooting with really wide-angle lenses, so I can keep the tripod feet out of the frame. Full-sized carbon fiber tripods tend to be around 25 percent lighter in weight than their aluminum counterparts, making them easier to carry around, and they’re often more resistant to vibration. The flip side is that they’re more expensive to buy.

The maximum load rating is important to bear in mind if you have a relatively hefty camera and big telephoto lenses. Even if you don’t, I find that tripods with a beefier load rating tend to be more sturdy, solid, and stable, and less prone to flexing. A greater number of sections in each leg enables the tripod to fold down smaller but each joint is a potential weak point when it comes to stability, they take longer to set up and fold down, and the bottom legs often tend to be relatively thin and spindly.

Aluminum or carbon fiber?

These are the two most common materials used for tripod legs. Aluminum tripods are cheaper but weigh more. They’re ideal if you want the maximum stability for your money. Carbon-fiber tripods cost more but weigh less and absorb vibration better. They’re good if cost is less important than weight – but the price premium can be substantial.

How much height do I need?

Shots aren’t always improved by shooting them at eye level (lower often works best), but it’s also about getting a comfortable working height. Check the height without the column being extended, if you can.

Check the folded length

The weight of a tripod is important if you’re going to carry it any distance, but so is its folded length. If it’s too long to strap to your bag, and it’s unwieldy in trains or climbing over stiles, then it’s going to put you off taking it anywhere. Many so-called ‘travel’ tripods have legs that fold upwards for storage and completely enclose the head. This makes them smaller and neater when folded and easier to carry around.

How many leg sections?

Tripod legs may have three, four, or five sections. A larger number of sections means the tripod is shorter and more portable when it’s folded, but it will usually take a little longer to set up and may well not be quite as stable.

What type of leg locks?

These come in two main types: twist locks and flip locks. Twist locks take up less space and are generally a little quicker to use – you can often unlock all the leg sections in a single movement when you’re setting the tripod up. Flip locks are operated individually and may be a bit slower. Try both types to see which you prefer.

How many leg angles?

Most tripods have legs that can be angled independently – which is particularly useful when working on sloping sites or in cramped areas. The standard leg angle will be fine for regular use, but it’s often useful to splay one or more legs outwards on uneven surfaces or to rest them on walls, say. Splaying out all three legs will allow you to shoot from a much lower angle.

What type of head should I get?

Sometimes the tripod head is included with the legs, sometimes not. You can change one head for another depending on how you like to work, as the connection is standardized. Ball heads and three-way heads are the most common types. Ball heads are compact and quick to use, but not so good for small, controlled movements. Three-way heads are larger but allow precise adjustments for each axis independently.

You can also find other, specialist heads. Geared heads allow you to make fine adjustments to camera angles. Gimbal heads are designed for use with long, heavy lenses – which can otherwise can unbalance a tripod. And then there are specialist heads for panoramas and video too.

What about attaching my camera?

Most tripods are sold with heads, and most heads have a quick-release plate so that you can detach the camera in moments for handheld shots. The Arca Swiss-compatible plate is by far the most common, meaning you can swap between different tripod heads, even if they're made by different manufacturers. However some makers, notably Manfrotto, make their own bespoke QR plates, which can be a nuisance if you have two or more tripods from different makers.

What extra features should I look for?

Detachable monopod legs: These sound really useful – a detachable leg you can then screw into the center column to make a monopod. In practice, we find these often lack the rigidity of a 'real' monopod unless you're starting with a particularly substantial tripod.

Center column: Not all tripods come with a center column, but most do. You can extend this upwards to increase the height of the camera, although this introduces extra wobble. On some tripods, the center column can be rotated to produce an angled boom, which is perfect for overhead shots, macro work, and tabletop photography. Using the center column does reduce the stability of the tripod, however, so is best avoided with long exposures.

Bowl base: This is a video-specific feature that allows you to get the base level without having to make a whole series of tiny adjustments to the leg length. A level base is essential for a video where you want to make panning movements, and the best video tripods come with bowl or leveling bases as standard.

Types of feet: Rubber feet are fine on most surfaces but best on carpets and wooden floors, where you don’t want to cause damage. Metal spikes are good for soft and uneven ground. Some tripods have rubber feet, which can be screwed back to reveal spikes.

How we test tripods

We measure the maximum operating height of each tripod and its folded height for carrying, complete with head attached. We also measure the combined weight of each set of tripod legs and head, using electronic scales, and measure the diameter of all leg sections, from the widest to the thinnest, using digital calipers. We check the ease of use, smoothness and precision of all available adjustments in each set of tripod legs and heads. This ranges from adjusting leg sections and pivot facilities (where available), to the locking mechanisms of the head, as well as independent pan and friction damping adjustments, where fitted. To check overall stability, we shoot with a range of camera bodies fitted with wide-angle, standard, telephoto and macro lenses. We look for good resistance to flexing and vibrations throughout the whole range of operating heights, including the tallest available settings with the legs and center column fully extended.

You can find out more about how we test and review on Digital Camera World .

Get the Digital Camera World Newsletter

The best camera deals, reviews, product advice, and unmissable photography news, direct to your inbox!

Matthew Richards is a photographer and journalist who has spent years using and reviewing all manner of photo gear. He is Digital Camera World's principal lens reviewer – and has tested more primes and zooms than most people have had hot dinners!

His expertise with equipment doesn’t end there, though. He is also an encyclopedia when it comes to all manner of cameras, camera holsters and bags, flashguns, tripods and heads, printers, papers and inks, and just about anything imaging-related.

In an earlier life he was a broadcast engineer at the BBC, as well as a former editor of PC Guide.

Rod Lawton Contributor
Sebastian Oakley Ecommerce Editor

‘I took this amazing photo of the Northern Lights – in the south of England!’

Best Compact and Lightweight Travel Tripods

Looking for a compact and lightweight travel tripod ? You’re in the right place!

If you travel or hike like we do, it’s important to find compact and lightweight travel photography gear , without sacrificing quality!

8 compact and lightweight travel tripods

This guide will define travel tripods and explain the difference between aluminum and carbon fiber material.

We detail the specifications and features of each tripod to help you find the one to suit your travel and photography style and budget.

This site contains affiliate links which means WE may receive commissions for purchases made through these links. We only provide links to products we actually use and/or wholeheartedly recommend! As an Amazon Associate, we earn from qualifying purchases. Read the full Disclosure Policy.

What is a Travel Tripod?

Travel tripods are designed to be compact and lightweight.

Many travel tripods fold up into a compact package that you can fit into a carry-on bag. They are also designed to be lighter than full-sized tripods.

Tripods designed for portability usually have four or more leg sections that can fold up around the center column, or a center column that drops down between the legs for transport.

Most lightweight travel tripods don’t extend to the same heights as full-sized tripods so you will need to bend over a bit while shooting.

Other than the features of being compact and lightweight, the travel tripod is basically the same as any other tripod.

Carbon Fiber or Aluminum Tripod?

Carbon fiber is lighter than aluminum. Does a few ounces of weight difference really matter?

If you’re someone who is traveling a lot or carrying around a gear pack, every ounce counts.

Aluminum is less expensive, and a bit more durable, than carbon fiber.

You would think due to carbon fiber being lighter, that’s what makes it more expensive. Actually the higher cost is due to production costs.

Best Lightweight Tripods for Travel

The most-asked question we receive is “What tripod do you recommend?”

Most of our photography is outdoor landscape and wildlife that requires a STURDY tripod that’s also portable and lightweight.

A tripod is an essential part of our travel photography gear . We rely on using a travel tripod to create the best images of the landscape and wildlife we see on our outdoor adventures.

Here’s our list of travel tripods because they are sturdy, lightweight and portable. Keep reading below for a detailed description, pros and cons for each one.

Peak Design Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod

All travel photographers equally agree that the ideal travel tripod should be compact, lightweight, sturdy, durable, and easy-to-use. But most of the best travel tripods out there still fail to deliver in at least one of these sought after features.

Innovatively, Peak Design has solved this problem and the result is a beautifully designed travel tripod that checks all the above boxes. Simply put, this is the only tripod you’ll ever need in all your travel photography adventures, whether as a professional or enthusiast!

At 2.81 lbs and 15.2” collapsed length, the Peak Design Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod stands out as the most portable and packable travel tripod on the market. And it has been engineered with top-quality carbon fiber material for pro-level stability even when shooting with professional-grade full-frame DSLR + telephoto lenses.

Yet, what we really fancy about this tripod is the ease of use. It features an excellent ergonomic ball head with an omnidirectional adjustment ring and a quick-release plate locking ring that’s easy to grip and lock in place with a simple twist.

Build: Carbon Fiber
Load Capacity: 20 lbs
Max. Height: 51.6″ (60.2” with the center column up)
Min. Height: 5.6”
Folded Length: 15.2″
Leg Sections: 5
Ballhead: Included
Tripod Weight: 2.81 lbs
Architecturally inspired and built to last with weather and impact-resistant materials.
Low-profile aluminum leg-lock cam levers that offer for super-fast deployment.
A reversible center-column for ground-level shots and a weight hook under center-column.
Offers extra stiffness and vibration damping for tack sharp travel photography.
Rubberized grippy non-slip-feet for an enhanced vibration damping.
Included in the package are mobile-mount, a tiny rock-solid hex wrench, and a bushing removal tool.
It comes with a well-engineered low profile design Peak Design standard plate, and is Arca-type compatible.
Unusual ball head design may not be ideal for some.
Carbon fiber version priced at a premium, but we feel it’s worth it!
Included quick release plate requires hex key which is a bit annoying, but not a deal breaker.

This Peak Design travel tripod comes with a nice weather-proof carry bag that’s thoughtfully designed to last as long as the tripod itself. The tripod gets rid of the bulky, confusing knobs of traditional tripods to give you a single, ergonomic adjustment ring for smooth and easier operation.

CHECK PRICE & AVAILABILITY:

Peak Design: Peak Design Travel Tripod
B&H Photo: Peak Design Travel Tripod
Amazon: Peak Design Travel Tripod

Benro MeFoto Globetrotter Carbon Fiber Tripod

If we’re to recommend just one lightweight travel tripod, then it would be the MeFoto GlobeTrotter Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod kit . It’s the one we use in our travels and hiking and has proved to be highly reliable.

Its lightweight carbon fiber construction is surprisingly sturdy and allows it to steadily hold bulkier DSLR cameras for travel with larger lenses. The kit comes with the MeFOTO Q2 ball head that works well and locks tight.

MeFoto designed this portable tripod to easily convert to a monopod without tools. One of the legs has foam cushioning and it unscrews from the main hinges. It then combines with the removable center column to make a full-size monopod.

MeFoto Globetrotter is also available in an aluminum version that is less expensive but weighs more (4.6 pounds).

Load Capacity: 26.4 lbs
Maximum Height: 64.2″
Minimum Height: 16.1″
Folded Length: 16.5″
Tripod Weight: 3.7 lbs
A compact design with a very reliable leg locking mechanism.
Sturdy build quality with strong legs.
A bigger ball head for large cameras.
It comes with attachable ground spikes and a carrying case.
The locking mechanism isn’t completely weather sealed and elements like sand can easily get inside.

The MeFoto GlobeTrotter Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod is a great choice for anyone looking for a high-quality travel tripod that’s compact and reasonably priced.

It offers the perfect balance between performance and portability and would suit most photographers who use full-sized DSLR and mirrorless camera setups.

B&H Photo: MeFoto Globetrotter Tripod
Amazon: MeFoto Globetrotter Tripod

Manfrotto 190go Aluminum Tripod

The Manfrotto 190go Aluminum tripod is a very versatile tripod and will do an excellent job in the hands of macro and landscape photographers.

It comes as a complete tripod kit with XPRO 3-way head. Plus an Easy Link adapter attachment that offers for an instant connection between tripod and accessories like LED lights.

Our favorite feature on the Manfrotto 190go is the M-Lock System twist locks that provide for a quick and easy tripod leg deployment and retraction.

What’s more, this tripod also features an innovative 90-degree central column that allows you to work at a minimum height of just 3.5 inches for macro shots.

Build: Aluminum Alloy
Load Capacity: 15.4 lbs
Max. Height: 59.8″
Min. Height: 3.5″
Folded Length: 17.7″
Leg Sections: 4
An excellent build quality that is very sturdy and easy to use.
A great tripod for macro and landscape photography.
Its twist-lock mechanism offers a quick setup.
An Easy-Link attachment that enhances its overall versatility.
It doesn’t hold steadily when all the legs are extended.
Its folded length is quite larger at almost 18 inches long.
At 3.7 pounds it’s a bit heavier than the competition.

If you’re looking for a lightweight tripod that offers stability, the Manfrotto 190go Aluminum tripod is an excellent choice. However, its smaller maximum load capacity of 15.4 pounds might be a drawback for photographers who use heavy telephoto lenses.

B&H Photo: Manfrotto 190go Tripod
Amazon: Manfrotto 190go Triopd

3 Legged Thing Punks Corey

As a travel photographer, you may not be ready to spend more than $200 on a portable travel tripod. Luckily, the 3 Legged Thing Punks Corey Tripod Kit packs some great features at a reasonable price point.

This tripod is made from a durable aircraft-grade magnesium alloy that is both lightweight and strong. Its solid build quality and a maximum load capacity of 30 pounds allow it to steadily support most DSLR and mirrorless camera setups.

The included AirHed Neo ball head is an ultra-compact, simple, single-lock head that has one knob for controlling the pan rotation and ball orbit. And there is another separate knob that locks the Arca Swiss style attachment plate.

Load Capacity: 30 lbs
Max. Height: 59″
Min. Height: 7.3″
Folded Length: 13.7″
Tripod Weight: 3.4 lbs
Strong build quality with a stylish finish for aesthetics.
Fast and silky smooth ball operation
Incredibly sturdy and lightweight.
Interchangeable footwear for use on any terrain.
An ergonomic bubble grip for better all-weather use.
Not sturdy enough for professional photography.

The 3 Legged Thing Punks Corey lightweight tripod is a perfect fit for budget travel photographers who want their tripod as compact as possible without compromising on its overall stability. It comes with a thick microfiber bag for safe storage of the ball head when not in use.

B&H Photo: 3 Legged Thing Punks Corey Tripod
Amazon: 3 Legged Thing Punks Corey Tripod

Joby GorillaPod 5K

The GorillaPod 5K Flexible Mini-Tripod by Joby features an anodized aluminum build quality for enhanced strength and smooth movement.

It comes as a complete kit with the high-quality BallHead 5K. The stable, strong, and durable design allows it to support a maximum load capacity of 11 pounds (5 kg).

GorillaPod 5K has a unique design with wrappable legs that are made up of several joints which allows you to secure professional camera equipment to virtually any surface.

It works in three modes, (grip, wrap, and stand) that allows you to configure it for videography, vlogging, and still photography

Build: Aluminum Alloy, ABS Plastic
Load Capacity: 11 lbs
Max. Height: 15.2″
Min. Height: N/A
Leg Sections: N/A
Tripod Weight: 1.1 lbs
Super affordable, coming at just under $100.
A flexible and versatile support system.
Perfect hand grip for vlogging.
Rubberized feet and joint rings for grip.
The ball head offers a full 360-degrees pan and 90-degrees tilt.
Compatible with 1/4″-20 screw threads and 3/8″-16 screw thread adapter.
Not ideal for use with heavier camera setups.
Not ideal for professional photography.
Too heavy for extended handheld vlogging especially for people with smaller arms.

The Joby GorillaPod 5K Flexible Mini-Tripod with Ball Head 5K kit is ideal for roving vloggers who want a versatile but lightweight tripod. Its maximum load capacity of 11 pounds allows it to steadily hold most setups including LED lights, professional DSLRs, and mirrorless cameras.

B&H Photo: Joby Gorillapod 5K Tripod
Amazon: Joby Gorillapod 5K Tripod

Manfrotto Befree Advanced Travel Tripod

The Manfrotto Befree Advanced Travel Tripod offers a 17.6 pounds maximum load capacity that will conveniently support most DSLR and mirrorless camera systems. And at just 2.6 pounds in weight, it will make such a great travel companion for serious hobbyists and professional photographers.

This tripod is made of high-quality carbon fiber material that gives it a lightweight design without compromising on its overall quality. On top of its excellent built quality, it comes with an equally sturdy center ball head that features a dedicated knob for pan movement and a friction control knob.

Load Capacity: 17.6 lbs
Max. Height: 59.1″
Min. Height: 16.1″
Folded Length: 16.1″
Tripod Weight: 2.6 lbs
Its lightweight and compact design allow it to easily fit in a backpack and carry-on luggage.
A twist-lock mechanism for faster and easier leg adjustment and locking.
Rubberized feet for enhanced stability on a wide array of surfaces.
A side-pull button that allows you to set the legs in three different angles.
An Easy-Link attachment that allows you to connect with compatible accessories.
It doesn’t offer the best minimum height for macro photography.
It doesn’t easily convert to a monopod despite its mid-range price point.

The Manfrotto Befree Advanced Travel Tripod is a perfect choice for the enthusiast photographers who are looking for a sturdy, lightweight travel tripod. Its quick-release plate is compatible with both Arca-type and RC2 systems.

B&H Photo: Manfrotto Befree Travel Tripod
Amazon: Manfrotto Befree Travel Tripod

Sirui T-1004SK T-S Travel Tripod

At 5.5 inch minimum height, the Sirui T-1004SK T-S tripod is another great choice for macro and low-angle photographers. The legs fold up by 180-degrees allowing it to measure just 14.6 inches when fully collapsed.

Each leg is made of 4 sections with 3 sealed twist locks that easily unlocks for faster and easier tripod height adjustment. Yet, our favorite feature is the 2-stage rapid center column that allows the tripod to extend to a height of up to 51 inches.

The Sirui T-1004SK T-S doesn’t come with a ball head, but for the best results, we recommend the Sirui G-30X Ball Head . It’s made of high-quality aircraft-grade aluminum alloy and features separate control knobs for pan, tilt, and tension.

Build: Aluminum Alloy, Magnesium Alloy
Max. Height: 51″
Min. Height: 5.5″
Folded Length: 14.6″
Ballhead: Not Included (We recommend the Sirui G-30X Ball Head )
Tripod Weight: 3.3 lbs
Rock-solid stability for tack sharp photography.
Folds up compactly and will easily fit in a small backpack or carry-on luggage.
Rubberized feet that ensure the tripod remains steady in all terrains.
It comes with metal spikes that can be used in place of the rubber feet in softer surfaces.
A removable leg that converts into a monopod that can reach up to 52.8 inches in height.
Quite pricey when you factor in the price of a ball head.

When paired up with a sturdy ball head, Sirui T-1004SK T-S tripod will make a perfect choice for anyone who is looking for a lightweight travel tripod for macro and landscape photography. It has an excellent build quality and feels premium!

B&H Photo: Sirui Travel Tripod
Amazon: Sirui Travel Tripod

Gitzo Traveler Series Tripod

The Gitzo Traveler Series is a lightweight tripod that has been specifically designed for traveling and hiking. This professional-grade tripod sports a premium build quality, excellent stability, and great ergonomics.

When it comes to its overall construction, Gitzo uses Carbon eXact tubing for the center column and the four-section legs. This design enhances its overall stiffness and strength while keeping it lighter compared to the use of Carbon 6X tubes.

The twisting leg-locks are engineered to a very thin standard such that they lock tightly and loosen smoothly with minimal efforts. The design offers a quick, steady, and secure tripod leg adjustment with minimal efforts.

Load Capacity: 22 lbs
Max. Height: 60.2″
Min. Height: 8.6″
Folded Length: 16.7″
Tripod Weight: 2.3 lbs
Highly reliable and durable.
Steadily supports heavy gear for tack sharp photography.
Compact, lightweight, and conveniently portable.
Gitzo sells replacement parts if you wear out a component.
It comes with a shoulder strap for easy carrying.
A bit pricey!

While you might be easily turned away by its high-end price point, the Gitzo Series 1 Traveler Carbon Fiber Tripod is a worthy investment if you take a lot of photos and you’re looking for a long-lasting solution. Allowing it to stand out as one of the best lightweight travel tripods for professional photography.

B&H Photo: Gitzo Traveler Tripod
Amazon: Gitzo Traveler Tripod

Final Thoughts about Travel Tripods

We can’t stress this enough: if you want high-quality images, you need a tripod! Period.

When you have a sturdy tripod, your photo quality will dramatically improve.

If you travel and hike often, we recommend you invest in a compact, lightweight travel tripod.

Find the BEST compact tripod that fits your budget.

We’ve had past students tell us they wish they had put more stock into the tripod they bought. With all the ‘cheap’ tripods they purchased, then had to trash, they could have bought a really good one from the start!

Travel Photography Gear

Camera Gear Checklist for Travel Photography
Best Cameras for Landscape Photography
Best DSLR Cameras for Travel
Best Compact Travel Cameras
Camera Accessories For Photographers

Camera Gear at B&H Photo

10 Awesome Compact Travel Cameras

Our Camera Gear Checklist for Travel Photography

Winter Clothing Guide for Outdoor Travel and Photography

Best Cameras for Beginners

Best Cameras For Landscape Photography

List of Camera Gifts for Him

Thanks for this great read. We’re still on a huge learning slope with our photography. Just invested in some off line storage. This will be one of our next investments.

Storage is so important – good that you’ve invested in that! A tripod really does take your photography to the next level. Let us know if you have any questions once you get to that point.

Thank you for such a through post! I’m going to be backpacking New Zealand soon and doing a lot of hiking. I’ve been looking into getting a tripod for this but there’s so many options out there, it’s hard to decide, especially when I’m such a beginner.

Let us know if you have any questions to help you narrow down your choice – we are happy to help!

Your posts are always great! Very useful, easy to read, and concise. Love this one!!

Thank you Amanda!

APS-C vs full-frame – which sensor size is best?

Why are we obsessed by full-frame sensors, fujifilm x100v and x100vi alternatives best retro cameras, nikon z8 wins product of the year at the 2024 ap awards, animal kingdom: submit your best animal photos to apoy 2024.

When you purchase through links on our site, we may earn an affiliate commission. Here’s how it works

Best tripods for your camera in 2024 – assessed for various applications

When stability matters, photographers and video makers need a three-legged, supportive friend..

In the review

Why is so much landscape photography dishonest?

Need a tripod for your camera? Angela Nicholson and the AP team pick the finest supports from Manfrotto, Benro, Vanguard, Peak Design, Gitzo and more, with options for all budgets.

Photographers of any experience know the value of a good tripod. Providing rock-steady support for pin-sharp pictures, a tripod opens up shooting opportunities that simply aren’t possible working hand-held. You may want to introduce smooth sideways panning movements, or use ultra-long shutter speeds that would defeat even the most advanced stabilisation system. Alternatively, you may be a video creator, and need a support for locked-off shots. In these cases and more, a tripod is what you want.

What to look for in a tripod

Tripods often see use in still life photography or macro photography , where sharpness is essential, and careful composition is paramount. Similarly, those who are well-versed in landscape photography will inform you that a tripod is an essential piece of kit for capturing those golden moments in all their glory.

If you’re wondering how to choose the best tripod, it’s mostly a matter of weighing up size, stability, features and price . How heavy your setup is will dictate how strong a tripod you need, and the specifics of what you shoot may mean you require certain features. For instance, some tripods can convert to a monopod for those moments you need to be more nimble. Others are designed to be able to put the camera incredibly close to the ground in order to shoot tiny subjects and macro shots.

Carbon fibre or aluminium?

We’ve mostly focused on photography tripods in this guide, but many of the options here will also work well for video (check out our guide to the best cameras for video if you’re crafting a vlogging setup). Tripods tend to be constructed from one of two materials: carbon fibre (strong and lightweight, but expensive) or aluminium (cheaper, and able to take a kicking). We’ve included both types in this guide.

Other ways to use a tripod

Whilst the primary need for most will be to use the tripod with your camera, whether that’s mirrorless camera or a DSLR , you can also use a tripod as a support for any additional lighting, or accessories you may need, such as a flashgun, or reflector. If you’re looking for a tripod for your smartphone, have a look at our guide to camera phone tripods .

Need a quick recommendation? Here’s our quickfire list of the best tripods to buy in 2023, along with links to the best prices:

Best tripod for photography: Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS – buy now
Best premium tabletop tripod: Benro Tablepod Flex Kit – buy now
Best multi-function tripod: Benro MeFoto RoadTrip Pro Carbon Fibre Tripod – buy now
Best travel tripod: Peak Design Travel Tripod – buy now
Best budget tripod for mirrorless: Vanguard VEO 3GO 235AB – buy now
Best large tripod: Kingjoy SolidRock C85 tripod – buy now
Best premium tripod: Gitzo GK1555T-82TQD Traveller Tripod Kit – buy now
Best tripod for landscapes: 3 Legged Thing Punks Billy 2.0 – buy now
Best tripod for macro: Manfrotto 190 Go! – buy now
Best workhorse tripod: Manfrotto 190XPro4 Tripod – buy now
Premium travel tripod: Gitzo GT1542 Mountaineer Series 1 – buy now
Best video tripod: 3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy Tripod – buy now
Cheapest tripod: Manfrotto Pixi Mini Tripod – buy now

Continue reading to find out why we’ve chosen these as the best tripods you can buy…

Best tripod for photography: Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS

Price: $499 / £499

Vanguard VEO3+ 303CBS tripod set up outdoor on a rock paved surface

Amateur Photographer verdict

Tilting centre column
Friction adjustable ball head
Sturdy build

At a glance:

$499 / £499
Supplied BH-250S ball head

A recent tripod that earned a full five stars in our review , the Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS is a large carbon fibre model that’s ideal for landscape, wildlife and macro photography . It’s a little bigger and bulkier than other tripods on this list, with its 2.6kg (5 pounds,11 ounces), so if you’re looking for a compact option for travel then you may want to scroll on. However, the sheer versatility that this Vanguard tripod offers is absolutely top-end. The three legs can be set at independent angles for dealing with uneven terrain, including basically flat to the ground, and the central column can be set to basically any angle the user desires.

We also appreciated the supplied BH-250S ball head . It’s got a satisfying weight to it and feels like a premium piece of kit. There’s a friction adjustment control to deal with loads of varying weight, and the dual panning design features a rotating base and a rotating Arca-Swiss type camera clamp.

The Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS is straightforward to use once you’ve worked out what all its dials and knobs do. Its stability is rock-solid enough for basically any photographic setup you can imagine.

Best for: a great all-rounder but especially useful for Landscape and Macro

Read our Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS review .

Best premium tabletop tripod: Benro Tablepod Flex Kit

Price: $159 / £140

Lightweight
Converts to a selfie stick
$159 / £140

A tabletop tripod option, this versatile camera support comes in a kit with both rigid and flexible legs that allow it to be creatively positioned in all sorts of ways. While it’s clearly designed principally for those using a smartphone, it is very light weighing only 430g (15 ounces), but perfectly capable of holding a mirrorless camera and lens. In our testing, we even found it held up the full-frame Sony Alpha A7R IV and a 24-105mm f/4 lens without issue.

The Benro Tablepod Flex Kit is highly versatile. The flexible arms can also be attached to the legs to allow for the use of additional accessories like lights or a microphone, making it a great choice for video creators. Some clips are thrown into the kit to help with attaching the bendy legs to poles or branches, and the tripod also converts to a selfie stick. All in all this is a surprisingly fully featured package for a tabletop tripod.

Best for: small mirrorless cameras

Read our Benro Tablepod Flex Kit review .

Best multi-function tripod: Benro MeFoto RoadTrip Pro Carbon Fibre

Price: $220 / £139

Very versatile
Phone clamp
Shorter centre column
$220 / £200
Supplied with a smartphone clamp

Benro bills the MeFoto RoadTrip Pro as a 6-in1 tripod, which might raise concern that it’s a jack-of-all trades and master of none, but it’s actually a very capable travel tripod with a maximum height of 152.5cm and 1.5kg (3 pounds, 4.9 ounces) weight. Two of its other functions include transforming into a monopod or a mini tripod, both of which are genuinely useful. It also comes with a smartphone clamp that fits in the head for when you’re not using your main camera.

If you want to save a bit of cash and you don’t mind carrying the extra 270g (9.5 ounces) Benro also makes an aluminium version of the MeFoto RoadTrip Pro tripod that’s available for around $175 / £119.

Read our Benro MeFoto RoadTrip Pro Carbon Fibre Tripod review

Best travel tripod: Peak Design Travel Tripod

Price: $649/£599 (carbon fibre), $379/£329 (aluminium)

Best tripods: Peak Design Travel Tripod review photograph

Incredibly compact
Fast set up
$649 / £559 (carbon fibre), $379 / £349 (aluminium)
1.27kg(carbon fibre) / 1.56kg (aluminium)
5-section legs

The price of the carbon fibre version of the Peak Design Travel Tripod is enough to make you choke on your coffee, but it is very good, and at 1.27kg (2 pounds,12 ounces) it’s 290g (10ounces) lighter than the aluminium version. That doesn’t sound like much, but you can tell the difference even when you’re carrying it in a fully-laden backpack. Nevertheless, the price of the aluminium version makes it the most attractive tripod from Peak Design, and it doesn’t disappoint.

Both tripods have 5-section legs , extend up to 152.4cm in height, have a minimum height of 14cm and can support a load of up to 320oz/9.1kg. There’s also an unusual (but effective) integrated ball head. This can be replaced with a standard one using the Universal Head Adapter, although this will push up the price even further.

Peak Design opted for an unusual shape for the tripod’s 5-section legs but it means it’s very slim when folded down, so it slips easily into a drinks bottle pocket and is just 39.1cm long . It’s also very stable for a travel tripod and can even deliver sharp long exposures when a 70-200mm f/2.8 lens is mounted on a mirrorless camera.

Read our Peak Design Travel Tripod review .

Budget tripod for mirrorless: Vanguard VEO 3GO 235AB

Price: $156 / £129

Super lightweight
Smartphone Bluetooth remote
Only 4kg rated load
$156 / £129
Arca-Swiss compatible

This five-section aluminium tripod is ideally suited for a mirrorless camera setup. While it weighs just 1.24kg (2 pounds, 11 ounces) and folds down to a slimline 33cm in length , it can still reach a pretty decent maximum height of 136cm . Other tripods go higher, but with tilting screens more or less ubiquitous, it’s a lot less essential than it used to be for a camera to reach eye level on a tripod.

As we found in our testing, out in the field the Vanguard VEO 3GO 235AB works well. It’s quick to set up, owing to the fact that all five locks on a leg can be undone in a single twist. We appreciated how large and user-friendly the controls are for such a small tripod, and its broad compatibility scores it plenty of points – we tried a bunch of Arca-Swiss plates and L-brackets with the camera clamp, and it accepted them all.

Read our Vanguard VEO 3GO 235AB review .

Best large tripod: Kingjoy SolidRock C85

Price: $693 / £449

Very stable
Supports large cameras
164cm extended
Tricky to adjust height without centre column
$693 / £1449
Four bubble levels
www.kingjoyuk.com

It may be a pricey proposition, but the Kingjoy SolidRock C85 tripod mightily impressed us when we gave it a full review. Reaching a whopping maximum height of 163.8cm , this four-section carbon fibre tripod is a newbie to the UK photo accessory market, and is one of the biggest supports on the block weighing 2.65kg (5 pounds,13 ounces). A useful levelling base with no fewer than four bubble levels can be controlled using a large twist lock in the centre, and is a godsend for capturing landscapes on uneven ground.

Stability is in general very impressive. We tried it out using a full-frame camera with attached battery grip and a 100-400mm zoom, and it had no problems at all. If your setup isn’t that beefy, this may be overkill for you, but it’s a hugely impressive tripod for those who need this level of support.

Read our Kingjoy SolidRock C85 review .

Best premium tripod: Gitzo GK1555T-82TQD Traveller Tripod Kit

Price: $719 / £549

Reversible legs
10 kg payload
Short centre column
Ball head could be better
$719 / £549
10kg maximum payload

This luxurious travel tripod has carbon fibre legs with 5 sections . This means it can be packed down to just 35.5cm in length yet it has a maximum shooting height of 148.4cm . It comes with a short centre column section that can be swapped out for the standard one to enable low-level shooting

The kit includes a GH1382TQD Center Ball Head Series 1 Traveller. This is the slimmest head in Gitzo’s professional range and the combined weight with the legs is 1.42kg (3 pounds, 2 ounces).

Gitzo rates the kit’s maximum payload at 10kg (22 pounds). Furthermore, Gitzo recommends focal lengths up to around 135mm with 200mm as a maximum. This tripod is built to last and comes with an extended 5-year warranty (when registered).

Read our Gitzo GK1555T-82TQD Traveler tripod kit review .

Best for landscapes: 3 Legged Thing Punks Billy 2.0

Price: $279 / £224

Impressive 18kg load capacity
Detachable legs
Carbon fibre
$279 / £224
18kg maximum payload

All three of the 3 Legged Thing Punks Billy 2.0 carbon fibre legs can be unscrewed and converted into a mini tripod with the addition of the option Vanz footwear (£53). There is also an option to attach one of the legs to the centre column to create a monopod or a microphone boom.

The Billy 2.0 can bear a maximum load of 18kg (39 pounds,10 ounces) but weighs just 1.57kg (3 pounds, 7 ounces) with the AirHead 2.0 ball head. 3 Legged thing also sells the Billy 2.0 legs only, but the head is a worthwhile inclusion.

Thanks to the chunky rubberised leg lock grips, and the fact that they are close together when the tripod is collapsed, the Billy 2.0 can be deployed quickly. It extends to a maximum height of 1.66m and folds down to 45.5cm in length.

Read our 3 Legged Thing Punks Billy 2.0 .

Best for macro: Manfrotto 190 Go!

Price: $159 / £149

Solid build quality
Quick release twist locks
We struggled to find any
$159 / £149
Rotating centre column

Manfrotto’s aluminium 190 Go! (MT190GOA4) can be picked up at a great price. It weighs 1.66kg (3 pounds, 10 ounces), packs down to 45cm in length, has a maximum working height of 152cm and has a recommended maximum payload of 7kg (15pounds, 6 ounces) although it can handle weight up to 15kg (33 pounds, 1 ounces).

Thanks to its M-lock system which requires just a 90° turn to unlock and lock the legs, the tripod can be setup in seconds. These twist locks also have no protruding parts, which means the 190 Go! Slips into a bag easily.

The Manfrotto 190 Go! also features a centre column capable of rotating through 90° into horizontal orientation, making it ideal for flat-lays and macro photography . And there’s an Easy Link connector. This enables an accessory arm to be attached to the shoulders of the tripod to hold a light or similar accessory, such as a power bank.

Read our Manfrotto 190 Go! review .

Best workhorse: Manfrotto 190XPro4

Price: $386 / £199 (with XPRO ball head)

Quick power locks
Easy link plug
$386 / £199
175cm maximum working height

The Manfrotto 190XPro4 (MT190XPRO4) is a 4-section aluminium tripod is available to buy by itself or in a kit with the excellent XPro Ball Head with 200PL plate for £269 or the X-Pro 3-Way Head for £289.

It’s a solid and dependable tripod a maximum working height of 175cm and its folds down to 57cm . The recommended maximum payload is 7 kg (15 pounds, 6 ounces), but it can also cope with weights up to 15kg (33 pounds, 1 ounces).

Like the Manfrotto 190 Go! , the 190XPro4’s centre column is mounted through a pivoting section that enables it to be tilted through 90° to horizontal orientation. That’s useful for top-down shooting and copy work. There’s also an Easy Link connector for mounting an accessory arm.

Premium travel tripod: Gitzo GT1542 Mountaineer Series 1

Price: $719 / £659

Excellent build
Detachable centre coulmn
Very expensive
$719 / £659
159cm maximum height

The design of Gitzo’s carbon fibre Mountaineer tripods combine rigidity with low weight, portability and robustness. They are for landscape photographers who like to walk to their shooting locations. With all that in mind, the 4-section GT1542 weighs 1.28kg (2 pounds, 13 ounces) (legs only), has a maximum height of 159cm with the centre column up, 135cm with it down, and a minimum height of 15cm . It can also support loads of up to 10kg (22 pounds).

The GT1542 is also available as a kit with the GH1382QD Center Ball Head for $1079/£999. Gitzo states that the focal length should be limited to 200mm or less but recommends 135mm or less. Like the other Gitzo tripod mentioned, this comes with an extended 5-year warranty.

Designed for video tripod: 3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy

Price: $679 / £583

Best tripods: 3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy Tripod

Super stability
Can convert to tabletop use
High Payload
$679 / £583
60kg maximum payload

3 Legged Thing’s beefy Legends Tommy carbon fibre tripod comes without a head or a centre column but it has a maximum height of 162cm , weighs a substantial 2.59kg (5 pounds, 11 ounces) and measures 73cm when it’s folded down . However, it can carry a staggering 60kg (132 pounds, 4 ounces) load. It means you get a very stable shooting platform that’s ideal for hefty cameras when shooting stills or video.

The Tommy is supplied with a flat plate and a 75mm bowl. This means it can be used with either a regular type of tripod head or a levelling head for video-shooting. It also comes with a 5-year warranty against manufacturing defects.

Cheapest: Manfrotto Pixi Mini Tripod

Price: $24 / £24

1 kg payload
1kg maximum payload

Provided you’re not planning to use a long, heavy lens, the Manfrotto Pixi is a useful little support that’s perfect for low-level shots and won’t break the bank. What’s more, as it weighs just 190g (6.7 ounces), you won’t mind slipping it in your camera bag ‘just in case’ and it can cope with loads to 1kg (2 pounds, 3 ounces), which is enough for many camera and lens combinations.

The Manfrotto Pixi has a simple design with an integral ball head that’s released with the press of a button. The legs are also shaped so that when they are closed, the Pixi creates a comfortable handle that’s useful if you’re shooting video .

Text by Angela Nicholson, with contributions from Joshua Waller, Jon Stapley and Michael Topham.

The ultimate guide to tripods
Benro launches TablePod Flex and KoalaPod Mini
Best camera phone tripods and mounts
Best camera bags

Follow AP on Facebook , Twitter , Instagram , YouTube and TikTok .

Angela is a former Technical Editor of AP and a widely respected editor, writer and reviewer, she’s used and reviewed a huge range of photographic kit. She’s also a CAA-qualified drone pilot and the founder of SheClicks, a community for female photographers. Angela is a judge for the British Photography Awards, Pink Lady Food Photographer of the Year, Potato Photographer of the Year and Landscape Photographer of the Year.

Best action camera to buy in 2024

Take your image-making on an adventure with the best action camera. Our guide includes GoPro, DJI, Insta360 and more.

by Jon Stapley

best camera phone tripods and mounts Young woman holding the Zhiyun Smooth 5S Gimbal / Selfie stick up to take a photo with her phone

May 9, 2024

Best phone tripod for iPhones and smartphones

Matty Graham and the AP team pick the best phone tripods and mounts to help you level up your smartphone photography and videography.

by Matty Graham

May 8, 2024

Best camera filters for photographers

Rod Lawton and the AP team recommend the best camera filters for photographers to buy, for effects that can't be replicated in software.

by Rod Lawton

Looking to improve your photography? Amateur Photographer is the magazine for you, subscribe today and pay just £26 for your first 13 issues!

No thanks, I’m not interested!

Our expert, award-winning staff selects the products we cover and rigorously researches and tests our top picks. If you buy through our links, we may get a commission. Reviews ethics statement

Take Your Best Ever Photos on Vacation: The Essential Gear You Need

From cameras and filters to bags and tripods, this is the gear you should take for pro-standard travel photos.

Shortlisted for British Photography Awards 2022, Commended in Landscape Photographer of the Year 2022

Vacations can provide amazing opportunities for gorgeous travel photos, whether you're jumping on a jet to a tropical island, hiking into the mountains or spending a long weekend away in your local countryside. And with powerful cameras stuffed into phones like the iPhone 15 Pro Max and the Galaxy S24 Ultra , along with a plethora of amazing mirrorless cameras from the likes of Canon, Sony and Fujifilm, getting great images doesn't mean hauling a huge kit bag with you.

I've been a professional photographer for over a decade and have traveled the world taking photos. Here, I'll take you through the essential gear you need to bring with you on your trip. I'll also recommend some extras to consider if you want to return home with creative pieces of art, rather than just holiday snaps.

Read more: Take Pro Travel Photos This Summer With These Easy Tips

Choose the right camera

While you're unlikely going to buy an entirely new camera system just for an upcoming trip, if you're in the market already for a new camera then an imminent vacation is a great excuse to invest. While traveling with a camera used to mean hauling a bulky DSLR in your backpack everywhere you go, modern mirrorless cameras are typically much smaller and lighter, making them superb for traveling. I took just my Canon R5 and a small, lightweight 50mm f1.8 lens on a three-week trip to Sicily and loved the shots I got from this compact setup.

The R5 doesn't come cheap, nor is it the smallest camera around, but it offers stunning image quality from its full-frame sensor, amazing video skills and has pro features like in-body image stabilization. Want something a bit smaller? Look towards a micro four thirds camera like the Fujifilm X-S10 or the fixed-lens X100VI. Check out my guide to the best cameras if you want inspiration on which model to go for.

Keeping your lens choices to a minimum will help reduce the weight. A standard zoom like a 24-70mm gives a great range for capturing wide, sweeping vistas, while providing enough zoom to get closer up on your subjects. I'd also recommend packing a small prime lens (like the 50mm f1.8) as these tend to be lightweight and compact enough to always have in your bag or slung around your shoulder for whenever inspiration strikes.

The best travel tripod

A tripod certainly isn't essential for all travel photography, but when the light fades and you need to slow the shutter speed to several seconds to get a good exposure, you'll need one to secure your camera. You'll definitely need a tripod if you want to nail those nighttime shots overlooking a gorgeous bay, capture the stars above those snowcapped mountains, or pull off those artful long exposures of waterfalls.

A bridge over water with wispy clouds in a blue sky in the background

By using a sturdy tripod, I was able to slow the shutter speed right down to capture the motion of the water and clouds over the Forth Bridge.

Again, size matters and you should look for a compact, travel tripod that can easily fit in your backpack -- or attach to the outside of it. Modern materials like carbon fiber will keep the weight down, but they also tend to be more expensive, so you'll need to decide how much you're willing to shell out.

As its name suggests, the Peak Design travel tripod is a great tripod for traveling, thanks to its small size when folded down and its light weight. I've done all-day hikes with this strapped to my back and barely noticed its presence -- something I can't say for most tripods. Make sure to check out my full roundup of the best tripods you can buy . Or, if weight is really an issue, you can even try using your own DIY tripod .

A person wearing a backpack-style photography bag

A proper adventure backpack

A dedicated photo bag should be high on your list. After all, you don't want your fancy new gear getting knocked around and breaking, do you? A good bag will have compartments to keep your camera safe and secure, but will also let you access it quickly. It's important, too, to find one that also has plenty of space to keep other items you'll need while out and about.

If you're going to be out with it all day, I recommend a backpack with two shoulder straps, rather than a single-strap messenger bag. It'll spread that weight over both your shoulders and keep you comfortable longer. Look for things like side-access zips, so you can quickly get your camera out when inspiration strikes; plenty of additional pockets for batteries and snacks; weather-resistant materials; and mounting points to help carry your tripod.

I've done a lot of the hard work for you in rounding up my top photography backpacks . There are options for all kinds of photography, from short city breaks to multiday hikes with lots of gear. Have a read through that list, and make sure that what you're taking is suitable for where you're going.

People walking in the foreground of a beautiful cityscape

Always keeping your camera handy means you're ever ready to shoot when you see a good opportunity.

The important extras

The list above is really the essential stuff you'll need to take with you. How much more you bring will depend on how seriously you take your photography and the sort of images you hope to take. Those of you going on wildlife safaris, for example, will benefit from packing a big telephoto zoom lens. Always consider having multiple spare batteries and a charger, as even the best cameras will tend to give you only a day of photos. There's nothing worse than getting to a beautiful afternoon destination only to find you exhausted your power in the morning. Keeping a spare in your bag will let you swap it out and keep on shooting into the evening.

Read more: Best Accessories for Photographers

The same goes for storage. It's easy to take hundreds of raw images a day in a beautiful location and all those shots can quickly fill up your card. Thankfully, SD cards are pretty cheap these days, so it's worth buying a few 64GB or 128GB cards to keep with you.

Then there's the wide array of photographic filters that may help you get certain shots. A circular polarizer can be used to help make blue skies more vivid, or reduce the reflection on water, while a neutral density filter darkens the image, allowing you to use long exposures to blur the motion of water, cars or people.

By using a neutral density filter, I was able to blur the motion of the water until it became a smooth and silky surface.

If you want to shoot video on your travels, you may need additional equipment, such as microphones, higher-capacity, faster storage cards and perhaps even video tripods or gimbals for smoother, professional-looking footage. Check out my guide to the best accessories for video production for more info.

I'm Blown Away by These Photos I Took on the Xiaomi 14 Ultra

Computing Guides

Best Laptop
Best Chromebook
Best Budget Laptop
Best Cheap Gaming Laptop
Best 2-in-1 Laptop
Best Windows Laptop
Best Macbook
Best Gaming Laptop
Best Macbook Deals
Best Desktop PC
Best Gaming PC
Best Monitor Under 200
Best Desktop Deals
Best Monitors
M2 Mac Mini Review
Best PC Speakers
Best Printer
Best External Hard Drive SSD
Best USB C Hub Docking Station
Best Keyboard
Best Webcams
Best Laptop Backpack
Best Camera to Buy
Best Vlogging Camera
Best Tripod
Best Waterproof Camera
Best Action Camera
Best Camera Bag and Backpack
Best E-Ink Tablets
Best iPad Deals
Best E-Reader
Best Tablet
Best Android Tablet
Best 3D Printer
Best Budget 3D Printer
Best 3D Printing Filament
Best 3D Printer Deals

Electronics
Camera & Photo
Tripods & Monopods
Complete Tripods

Enjoy fast, free delivery, exclusive deals, and award-winning movies & TV shows with Prime Try Prime and start saving today with fast, free delivery

Amazon Prime includes:

Fast, FREE Delivery is available to Prime members. To join, select "Try Amazon Prime and start saving today with Fast, FREE Delivery" below the Add to Cart button.

Cardmembers earn 5% Back at Amazon.com with a Prime Credit Card.
Unlimited Free Two-Day Delivery
Streaming of thousands of movies and TV shows with limited ads on Prime Video.
A Kindle book to borrow for free each month - with no due dates
Listen to over 2 million songs and hundreds of playlists
Unlimited photo storage with anywhere access

Important: Your credit card will NOT be charged when you start your free trial or if you cancel during the trial period. If you're happy with Amazon Prime, do nothing. At the end of the free trial, your membership will automatically upgrade to a monthly membership.

Buy new: #buybox .a-accordion .a-accordion-active .a-price[data-a-size=l].reinventPriceAccordionT2 .a-price-whole { font-size: 28px !important; } #buybox .a-accordion .a-accordion-active .a-price[data-a-size=l].reinventPriceAccordionT2 .a-price-fraction, #buybox .a-accordion .a-accordion-active .a-price[data-a-size=l].reinventPriceAccordionT2 .a-price-symbol { top: -0.75em; font-size: 13px; } $29.99 $ 29 . 99 FREE delivery Saturday, May 18 on orders shipped by Amazon over $35 Ships from: Amazon.com Sold by: Amazon.com

Return this item for free.

Free returns are available for the shipping address you chose. You can return the item for any reason in new and unused condition: no shipping charges

Go to your orders and start the return
Select the return method

This item has been tested to certify it can ship safely in its original box or bag to avoid unnecessary packaging. Since 2015, we have reduced the weight of outbound packaging per shipment by 41% on average, that’s over 2 million tons of packaging material.

Save with Used - Very Good #buybox .a-accordion .a-accordion-active .a-price[data-a-size=l].reinventPriceAccordionT2 .a-price-whole { font-size: 28px !important; } #buybox .a-accordion .a-accordion-active .a-price[data-a-size=l].reinventPriceAccordionT2 .a-price-fraction, #buybox .a-accordion .a-accordion-active .a-price[data-a-size=l].reinventPriceAccordionT2 .a-price-symbol { top: -0.75em; font-size: 13px; } $23.26 $ 23 . 26 FREE delivery Monday, May 20 on orders shipped by Amazon over $35 Ships from: Amazon Sold by: Amazon Warehouse

Add an accessory:.

Image Unavailable

To view this video download Flash Player

Amazon Basics 60-Inch Lightweight Tripod With Bag, Black

Purchase options and add-ons, about this item.

Lightweight tripod with adjustable-height legs and rubber feet
Compatible with most video cameras, digital cameras, still cameras, GoPro devices, smartphone adapters (not included), and scopes.
Recommended max load weight is 6.6 lbs (3kg) for optimal performance
Weighs 2.7 lbs; Extends from 23.8 inches to 60 inches when center post is fully extended; Carrying case included
Two built-in bubble view levels and 3-way head to allow for tilt and swivel motion; portrait or landscape options
Quick-release mounting plate helps ensure fast transitions between shots

Frequently bought together

Similar items that may deliver to you quickly

Amazon Basics 50-inch Lightweight Camera Mount Tripod Stand With Bag, Black/Brown

From the brand

Visit the Store

Amazon Basics Multi-Level Cat Tree with Scratching Posts

Home Office

Compare with similar items, videos for this product.

Click to play video

AmazonBasics Lightweight Tripod Review

Mark J Draper

Customer Review: The BEST of the bunch!

Does the Amazon Basics 60" Tripod really work?

She Gets The Picture

How to Use the Amazon Basics Tripod - Pros/Cons & Review

The Math Sorcerer's Lair

2 Tripods you MUST HAVE in your kit #thisorthat

Product information

Warranty & support, looking for specific info, what's in the box.

AmazonBasics 60-Inch Lightweight Tripod with Bag

Product guides and documents

Product description.

Amazon Basics 60-Inch Lightweight Tripod with Bag

From the Manufacturer

Amazon Basics

Customer reviews

Customer Reviews, including Product Star Ratings help customers to learn more about the product and decide whether it is the right product for them.

To calculate the overall star rating and percentage breakdown by star, we don’t use a simple average. Instead, our system considers things like how recent a review is and if the reviewer bought the item on Amazon. It also analyzed reviews to verify trustworthiness.

Customers say

Customers like the quality, adjustability, appearance, performance, and value of the camera tripod. For example, they mention it's sturdy, easy to adjust, and has a nice design. Some appreciate the functional features and the included carrying case. Overall, most are happy with the value and recommend it to others.

AI-generated from the text of customer reviews

Customers like the quality of the camera tripod. They mention that it's well constructed, sturdy, and stable enough. The clip is made of decent plastic with rubber thumb grips and a metal spring. The fabric is of high enough quality with a capable zipper and shoulder strap. It provides a solid footing even when the ground is uneven. Overall, customers find it to be a great first tripod or a light weight alternative.

" Amazing tripod for the price super sturdy tight camera does not move at all. Very lightweight easy to carry and use for travel. Goes up pretty high...." Read more

"...The feet and base are sturdy , integral levels are nice, fine height adjustment is great, and the detachable quick connect plate makes attaching..." Read more

"...in comparison to the one I had then, and even so I have not had any issues with stability ...." Read more

"...Its very sturdy and light weight.Pros:CheapLight weightSturdy.Cons:None for our purposes." Read more

Customers find the tripod great for the price, affordable, and versatile. They also say the milled aluminum fittings are expensive, while molded plastic is fine. Overall, customers say it's a good purchase for beginners.

"...Able to rotate camera side to side and up and down. Great tripod for the money ." Read more

"...Very handy tool for a bargain price ." Read more

"...I think this tripod is quite a bang for your buck !" Read more

"...Most unusual. It is incredibly well-designed, an excellent deal and so far has been a reliable partner in the videos I shoot for YT...." Read more

Customers find the tripod light to carry and easy to use. They also say it's a good lightweight adjustable tripod that sets up or takes down easily. Customers also say the size is the perfect blend of portability and function, and that the carrying case is a bonus.

"... Very lightweight easy to carry and use for travel. Goes up pretty high. Easy to use and figure out...." Read more

"...I love the versatility of the mounting plate since I am able to screw in my DJI Osmo with my phone, as well as my insta360 and GoPro cameras...." Read more

" Lightweight and sturdy. Versatile and good size for holding cameras, scopes, and phones. Easy to set up and stays in place...." Read more

"...Pros: -Weight - Light weight yet durable.-Quality - All components feel well put together...." Read more

Customers like the performance of the camera tripod. They mention it's simple, yet effective with all of the basic, robust features they'd expect. The tripod is well-made, strong, and functional. The included bag works quite well for carrying the tripod. It's super effective if you just need something lightweight, and works perfectly under a light workload. The handle is very nice, and the legs work great.

"...This one is simple, yet effective with all of the basic , robust features you'd expect...." Read more

"...If you want an entry Tripod that's durable, well made, and has some cool features . This is the one for you...." Read more

"...She is not a professional but it works really well for her purposes of taking pictures of food/baked goods she makes for her instagram...." Read more

"...Like I said though it is nice, easy to use, has good features like the removable mount and the hook to hang a weight under it, which I noticed..." Read more

Customers find the camera tripod easy to use. They say it's simple to set up and adjust, and it'll hold their camera steady. They also like that it'd be easy to transport and set up. Customers also mention that making videos with it is pretty easy.

"...Goes up pretty high. Easy to use and figure out . Able to rotate camera side to side and up and down. Great tripod for the money." Read more

"...The installation came out so level that I found out my floors were uneven afterwards. Very handy tool for a bargain price." Read more

"...I find that it is extremely easy to set up and put away , and it is very light...." Read more

"...Versatile and good size for holding cameras, scopes, and phones. Easy to set up and stays in place...." Read more

Customers are satisfied with the adjustability of the camera tripod. They mention that the legs are easily individually height adjustable, making it easy to fine-tune adjustments with little effort. The tripod has numerous height and rotation adjustments, making the base fit in fairly snug.

"...You are able to adjust the height of the tripod as well as the angle of the camera very easily...." Read more

"...Full rotation and clamps remain tight and easy to adjust ...." Read more

"...The legs are easily individually height adjustable so you can level it on a small grade (which I had to do)...." Read more

"...It seems stable enough & has numerous adjustment capabilities ...." Read more

Customers like the appearance of the camera tripod. They say it has a very nice design, the color looks very sleek, and it has great finish. They also appreciate the level, removable shoe, nice handles and knobs, flexible feet at the bottom, and carry case.

"...This is the one for you. The color looks very sleek and feels like a much more expensive product...." Read more

"I'm disappointed that the crank handle broke off. It's a nice , stable, lightweight tripod but the parts are plastic and easily damaged...." Read more

"...Like I said though it is nice , easy to use, has good features like the removable mount and the hook to hang a weight under it, which I noticed..." Read more

"...Most unusual. It is incredibly well-designed , an excellent deal and so far has been a reliable partner in the videos I shoot for YT...." Read more

Customers are mixed about the stability of the camera tripod. Some mention that it does a great job of holding the camera steady during long exposure times, the legs are stable on any surface, and the friction is good. However, others say that the nut just fell out, the camera starts to feel less secure, and that the head sticks sometimes moving on the horizontal plane.

"...piece which holds your device in place (next to the screw), just fell out . I tried to replace against the spring, but nothing hokds it there...." Read more

"...Easy to set up and stays in place . Appears to be strong, stable, and fairly well made for a tripod at this price range...." Read more

"...The nut must've fallen out without my knowledge (I wasn't expecting it or looking for it) when I'd originally taken the handle out...." Read more

"...It also works great to hold an audio testing microphone the a tripod connector...." Read more

Reviews with images

Sort reviews by Top reviews Most recent Top reviews

Top reviews from the United States

There was a problem filtering reviews right now. please try again later..

Top reviews from other countries

Amazon Newsletter
About Amazon
Accessibility
Sustainability
Press Center
Investor Relations
Amazon Devices
Amazon Science
Sell on Amazon
Sell apps on Amazon
Supply to Amazon
Protect & Build Your Brand
Become an Affiliate
Become a Delivery Driver
Start a Package Delivery Business
Advertise Your Products
Self-Publish with Us
Become an Amazon Hub Partner
› See More Ways to Make Money
Amazon Visa
Amazon Store Card
Amazon Secured Card
Amazon Business Card
Shop with Points
Credit Card Marketplace
Reload Your Balance
Amazon Currency Converter
Your Account
Your Orders
Shipping Rates & Policies
Amazon Prime
Returns & Replacements
Manage Your Content and Devices
Recalls and Product Safety Alerts
Conditions of Use
Privacy Notice
Consumer Health Data Privacy Disclosure
Your Ads Privacy Choices

IMAGES

Professional Camera Tripod DSLR Tripod for Travel, Super Lightweight
Best travel tripod 2020: the 10 finest lightweight tripods for your
10 Best Lightweight Travel Tripods for Backpacking and Hiking
The Ultimate Lightweight Tripod Setup for Backpacking with a Camera
Best travel tripod 2022: the 12 finest lightweight tripods for your
10 Best Lightweight Travel Tripods for Backpacking and Hiking

VIDEO

A Travel Tripod Better Than Peak Design? Smallrig AP 01 And 02
The ULTIMATE Travel Tripod! 📸 #shorts #tripod #freewell #x100vi #iphone #accessories
A 100 DOLLAR LIGHTWEIGHT TRAVEL TRIPOD UNBOXING (PEAK DESIGN TRAVEL TRIPOD COMPETITOR)
SmallRig Lightweight Travel Tripod
SMALLRIG AP-01 TRAVEL LIGHTWEIGHT TRIPPD
Lightest Travel Video Tripod.. Ulanzi F38 Fotopro Air III

COMMENTS

The best travel tripod for 2024: finest lightweight tripods
View at Walmart. View at Adorama. The best travel tripod overall. The 3-Legged Thing Punks Brian 2.0 boasts a full height of 73.2 inches / 1.86m and a stylish design. A truly impressive ...
The best travel tripod in 2024
This is no ordinary tripod; it folds down to just 35cm, opens to a height of 146cm, and has a huge 30kg payload. I like that its detachable monopod leg can be used as a mic or camera boom, and it has a Tri-Mount system for adding accessories. Read more below. Best lightweight tripod. 3. Vanguard VEO 3GO 235CB.
7 Best Travel Tripods for Your Next Trip
Legs can be positioned at multiple locking angles or splayed close to the ground for low-angle or close-up travel photography. Weight: 8/10. At 1.5kg / 3.4 lb, the Punks Corey is a lightweight travel tripod for photographers who prefer to travel carry-on only. Its size/weight make it ideal as a backpacking tripod.
The Best Lightweight Tripods (for Travel and Hiking)
The Best Lightweight Travel Tripods - Quick Answer. 1. Best Designed Carbon Fiber Tripod - Peak Design Travel Tripod (Overall Winner) 2. Best Designed Aluminum Tripod - Peak Design (Overall Winner) 3. Best Budget Tripod - Oben CT-3535 Folding Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod. 4. Best Occasional User Tripod - Joby Gorillapod.
Best travel tripods 2024: Lightweight and compact tripods
Benro Rhino FRHN24C+VX25 Head. Check Amazon. Best for height. One of the best tripods we've seen, it comes with a detachable monopod and built-in phone mount. The carbon fiber tubes keep it ...
12 Best Tripods for Traveling in 2023
Sirui AM124 Carbon Fiber Tripod. $179 at Amazon. Read more. Show more. The Expert: I'm a freelance travel writer and editor who focuses primarily on adventure travel, which means I often take ...
Best Travel Tripods (2023): 9 Lightweight Tripods for Travel
9 Lightweight Tripods for Travel, Hiking, Trekking, and Backpacking. 1. Sirui A1205 Carbon Fiber Tripod with Y-11 Ball Head. In our opinion, the Sirui A1205 is the best value travel tripod on the market. Material: Carbon Fiber.
The 4 Best Tripod for 2024
Best travel tripod. The Element MII goes from backpack-sized to tall smoothly and quickly, and it provides sturdy support at a price lower than that of our other picks. $160 from Amazon. Manfrotto ...
The 10 BEST Travel Tripods
Table of Contents. Editors Choice: Peak Design Travel Tripod. The Best Travel Tripods. Peak Design Travel Tripod. Punks Travis System. Manfrotto BeFree. Vanguard VEO 2 Go. Joby GorillaPod 3K Pro. ZOMEi iPhone Tripod.
Best travel tripods 2024: the top lightweight tripods to buy
Needs a short period of familiarisation. The Benro Rhino FRHN05CVX20 travel tripod is strong and sturdy, yet at the same time lightweight due to a carbon fibre leg construction. This premium-feel ...
9 Best Travel Tripods in 2024 (Updated)
Best for Landscape Photography. Manfrotto Element Traveler Tripod Kit With Ball Head. Lightweight and compact for easy travel. High-quality build, reliable stability. 360-degree panoramic head for versatile shots. Quick-release plate for fast setup. Maximum height of 1.47 m for tall subjects.
10 Best Travel Tripods (2024 BARGAIN Guide)
Quick Answers: Best Travel Tripods of 2024. The Best Travel Tripods of 2024. #1 Vanguard Alta Pro. Best Overall Travel Tripod. #2 MeFOTO Roadtrip. Best Travel Tripod Runner-Up. #3 Manfrotto BeFree. Best Travel Tripod for Backpacking. #4 Zomei Z818.
Best Travel Tripods Of 2022
Tripod Weight: 3 lbs. Build: Carbon Fiber. Maximum Load: 30 lbs. Extended Height: 58.2" (148 cm) Folded Length: 17.1 in. Ballhead: Included. Price: Click Here For Latest Price. The Really Right Stuff Ascend is a wonderful high-end professional travel tripod. Ratcheting angle stops control the angle of the legs.
Recommended Travel Tripods
The very lightweight (1.8 lb) and compact (12.2") T-025SK T-0S Series Carbon Fiber Tripod and B-00 Ball Head is a fine tool for the traveling photographer with a small DSLR or mirrorless camera. Rare among travel tripods, this Sirui has a 2-section removable center column for low-angle shooting down to 3.1".
Best Travel Tripods of 2023: For Both Phone and Camera
The Magnus TR-13 Travel Tripod is a great choice for those looking to invest in a lightweight travel tripod but may not have the budget for something super fancy. The Magnus TR-13 can be extended up to 62.5″, folds down to 18.2″, and weighs only 2.9lbs!
Our guide to the Best Lightweight Tripods for Travel, Hiking and
2. Manfrotto Befree GT XPRO. Manfrotto is probably the best known tripod manufacturer in the world - and rightly so: the Italian company has a long history of making high quality, resilient and great value products. For many photographers, Manfrotto is the only choice when it comes to tripods!
Tested: Four travel tripods for every budget
In this review we compare the following travel tripods: MeFoto BackPacker S - $159.95 list / ~$120 street. Manfrotto BeFree Advanced - $324.99 list / ~$280 street. Peak Design Travel Tripod - $599.95 list / ~$600 street. Gitzo Traveler Series 1 - $1014.99 list / ~$600 street. Travel tripods are available across a very wide price range, from ...
The best travel tripods in 2023
Why it made the cut: The Peak Design Travel Tripod has a novel design that allows it to be compact enough to fit in a water bottle pocket on a backpack yet still expand to 5 feet in height. Available as either aluminum or carbon fiber, this lightweight option is sturdy and travel-ready. Key features. Material: Aluminum or carbon fiber Tripod weight: 3.4 pounds
The Best Lightweight Tripod for Backpacking, Hiking & Travel
Quick Answer: Here are the Best Lightweight Tripods. All-round best lightweight tripod for backpacking: Manfrotto BeFree GT Carbon Fiber. Most ultralight professional travel tripod: Gitzo GT1545T Series 1 Traveler. Best compact hiking tripod: Joby Gorillapod 5K. Most supportive backpacking tripod for heavy rigs: 3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0
The best tripod in 2024 for photography
Here's a quick rundown of all the tripods in this guide. Scroll down for a more in-depth look at the individual products. Best tripod overall. 1. 3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0. View at Amazon. View at Amazon. View at Walmart. This is the tripod that I use most of the time.
Best Compact and Lightweight Travel Tripods
Peak Design Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod. All travel photographers equally agree that the ideal travel tripod should be compact, lightweight, sturdy, durable, and easy-to-use. But most of the best travel tripods out there still fail to deliver in at least one of these sought after features. Innovatively, Peak Design has solved this problem and ...
Best tripods for your camera in 2024
Best budget tripod for mirrorless: Vanguard VEO 3GO 235AB - buy now. Best large tripod: Kingjoy SolidRock C85 tripod - buy now. Best premium tripod: Gitzo GK1555T-82TQD Traveller Tripod Kit - buy now. Best tripod for landscapes: 3 Legged Thing Punks Billy 2.0 - buy now. Best tripod for macro: Manfrotto 190 Go! - buy now.
Take Your Best Ever Photos on Vacation: The Essential Gear You Need
The best travel tripod. A tripod certainly isn't essential for all travel photography, but when the light fades and you need to slow the shutter speed to several seconds to get a good exposure ...
Amazon Basics 60-Inch Lightweight Tripod With Bag, Black
Lightweight tripod with adjustable-height legs and rubber feet. Compatible with most video cameras, digital cameras, still cameras, GoPro devices, smartphone adapters (not included), and scopes. Recommended max load weight is 6.6 lbs (3kg) for optimal performance. Weighs 2.7 lbs; Extends from 23.8 inches to 60 inches when center post is fully ...

The best travel tripod for 2024: finest lightweight tripods for your camera

How to choose the best travel tripod for you

The quick list

The best travel tripod overall

The best travel tripod for a budget

The best premium travel tripod

The best travel tripod design

The best travel tripod for versatility

The best lightweight travel tripod

The best Travel Tripods in 2024

1. 3 Legged Thing Punks Brian 2.0

Specifications

2. Manfrotto Element MII

3. Gitzo Traveler Series 1

4. Peak Design Travel Tripod

5. Vanguard VEO 3T+ 234CB

6. Manfrotto Befree Advanced Carbon Fiber

What to look for in a travel tripod

What makes a travel tripod

Do I even need a tripod?

Get daily insight, inspiration and deals in your inbox

Most Popular

7 Best Travel Tripods for Your Next Trip – Lightweight & Strong

What is the Best Travel Tripod in 2024?

2. HEIPI 3-in-1 | Best Travel Tripod for Stability

3. 3 Legged Thing Punks Corey | Best Tripod for Backpacking

4. Leofoto LS224C | Best Lightweight Travel Tripod for DSLR or Mirrorless Cameras

5. ZOMEI Z699C | Best Budget Travel Tripod for Beginners

6. Manfrotto Befree Live | Best Travel Tripod for Video

7. Joby GripTight One GorillaPod | Best Phone Tripod for Hiking

FAQs about Travel Tripods

50 Comments

Leave a Comment Cancel Reply

Unlock the EXACT blueprint to capture breathtaking iPhone photos!

Best travel tripods 2024: Lightweight and compact tripods

The quick list

Best compact option

Best travel tripods we recommend in 2024

Best travel tripod overall

Specifications

Benro Rhino FRHN24C+VX25 Head

Benro Tortoise 24C x GX30 Head

Vanguard VEO 3 GO 204CB Carbon Fiber Tripod

Manfrotto Befree 3 Way Advanced Tripod

JOBY GorillaPod 3K Pro Tripod

Gitzo Legende Traveller Tripod Kit

Benro MeFoto Road Trip Pro

3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0

Travel tripods: Frequently Asked Questions

Can I use a travel tripod with my smartphone?

Should I buy a Carbon fiber or aluminum tripod?

What is the best travel tripod for astrophotography?

What is a tripod maximum payload?

How many leg sections should my tripod have?

How we test the best travel tripods

Get the Space.com Newsletter

Most Popular

The 12 Best Travel Tripods for Your Next Adventure

Best Travel Tripods

Best Overall

Geekoto Tripod, Camera Tripod for DSLR AT24EVO

Best Travel Tripod for Professionals

Best for Smartphones

Best Travel Tripod for Heavy Cameras

Best Ball Head

Best for Action Cameras

Best Flexible

Most Compact

Best for Video

What to Look for in a Travel Tripod

How We Selected These Travel Tripods

K&F Concept Concept Camera Tripod

National Geographic Travel Tripod Kit

Travel Tripods that Go the Distance. Expert Suzie Dundas Offers These Buying Tips!

.css-cuqpxl:before{padding-right:0.3125rem;content:'//';display:inline;} Adventure .css-xtujxj:before{padding-left:0.3125rem;content:'//';display:inline;}

Best Travel Tripods (2023): 9 Lightweight Tripods for Travel Photographers

What to Consider When Purchasing a Travel Tripod

Tripod Weight

Tripod Size When Collapsed

Tripod Height When In Use